# Smash.vc ## Posts ### Search Fund Glossary A Complete Dictionary of Terms and Definitions This search fund glossary defines 68 key terms used in small business acquisitions, ETA entrepreneurship, and investing, organized by category. We put it together based on the most common (and confusing) terms in the search fund ecosystem, from our own experience and from polling active searchers. It covers the language that matters most when buying, operating, and investing in SMBs via the search fund model. Quick Navigation of Topics: Jump to a topic to find terms related to that aspect of the search fund universe. Essential Search Fund Terminology - Core concepts for searchers and investors Financial Terms - Key metrics for business evaluation and returns Deal Process & Documentation - Legal and transaction terminology Deal Structure & Financing - Capital structure and funding terms Investment & Governance - Investor relations and board concepts Operational & Market Terms - Business operations and strategy Deal Sourcing Terms - Finding opportunities and businesses to buy Exit Terms - Selling the business and realizing returns Risk Management Terms - Key risks to searchers and investors Common Acronyms - Widely used abbreviations and shorthand lingo Related Resources: For more about these concepts, see our search fund resource guide. The search fund ecosystem has its own unique vocabulary that can be daunting for newcomers. Even seasoned professionals often need a quick reference for industry terms. Whether you are a first-time searcher learning the basics of entrepreneurship through acquisition, an investor assessing opportunities, or an advisor supporting transactions, this guide includes the terminology used to talk about and understand search fund deals. Essential Search Fund Terminology These core terms lay the groundwork for understanding and talking about search funds. They’re essential concepts for anyone new to the field to learn. Search Fund An investment vehicle where an entrepreneur raises capital to search for, acquire, and operate a small business, often for 7-10 years. The searcher becomes CEO while investors provide search and acquisition financing. Searcher The entrepreneur who leads a search fund, finding and acquiring a target business to operate as CEO. Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition (ETA) The strategy of becoming an entrepreneur by acquiring an existing company rather than starting from scratch. ETA offers a path to small business ownership with lower startup risk. Traditional Search Fund The original search fund model involving institutional investors who provide both search capital and acquisition capital in exchange for majority ownership. This model often involves 15-25 investors backing a searcher. Often associated with business schools or elite universities. Self-Funded Search Fund A model where searchers finance their own search activities rather than raising institutional capital. Acquisitions are generally financed with a mix of an SBA loan, investor capital, and savings from the searcher. This model allows the searcher to maintain higher equity ownership (70-90%) in exchange for personal financial risk (a personal guarantee for SBA loans). Search Capital For traditional search funds, the initial funds raised to cover searcher expenses during the 12-24 month search period (often $400,000-$500,000). Covers salaries, travel, and due diligence costs, but not the actual acquisition. Acquisition Capital The money raised to purchase a target business, typically 10-20 times larger than search capital and structured as debt and equity. Searchers usually retain 15-25% equity ownership after the acquisition closes. After the deal closes, searchers keep a percentage of equity ownership (15-25% through traditional search funds and 70-90% for self-funded searchers). Solo Searcher An individual who conducts their search independently without a partner. They maintain full control but also take on the entire workload. Paired Searcher Two searchers working together to find, acquire, and operate a business, splitting responsibilities and equity ownership. Independent Sponsor Similar in nature to search funds, independent sponsor transactions are usually larger, with a different compensation structure. No committed fund at the outset. Finds a deal first, then raises capital on a deal-by-deal basis. Often works with a network of independent sponsor investors (family offices, PE funds, HNWIs). May self-fund initial diligence costs but not an ongoing search budget. Generally inserts an operator or keeps existing management in place. More details on search funds versus independent sponsors here.   Financial Terms These financial concepts are crucial for evaluating businesses, structuring deals, and measuring performance throughout the search fund process. EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, Amortization) A measure of operating profitability that excludes financing decisions and non-cash items. It is often used for business valuations. Search fund targets generally have $1-5 million in EBITDA, due to their financing options and the complexity level of businesses this size. SDE (Seller's Discretionary Earnings) A cash flow metric that adds back owner salary, benefits, and discretionary expenses to net income. Used for smaller businesses to show the total economic benefit available to a new owner, making it easier to compare businesses with different ownership structures. Normalized EBITDA EBITDA adjusted to exclude one-time expenses and personal benefits to the owner that they run through the business. It’s meant to exclude non-recurring costs a new owner wouldn’t incur, reflecting the true operating performance of a business. Critical for accurate valuation during due diligence. TTM (Trailing Twelve Months) Financial data covering the most recent 12-month period. It provides current performance metrics regardless of fiscal year timing. Trailing 12 months is the standard time frame used for evaluating a target company’s current performance. Enterprise Value The total value of a business, calculated as equity value plus net debt. It represents what an acquirer pays to own the entire company. Useful for comparing businesses with different capital structures. Working Capital Current assets minus current liabilities, representing the short-term financial health and operational efficiency of a business. Changes in working capital affect deal pricing and cash flow projections. IRR (Internal Rate of Return) A measure of investment performance that shows the average annual return rate, taking into account when money goes in and comes out. For example, if you invest $1 million and receive $3 million back after 5 years, your IRR would be about 25% per year. Search fund investors typically target 20-35% IRRs. MOIC (Multiple on Invested Capital) The total return multiple calculated by dividing total value received by initial investment amount. Successful search funds often achieve a 3-5x MOIC through operational improvements and strategic growth. Deal Process & Documentation These terms cover the legal and procedural aspects of finding, evaluating, and acquiring businesses through the search fund process. NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement) A legal contract protecting confidential information shared between parties during the business evaluation and acquisition process. Required before accessing detailed financial information or CIMs. CIM (Confidential Information Memorandum) Sometimes called an offering memorandum or investment teaser. A detailed marketing document sellers or intermediaries prepare to present a business opportunity to potential buyers. It provides more complete, confidential information about the business to qualified buyers, including financial performance, customer profiles, organization chart, and growth opportunities. LOI (Letter of Intent) A formal but non-binding document outlining key terms and conditions of a proposed acquisition. It signals serious buyer intent and serves as the framework for definitive agreements, often granting an exclusivity period for due diligence while negotiations continue. Due Diligence A thorough investigation and analysis of a target business, including financial, legal, operational, and strategic aspects. Buyers typically have 60-90 days to verify the seller's claims and identify potential risks before completing an acquisition. Often involves hiring outside specialists such as accountants, lawyers, and industry experts. Data Room A secure online platform where confidential business information is stored for buyer review during due diligence. Contains financial records, contracts, legal documents, and operational data that buyers can access with proper credentials and permissions. QoE (Quality of Earnings) A financial due diligence process that reviews and confirms the quality, sustainability, and accuracy of a target company's reported earnings. This review is crucial for verifying that the business generates cash flows as claimed. SPA (Stock Purchase Agreement) A legal contract for acquiring all outstanding shares of a target company, which transfers ownership of the entire corporate entity to the buyer. It is the most common structure for search fund acquisitions. APA (Asset Purchase Agreement) A legal contract for acquiring specific assets and liabilities of a business rather than buying the entire corporate entity. This approach allows buyers to exclude unwanted liabilities or assets. Representations and Warranties Statements of fact sellers make about their business in acquisition agreements that give buyers legal recourse if those statements turn out to be false. These statements may include financial condition, legal compliance, and operational matters. Indemnification A contractual arrangement where one party agrees to compensate the other for certain losses, damages, or liabilities that may arise after closing. This provision offers post-closing protection for buyers against undisclosed issues. Deal Structure & Financing These financing and structuring terms are essential for understanding how search fund acquisitions are funded and structured. Capital Stack The mix of debt and equity financing used to fund an acquisition. Consists of senior debt, seller financing, and equity investments raised from search fund investors. Shows how different funding sources layer together to complete the deal. Senior Debt The primary debt financing in an acquisition, usually provided by banks through SBA 7(a) loans or conventional bank loans. Senior debt has first priority for repayment and often requires a personal guarantee from searchers. Usually represents 60-75% of total deal value in search fund transactions. SBA Loans The most common form of senior debt financing in search fund deals. The U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) backs SBA 7(a) loans up to $5 million. These loans offer lower down payments and competitive rates for small business acquisitions, but require a personal guarantee from searchers. Seller Note/Seller Financing Debt financing provided by the business seller. Seller financing helps buyers to lower their cash requirements while giving sellers ongoing interest in the business’s performance. When used, it often represents 10-30% of the purchase price and carries 3-7 year terms. Personal Guarantee A commitment by the searcher to personally repay debt if the business fails to meet its obligations. This puts a searcher’s personal assets at risk should the business falter. It is commonly required for SBA loans. DSCR (Debt Service Coverage Ratio) A financial metric measuring a company's ability to meet its debt obligations, calculated as net operating income divided by total debt service. Lenders typically require DSCR above 1.25x for approval. Equity Rollover A transaction structure where the current owners keep partial equity ownership in the business after the acquisition instead of receiving all cash at closing. It keeps sellers invested in the ongoing success of the company. Earnout A purchase price mechanism where the seller receives additional payments based on the business achieving specific performance targets after closing. Earnouts allow sellers to share in future upside and are often used when buyers and sellers disagree on valuation. Investment & Governance Terms These terms outline the relationships and rights between searchers, investors, and other stakeholders in search fund investments. Board of Directors The governing body of a corporation that oversees management and makes major strategic decisions. Search fund boards usually have 3-5 members, typically including both searcher and investor representatives, who hold monthly or quarterly meetings. Board Seat The right to occupy a position on the company's board of directors, providing a formal role in the business’s governance and voting power. Major investors often receive board seats as part of their investment terms. Advisory Board A group of experienced business leaders who provide guidance and mentorship to searchers without having formal governance authority. Often includes industry experts, former CEOs, and specialists who advise on specific issues. Preferred Shares A class of ownership that receives priority regarding dividends and liquidation proceeds compared to common shares. Search fund investors usually receive preferred shares to protect their downside risk. Common Shares Basic ownership units in a corporation. They carry voting rights and allow participation in company profits through dividends and appreciation. Searchers typically receive common shares that represent their equity stake. Liquidation Preference The right of preferred shareholders to receive their investment back before common shareholders if the business is sold or liquidated. This helps investors recover their initial capital even if the business struggles, providing crucial downside protection. Carry/Carried Interest Additional compensation that traditional searchers receive when they successfully grow and sell the business for a profit. Typically earned in tranches at different milestones, achieved over time and based on performance. Potential carry for traditional search funds often totals 25% of post-investor equity. Operational & Market Terms These concepts relate to business operations, market dynamics, and value creation strategies that searchers evaluate and implement. Industry Fragmentation This describes a market where many small players compete, with no dominant leaders. A fragmented industry often presents opportunities for search funds to consolidate and gain market share through a roll-up strategy. Customer Concentration The degree to which a business depends on a small number of customers for its revenue. High concentration means more risk. Search funds usually avoid businesses where any single customer accounts for more than 15-20% of revenue. Recurring Revenue Revenue that is reliable and expected to continue in the future. Examples include subscriptions, contracts, or repeat purchases from loyal customers. Search funds prioritize recurring revenue because it reduces business risk, makes cash flow projections more reliable, and appeals to investors. Sticky Customers Customers who are unlikely to switch to competitors due to high switching costs, integration complexity, or strong relationships. Organic Growth Business growth achieved through internal development rather than acquisitions. Organic growth represents sustainable growth that searchers can drive through operational improvements, new products, or market penetration. Add-on Acquisition A secondary acquisition that complements the searcher's original business, often sought to create synergies or expand market reach. Add-ons are a common strategy for search funds looking to continue growing after their initial acquisition is performing well. Roll-up Strategy An acquisition approach of consolidating fragmented industries by purchasing multiple similar businesses and combining them into a larger, more efficient operation. Roll-ups aim to take advantage of economies of scale and combined operational expertise. 100-Day Plan A detailed action plan that sets out key priorities and initiatives for the first 100 days after acquiring a business. Focuses on meeting employees, understanding operations, implementing basic financial controls, and identifying quick wins like cost reductions or process improvements that build credibility with the team. KPIs (Key Performance Indicators) Specific, measurable metrics used to track business performance and desired outcomes. Examples include revenue growth, customer retention, or operational efficiency. Unlike general financial metrics, KPIs help searchers monitor progress toward strategic goals and identify improvement opportunities through measurable, manageable targets. Deal Sourcing Terms These terms cover how searchers find opportunities and gain access to businesses for sale. Deal Flow Refers to the number of potential acquisition opportunities a searcher sees over time. Searchers may need to review hundreds of businesses to find one suitable acquisition. Consistent deal flow requires systematic outreach and relationship building. Business Broker A professional intermediary who helps business owners sell their companies, typically focusing on smaller businesses valued under $10 million. Brokers are one common source of deal flow for search fund acquisitions. Brokered Deal An acquisition opportunity presented through business brokers or investment bankers who represent the seller and manage the sale process. These opportunities provide access to deals that searchers might not find on their own, but usually result in multiple buyers competing for the same business. Proprietary Deal An acquisition opportunity developed through direct contact with business owners rather than through brokers or intermediaries. Often results in better terms for buyers because there's no competition from other potential acquirers, making it the preferred approach for most searchers. Exit Terms These terms cover how searchers hope to eventually exit and realize returns from their investments. Exit Strategy The planned approach to eventually selling the acquired business to realize investment returns. The sale of the business for a profit often represents the primary wealth creation event for search funds and their investors. Financial Buyer A buyer who purchases businesses primarily for investment returns rather than strategic synergies. Examples include search funds and private equity firms. This type of buyer looks to increase the company’s value through operational improvements and financial strategies. Strategic Buyer A buyer who purchases businesses to achieve strategic objectives, such as market expansion, synergies, or vertical integration. They often pay premium valuations compared to financial buyers. Trade Sale The sale of a business to another company in the same or related industry, often achieving premium valuations due to strategic synergies. The most common exit path for successful search fund investments. Exit Multiple A valuation metric that compares a company's sale price to its annual earnings (typically EBITDA) at the time of sale. Important to search funds because earning a higher exit multiple drives the total returns searchers and investors receive. Risk Management Terms These terms describe the key risk categories that searchers and investors need to understand and manage throughout the search fund lifecycle. Market Risk The potential for losses due to changes in market conditions, competition, or industry dynamics that management doesn’t control. This type of risk can significantly impact business performance regardless of how well searchers operate the company, making industry and market analysis crucial during target selection. Operator Risk The risk that the searcher lacks the skills, experience, or capability to effectively manage and improve the acquired business. A key concern for search fund investors, since searchers often transition from consulting, banking, or other fields into CEO roles without prior operating experience. Common Search Fund Acronyms These are common acronyms and abbreviations frequently used without explanation in search fund communications and documentation. ETA (Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition) Another term for the search fund model and acquisition-based entrepreneurship. Increasingly used in academic and professional circles to describe the broader category beyond traditional search funds. IOI (Indication of Interest) A preliminary, non-binding expression of a buyer’s interest in acquiring a business. Serves as a starting point for discussions and allows searchers to gauge seller interest in moving forward. The IOI provides a high-level overview of a potential offer, usually including proposed purchase price range, transaction structure, financing sources, due diligence requirements, and timeline. CRM (Customer Relationship Management) Software systems used to track and manage relationships a set of contacts. Search funds often use CRM tools to help manage deal flow and track the status of their networking and outreach campaigns during the search process. TAM (Total Addressable Market) The total market demand for a product or service, representing the maximum revenue opportunity. It is used to evaluate growth potential and market size when assessing target companies. LTV (Loan-to-Value) The ratio of debt financing to total enterprise value, usually 60-75% for search fund deals. A key metric that lenders use to assess risk and determine the loan terms they offer for acquisitions. MBO (Management Buyout) A transaction where existing management purchases the business from the current owners. It’s an alternative exit strategy that allows management teams to gain control of the business while providing liquidity to the owners. Conclusion & Usage Notes This glossary covers important search fund terminology and serves as both a learning resource for newcomers and a reference for experienced practitioners. This collection focuses on the most frequently used and searched terms in the search fund ecosystem, drawn from academic sources like the Stanford's Search Fund Study and Harvard Business School case studies, plus conversations in search fund communities like Searchfunder.com. We prioritized terms that appear consistently across deal documents, investor presentations, and industry discussions to ensure practical relevance for anyone working in the space. This glossary focuses on the most searched and frequently used terms in the search fund ecosystem, with periodic updates to reflect changes in the industry. You can find more information and practical implementation of many of these concepts on our Search Fund Resources page. Updated August 14, 2025. ### Independent Sponsor versus Search Fund Model - Complete Comparison If you're exploring private equity acquisition strategies in the lower-middle market, you've probably come across two models that seem to dominate the conversation: independent sponsors and search funds. Here's the thing - understanding the independent sponsor versus search fund debate isn't just academic. It's crucial if you're an emerging investor, entrepreneur, or anyone seriously considering their first steps into private deal-making. Quick Reality Check: If you're the type who prefers strategic oversight across multiple deals with lower operational risk, independent sponsors might be your speed. But if you want CEO-level control and the chance to really transform a business hands-on? Search funds could be calling your name. Now, this isn't going to be some surface-level comparison. I'm diving deep into both approaches - their operational frameworks, capital structures, and strategic implications - so you can figure out which path actually aligns with your investment objectives and professional background. Trust me, the details matter here. The Numbers Don't Lie: Market Growth in 2025 Okay, let's talk numbers. Because the independent sponsor versus search fund landscape has been absolutely exploding, and the data tells a pretty compelling story. Independent Sponsors Are Having a Moment The growth here is honestly remarkable. We're looking at roughly 1,200-1,600 active independent sponsors in the U.S. right now - that's literally doubled in just the past few years. If you're on platforms like Axial, you've probably noticed this yourself: active sponsors jumped 34% year-over-year. What's really interesting is the institutional money flowing in. Deal momentum picked up big time in late 2024 and carried into Q1 2025, and here's the kicker - GEM raised a whopping $450 million specifically to back independent sponsors. That's serious institutional validation. Search Funds? Also Going Crazy The search fund side is equally impressive, though in a different way. 2023 was a record year with 94 traditional search funds launching. I mean, that's just insane growth. Since 1984, we're talking nearly 700 traditional search funds total in the U.S. and Canada. But here's what caught my attention: international expansion is going crazy. 111 new search funds launched outside North America in just 2022-2023. And get this - the success rate for 2023 search funds hit 63% for successful acquisitions, which actually beats the historical average of 57%. Not bad at all. At-A-Glance Comparison Factor Independent Sponsor Search Fund Market Size (U.S.) 1,200-1,600 active sponsors ~700 traditional funds since 1984 Initial Capital Needed $50K-$200K annually $400K-$600K raised from investors Post-Acquisition Role Board advisor/strategic oversight Full-time CEO (avg. salary $190K) Time Commitment Part-time across multiple deals Full-time single company focus Actual Performance 2-4x returns typically 40% IRR average, 4.5x ROI overall Deal Size Range $2M-$5M EBITDA ($5M-$50M EV) Median $14.4M purchase price Fee Structure 1-5% closing, 10-30% carry Equity ownership 20-30% Success Factors 34% YoY growth in activity 63% acquisition success rate Understanding the Independent Sponsor Model What Actually Defines an Independent Sponsor? Look, an independent sponsor is basically a unique breed of private equity professional who said "forget the traditional fund structure" and decided to go rogue - in the best possible way. Instead of managing a big pool of committed capital like your typical PE firm, these folks flip the script entirely. Here's how it really works: they spot an acquisition opportunity first, get excited about it, then go out and rally investor capital specifically for that deal. It's pretty entrepreneurial when you think about it. This approach is fundamentally different from your conventional private equity firms, and honestly, that's the whole point. Independent sponsors are more like entrepreneurial dealmakers who use their networks, industry know-how, and transaction experience to create value through strategic acquisitions. They're not just financial engineers - they're relationship builders. Core Characteristics of Independent Sponsors Deal-Driven Capital Formation: Here's where it gets interesting. Independent sponsors completely reverse the traditional fundraising sequence. Most PE firms raise money first, then go hunting for deals. Independent sponsors? They secure purchase agreements first, then approach investors with concrete opportunities rather than some abstract investment theme. It's like saying "Hey, I found this amazing company, want in?" instead of "Give me money and trust me to find something good." Flexible Investor Relationships: These professionals have mastered the art of cultivating relationships with family offices, high-net-worth individuals, and institutional partners who actually evaluate each deal independently. No blind pool nonsense - every opportunity gets judged on its own merits. Advisory-Focused Post-Acquisition Role: After they close transactions, independent sponsors typically take on board positions or advisory roles. They're providing strategic guidance while letting existing management teams handle the day-to-day grind. Smart approach, if you ask me. Performance-Based Compensation: Here's what I love about this model - their income comes primarily from carried interest (usually somewhere between 10-30% of profits) rather than those hefty management fees. Talk about alignment of interests. Decoding the Search Fund Structure The Search Fund Foundation So search funds - these actually have a pretty cool origin story. They emerged from Stanford Business School back in the 1980s as this structured pathway for entrepreneurial professionals to acquire and operate established businesses. Basically, some smart folks figured out there had to be a better way than the traditional "raise money first, figure out what to do with it later" approach. What makes this model brilliant is that it creates a really systematic approach to entrepreneurial acquisition, combining investor capital with hands-on operational leadership. It's like having your cake and eating it too. Search Fund Operational Framework Two-Phase Capital Structure: Here's where things get interesting - and honestly, pretty smart. The model works through two distinct phases. First, you get initial funding for the search process itself (we're talking around $400,000-$600,000 typically), then once you actually find a target company, those same investors pony up the acquisition capital. It's kind of like dating before marriage, if you will. Investors get to see what you're capable of during the search before committing the big bucks for the actual acquisition. CEO-Centric Leadership: Now this is where search funds really differ from independent sponsors. Search fund entrepreneurs don't just advise from the sidelines - they commit to becoming the actual chief executives of their acquired companies. We're talking full operational responsibility for business performance and growth. No half-measures here. Investor Partnership Throughout: Unlike those more transactional relationships you see elsewhere, search fund investors are in it for the long haul. They often serve as mentors and advisors throughout both the search and operational phases. It's more like having experienced business partners than just financial backers. Extended Investment Horizons: These arrangements typically involve 5-7 year commitments, which honestly makes sense when you think about the time needed for meaningful operational improvements and real value creation. Rome wasn't built in a day, and neither are great businesses. Independent Sponsor Versus Search Fund: Capital Dynamics Funding Mechanisms Compared Alright, this is where the independent sponsor versus search fund comparison gets really interesting - and honestly, where a lot of people get confused. The capital approach and timing are completely different beasts. Independent Sponsor Capital Strategy: These folks operate without committed funds, which sounds scary but is actually pretty clever. They create deal-specific investment vehicles for each transaction. Now, this means you need some serious investor networks and the ability to move fast when opportunities pop up. I've seen independent sponsors who can mobilize capital in weeks because they've spent years building those relationships. But here's the catch - if your network isn't solid, you're basically dead in the water. Search Fund Capital Sequence: The two-stage funding model is honestly brilliant from a risk management perspective. You get upfront capital for deal sourcing, and investors keep their rights to participate in acquisitions. This reduces the entrepreneur's financial risk during that often-lengthy search phase while making sure investors have a say in deal selection. Think about it - investors are essentially saying "We believe in you enough to fund your search, but we still want to approve what you actually buy." Smart money management. Risk Distribution Analysis Independent Sponsor Risk Profile: Here's what's interesting - financial exposure happens during the sourcing phase because sponsors often have to self-fund their deal development activities. I know independent sponsors who've burned through $100K+ just on deal sourcing before closing anything. But here's the flip side: operational risk stays pretty limited since they're in advisory roles rather than running the show day-to-day. It's like being a strategic consultant with upside - you influence outcomes without being responsible for every single operational decision. Search Fund Risk Dynamics: While that initial financial risk gets mitigated through investor funding (which is nice), search fund entrepreneurs take on comprehensive operational risk as company leaders. Every business decision, every hiring mistake, every strategic misstep - that's all on you as the CEO. The upside? You have way more control over outcomes. The downside? When things go wrong, there's nowhere to hide. Operational Responsibilities: Independent Sponsor Versus Search Fund Post-Acquisition Role Differentiation The independent sponsor versus search fund distinction becomes most apparent in post-acquisition responsibilities and time commitments. Independent Sponsor Engagement Model: These professionals typically maintain portfolio oversight across multiple investments, providing strategic guidance through board participation while delegating operational management to company executives. Search Fund Operational Leadership: Entrepreneurs commit exclusively to one company, assuming full CEO responsibilities including strategic planning, team management, operational execution, and performance accountability. Value Creation Methodologies Independent Sponsor Value Drivers: Value creation occurs through strategic oversight, capital structure optimization, and leveraging industry expertise to guide management decisions. Search Fund Value Enhancement: Entrepreneurs drive value through direct operational improvements, hands-on leadership, and comprehensive business development initiatives. Self-Assessment Quiz: Which Model Fits You? Background & Experience (Be honest with yourself here): Got 5+ years of transaction/deal experience under your belt? → You're probably leaning independent sponsor territory More of an operational leader or itching to develop those CEO skills? → Search fund might be calling your name Ever managed P&L responsibility before? → That's definitely a search fund advantage Are you the type who gets energized by deal flow and strategic oversight? → Independent sponsor could be your jam Risk & Control Preferences (This is where it gets personal): Do you prefer having strategic influence without the daily operational headaches? → Independent sponsor all the way Want direct control over business decisions and outcomes - even when things get messy? → Search fund is probably your speed Comfortable juggling multiple projects at once without losing your mind? → Independent sponsor fits Prefer going deep on a single company transformation over 5-7 years? → Search fund is designed for you Capital & Network Situation (Let's get real about your resources): Already have strong investor relationships you can tap? → Big independent sponsor advantage Need initial funding for your search process and don't have deep pockets? → Search fund makes sense Can you realistically self-fund deal sourcing activities for 6-12 months? → Independent sponsor requirement Willing to commit 5-7 years to one company (seriously, think about this)? → Search fund requirement Look, there's no perfect score here. But if you're nodding along more with one side than the other, that's probably telling you something important about which path aligns with who you are and what you want to achieve. Industry-Specific Considerations How Sector Choice Affects the Independent Sponsor Versus Search Fund Decision Technology & SaaS Companies: Independent sponsors excel at scaling software businesses through strategic acquisitions and market expansion Search funds benefit from hands-on product development and customer acquisition leadership Both models work well, but search funds may better handle rapid technological changes requiring CEO-level agility Manufacturing & Industrial: Independent sponsors leverage operational expertise across multiple manufacturing platforms Search funds provide crucial on-site leadership for complex operational improvements Manufacturing often favors search funds due to hands-on operational requirements Healthcare Services: Independent sponsors excel at regulatory navigation and multi-site rollout strategies Search funds provide essential clinical leadership and staff management in healthcare settings Regulatory complexity often benefits from search fund CEO-level attention Professional Services: Independent sponsors help scale through acquisition-driven growth strategies Search funds excel at culture building and client relationship management People-intensive businesses often perform better under search fund direct leadership Consumer & Retail: Independent sponsors provide strategic oversight for brand portfolio expansion Search funds offer hands-on customer experience and operations management Market responsiveness often favors search fund operational agility Financial Structures and Returns Compensation Framework Analysis Understanding the independent sponsor versus search fund compensation structures is honestly where the rubber meets the road. The risk-reward profiles and alignment mechanisms are totally different, and the real market data backs this up in some pretty fascinating ways. Independent Sponsor Economics (2025 Data): Let's break down what independent sponsors are actually making these days: Closing fees run about 1-5% of enterprise value (so we're talking typically $50K-$250K per deal) Management fees hover around 3-5% of EBITDA annually Carried interest is where the real money is: 10-20% is standard, but proven performers can push that up to 25-30% Target deals are usually in that $2M-$5M EBITDA sweet spot, though I'm seeing more sponsors push into $100M+ transactions Here's what's really interesting: institutional co-investment is exploding, with larger PE firms and family offices jumping in Search Fund Performance (Stanford 2024 Study): The numbers here are pretty compelling, and honestly, better than I expected: Average searcher salary during the search phase: $139,000 (not bad for looking for companies) Post-acquisition CEO salary bumps up to $190,000 on average Traditional search fund IRR averages 40-40.5% - that's seriously impressive Overall search fund performance hits 35.1% IRR with 4.5x ROI average Self-funded searches do 27-30.3% IRR, but here's the kicker - 5 out of the 6 most recent 10x ROI deals were self-funded searchers Now, here's the success distribution that really tells the story for traditional search funds: 8% achieved over 10x ROI (the home runs) 17.5% hit 5-10x ROI (solid wins) 25% landed 2-5x ROI (decent returns) 18.5% managed 1-2x ROI (not great, but not disasters) 31% experienced losses (reality check - this stuff isn't guaranteed) Return Expectations and Timelines Independent Sponsor Return Profile: These folks typically target 2-4x returns over 3-5 year investment horizons through strategic improvements and financial optimization. What's changed recently is the increasing institutional support that's driving larger deal sizes - so the absolute dollar returns can be pretty substantial even with lower multiples. Search Fund Performance Reality: The recent data shows traditional search funds achieving that 40% IRR with nearly 7 in 10 acquired companies generating positive returns. The median purchase price of $14.4 million is actually down from $16.5 million (thanks to higher interest rates making everything more expensive), but deals are still averaging 7.0x EBITDA multiples and attracting around 16 investors per acquisition. What's fascinating is how consistent these numbers are across different economic cycles. Deal Characteristics and Market Focus Transaction Size and Complexity The independent sponsor versus search fund comparison extends to deal parameters and transaction complexity. Independent Sponsor Deal Profile: Transactions typically range from $5-50 million in enterprise value, often involving sophisticated capital structures with multiple debt and equity components across various industry sectors. Search Fund Acquisition Parameters: These transactions generally fall within the $5-30 million range, emphasizing operational fit and growth potential over complex financial engineering, typically targeting stable industries with predictable cash flows. Industry and Geographic Focus Independent Sponsor Market Approach: These professionals often leverage sector expertise and established industry relationships to identify opportunities across diverse markets. Current trends show expansion from traditional $2M-$5M EBITDA targets into $100M+ enterprise value deals, with institutional backing from dedicated funds like GEM's $450M vehicle. Search Fund Territory and Sector Strategy: Recent acquisition data (2014-2023) shows clear industry preferences: Healthcare services: 25% of all acquisitions Business services: 25% of acquisitions Software/Technology: 22% of deals IT-enabled services: 16% of transactions Other sectors (manufacturing, logistics, distribution): 12% Entrepreneurs typically focus on specific geographic regions to facilitate hands-on management while targeting industries that benefit from direct operational leadership. The median acquired company has 34 employees and maintains a 27% EBITDA margin with 25% growth rates. Strategic Decision Framework Choosing Between Models The independent sponsor versus search fund decision depends on several critical factors that align with individual circumstances and objectives. Professional Background Alignment Independent Sponsor Fit: This model suits professionals with transaction experience, investment banking backgrounds, or consulting expertise who prefer strategic oversight roles across multiple investments. Current market data shows many are former PE or corporate deal professionals choosing independence amid challenging first-time fund environments (first-time funds dropped from 121 funds raising $21.5B in 2023 to 46 funds raising $9.2B by early 2025). Search Fund Suitability: Recent searcher background data (2022-2023) reveals: Investment Banking/Finance: 23% (now the largest group) Management Consulting: 16% General Management: 14% Private Equity: 12% (decreased from historical 27%) Military: 10% Operations: 7% Entrepreneurs: 7% Other: 11% The model attracts individuals with operational leadership experience, with 82% holding MBA degrees and 87% being male (though 18% of new searchers in recent years were women). The average searcher is under 35 years old. Capital Access and Network Requirements Independent Sponsor Prerequisites: Success requires established investor networks and the ability to raise deal-specific capital quickly, often necessitating personal capital for sourcing activities. Search Fund Capital Needs: While requiring less personal capital upfront, success depends on convincing investors to fund a blind search based on entrepreneur credentials and potential. Risk Tolerance and Control Preferences Independent Sponsor Risk-Reward Profile: Lower operational risk but higher deal sourcing risk, with influence exercised through strategic guidance rather than direct control. Search Fund Risk-Control Dynamic: Higher operational risk but greater control over business outcomes, with success directly tied to leadership effectiveness and operational execution. Implementation Considerations Getting Started: Practical Steps For those evaluating the independent sponsor versus search fund decision, several practical considerations guide implementation. Building the Foundation Independent Sponsor Launch Requirements: Professionals need $50,000-$200,000 annually for deal sourcing activities, strong industry networks, and the ability to quickly mobilize investor capital for specific opportunities. Search Fund Initiation Process: Entrepreneurs must develop compelling investment presentations, identify committed search fund investors, and typically raise $400,000-$600,000 for the initial search phase. Common Success Patterns and Failure Points Independent Sponsor Success Indicators: Strong deal sourcing networks that generate 3-5 qualified opportunities monthly Established relationships with 10+ active investors across different check sizes Sector expertise that creates information advantages in deal evaluation Ability to close transactions within 6-9 months of initial investor outreach Independent Sponsor Common Pitfalls: Insufficient personal capital leading to rushed deal processes Over-reliance on single investor relationships creating funding bottlenecks Lack of post-acquisition value-add capabilities beyond financial engineering Poor deal screening resulting in operational disasters affecting sponsor reputation Search Fund Success Indicators: Systematic search processes contacting 1,000+ companies during search phase Clear acquisition criteria preventing emotional decision-making Strong operational leadership capabilities demonstrated through prior roles Investor group providing both capital and strategic mentorship Search Fund Common Pitfalls: Analysis paralysis extending search timelines beyond investor patience Acquiring companies outside core competency areas Insufficient working capital reserves for post-acquisition improvements Poor cultural fit between entrepreneur leadership style and company needs Current Market Context (2025) How Economic Conditions Affect the Independent Sponsor Versus Search Fund Choice Interest Rate Environment Impact: Higher interest rates in 2025 create different dynamics for each model. Independent sponsors benefit from increased institutional interest and co-investment opportunities, with larger PE firms increasingly backing independent sponsor transactions. Search funds face higher acquisition financing costs (median purchase price dropped from $16.5M to $14.4M), but self-funded searchers leverage SBA loans more effectively, often achieving superior returns through higher debt utilization. Growth and Institutional Adoption: Independent sponsors doubled in number over recent years, with 34% year-over-year growth in platform activity Search funds show record launches: 94 traditional funds in 2023 alone International expansion: 111 new search funds launched outside North America in 2022-2023 For the first time, less than half (42%) of international searchers attended U.S. MBA programs Investor Appetite: The investor base has dramatically expanded beyond the original small group of experienced backers. Family offices and high-net-worth individuals increasingly prefer the transparency offered by both models, while institutional investors show growing sophistication in evaluating opportunities. Search fund investors now include more diverse capital providers, with many former search fund entrepreneurs becoming investors themselves after successful exits. Essential Tools and Resources For Independent Sponsors: Deal Sourcing Platforms: Axial, Intralinks, or industry-specific databases Financial Modeling: Comprehensive LBO models with multiple scenario planning Legal Documentation: Standardized term sheets and investor agreements Investor Relations: CRM systems for maintaining investor communications Due Diligence: Network of specialized consultants and industry experts For Search Fund Entrepreneurs: Search Management: Systematic tracking systems for outreach and follow-up Target Analysis: Industry research tools and company screening databases Investor Communication: Regular reporting templates and progress dashboards Operational Assessment: Frameworks for evaluating management teams and business processes Integration Planning: Post-acquisition improvement roadmaps and KPI tracking Recommended Next Steps by Profile: For Transaction Professionals (Investment Banking, PE, Consulting): Assess your investor network strength and deal flow access Evaluate sector expertise depth and differentiation potential Consider starting with independent sponsor model leveraging existing relationships Plan 6-12 month transition timeline with sufficient capital reserves For Operational Leaders (General Management, Consulting, Corporate Development): Develop search fund investor presentation highlighting leadership experience Define target company criteria and geographic focus areas Build systematic search process and investor communication framework Plan 18-24 month search timeline with operational readiness assessment Future Considerations and Evolution Market Trends and Adaptations The independent sponsor versus search fund landscape continues evolving as market conditions and investor preferences shift. Emerging Hybrid Models Some professionals now blend elements from both approaches, creating customized structures that combine deal-by-deal capital raising with operational involvement, or search fund systematic processes with independent sponsor flexibility. Technology and Process Innovation Digital platforms increasingly support both models through improved deal sourcing, investor management, and administrative efficiency, reducing traditional barriers to entry and operational complexity. Conclusion: Making the Strategic Choice Look, at the end of the day, the independent sponsor versus search fund decision comes down to what kind of person you are and what you're really trying to achieve. There's no universally "right" answer here - just what's right for you. Independent sponsors offer this entrepreneurial deal-making lifestyle with strategic oversight responsibilities. It appeals to folks who like the portfolio approach and prefer advisory roles where they can influence outcomes without getting bogged down in the daily operational grind. If you're someone who gets energized by deal flow, enjoys building investor relationships, and wants to work across multiple companies simultaneously, this could be your path. Search funds? They're for people who want that CEO leadership experience with comprehensive operational responsibility. If you're the type who wants to roll up your sleeves, take direct control of a business, and really transform it through hands-on leadership, search funds are designed for exactly that kind of person. Both models create legitimate pathways to private company ownership and value creation, but - and this is crucial - they do it through fundamentally different approaches to capital formation, operational engagement, and investor relationships. The numbers we've looked at show both can be financially rewarding, but in very different ways. Here's my honest take: success in either model requires you to be brutally honest about your personal strengths, how you want to position yourself in the market, and the level of commitment you're actually willing to make for effective execution. Don't fool yourself about what you're signing up for. The choice ### Capital Providers for Independent Sponsors Capital Providers for Independent Sponsors   In this guide, we've compiled a list of the top independent sponsor equity investors worth targeting. Each firm has been vetted based on track record, deal execution speed, capital deployment capacity, investment value-add, reputation among sponsors, and my own personal experience. List of the Top Independent Sponsor Investors CapitalPad Ocean Avenue Capital Partners HighVista Boathouse Capital True West Capital Partners Petra Capital Partners Five Points Capital Greyrock Capital Group Star Mountain Capital Brightwood Capital Trivest Partners Monroe Capital Align Collaborate Overview Investors in this niche asset class are specialized capital providers who partner with fundless sponsors on deal-by-deal basis to acquire companies in (usually) the lower-middle market. This once-niche corner of private equity is having its moment, with an estimated 1,200–1,400 current independent sponsors. One thing that hasn't changed in this fast growing asset class is the critical need to raise equity capital. I've been on both sides of this equation. I’ve raised capital myself, have analyzed countless independent sponsor deals, and now allocate capital directly into sponsor-led transactions. This unique perspective gives me insight into what separates the best investors from the rest. Independent sponsor capital providers fall into six categories: Debt-only providers (lenders) Specialty funds Family offices LP networks (like CapitalPad) SBICs (offering both debt and equity) High net worth individuals The investors listed in this post focus on providing equity checks to sponsors acquiring lower-middle market companies. They are highly selective, usually sophisticated in nature, and each have specific factors they are looking for when investing. Some are looking for transactions focusing on a strict timeline of liquidity, while some family offices are happy to be a part of a multi-decade journey. We recommend reviewing the McGuireWoods survey for more detailed info. Raising capital is difficult. Terribly difficult. It is my hope that this list makes your journey as a fundless sponsor at least a little bit easier than it would have been otherwise. #1 - CapitalPad CapitalPad is emerging as a leading investor for independent sponsor deals. CapitalPad is a direct investor and equity capital provider, but also a platform connects independent sponsors with funds, family offices, and accredited investors to help close additional equity gaps beyond their own capital base. Additionally, for outside investors, CapitalPad provides curated access to institutional-quality independent sponsor transactions. Investment Focus & Criteria Allocation size: Up to $2,000,000 direct, with additional funds coming from partners Deal stage: Post-LOI only Minimum EBITDA: $1,000,000 Industries: Industry agnostic Geographic focus: North America Deal Types: Works with both independent sponsors and self-funded searcher deals Key Differentiators (For sponsors) Access multiple capital providers in one location – CapitalPad invests directly, and connects other investors in one dashboard No cost to sponsors – Invests directly, and does not charge for additional intros (For investors) Access to curated independent sponsor deal-flow - CapitalPad shares deal flow with other investors Post-close support – Optional marketing, website development, and growth services Pooled investment structure – Non-institutional investors are pooled into a single entry on cap table User-base – Direct investments, plus access to both HNWI investors and funds/family offices CapitalPad attempts to offer independent sponsors a somewhat more streamlined path to raising equity capital. Posting a deal on CapitalPad presents a blinded teaser to a pool of lower-middle market M&A investors who are actively looking to allocate. They can sign an NDA for further details. #2 - Ocean Avenue Capital Partners Focused on underserved, inefficient markets based on the size or complexity of the transactions Transactions include buyouts, thematic platform builds, recapitalizations, growth, or special situations like carve-outs or turnarounds Interested in deals discounted due to transaction complexity, limited competition, or under-resourced management Private equity firm Ocean Avenue Capital Partners looks for hidden gems. It invests in markets that are inefficient because of the size or complexity of the transactions. They believe many high-quality businesses remain undervalued due to limited competition or mismanagement. They partner with independent sponsors to identify and execute on these deals. The firm thrives on market inefficiencies inherent in small-cap and/or complex situations. These underserved markets offer the most numerous opportunities and the best risk-adjusted returns. Ocean Avenue Capital Partners boasts over 50 years of collective experience. It has invested capital in more than 100 direct investments. Their sweet spot is founder-owned businesses with EBITDA of $3-$15 million operating in fragmented markets. Especially those with defensible positions and opportunities for operational improvement. Their strategy includes a wide range of transactions. These include buyouts, thematic platform builds, recapitalizations, and growth initiatives. They also invest in special situations, like carve-outs or turnarounds. Ocean Avenue Capital Partners Focus & Criteria Focus: On inefficient markets, as defined by either the size or the complexity of the transactions. Check sizes into deals: $10m - $25m (with reserve capital for growth) Deal stage: Post-LOI only Minimum EBITDA: $3m Industries: Small-cap and/or complex situations. Buyouts, thematic platform builds, turnarounds, carve-outs Geographic focus: United States or Canada Noteworthy Features: They are more willing to invest in complex and non-traditional deals that are outside of the traditional independent sponsor industries. They're not afraid of the unusual. Also, they do not require board seats to participate in deals. #3 - HighVista Emphasizes achieving alpha and amplified returns in inefficient markets Focused on the lower-middle market, which provides an attractive risk/reward Partners with specialized managers and independent sponsors to construct outperforming portfolios HighVista claims to differentiate itself through its "relentless pursuit of alpha". It aims to achieve this through identifying inefficiencies and building long-term, value-driven partnerships. The firm targets the lower-middle market, where the inherent market inefficiencies create compelling risk/reward profiles. HighVista partners with sponsors to construct portfolios that can outperform the broader market. They partner with independent sponsors and managers with expertise in many different markets. HighVista focuses on identifying hidden opportunities. It then supports them through every phase of the investment lifecycle. Their approach emphasizes robust analysis and bespoke deal structuring. This enables sponsors to capture the full potential of each investment. Their detailed, data-driven methodology helps maximize value creation with every opportunity. Investment Focus & Criteria Focus: "On the least efficient segment of the private equity ecosystem" Industries: Targeting special opportunities Geographic focus: North America 4. Boathouse Capital Lean team allows nimble, flexible investments for a variety of transactions Strategic guidance and expertise in M&A execution, sales acceleration, human capital management Focused on accelerating growth and unlocking scale through organic growth and acquisitions Boathouse Capital provides customized equity capital solutions to unlock value creation. The firm empowers every member of its lean team to be decision makers. They can respond to sponsor needs and market opportunities with speed and flexibility. This signature nimbleness makes them valuable partners in independent sponsor deals. Timing and adaptability often dictate success. Boathouse Capital supports independent sponsors across multiple transaction scenarios. The firm provides structured capital for acquisitions, sales acceleration, recapitalizations, and full or partial liquidity events. It also provides strategic guidance and expertise in M&A, sales acceleration, and human capital management. This support helps independent sponsors drive post-acquisition growth and create exit value. Boathouse Capital Focus & Criteria Focus: Companies with stable historical financial performance and modest ongoing capital requirements Offers: Growth Capital, Acquisitions, Recapitalizations, Control Buyouts Check sizes into deals: $5 - $50m Industries: Software, SaaS, Tech-Enabled Services, Healthcare, IT Boathouse Capital Noteworthy Features: Flexible capital (offers both debt and equity), offers strategic help beyond just capital (sales, M&A), and a lean team so getting to a decision is easier than with many funds. 5. True West Capital Partners Began centered on the West Coast, then expanded across the U.S. Deal-specific structured capital: agile, flexible, and fast No collateral or personal guarantees required True West Capital Partners began on the West Coast but has across the United States. It provides bespoke financing solutions that meet the evolving needs of independent sponsors. Agility, flexibility, and speed of execution characterize the firm’s structured capital approach. These qualities matter to independent sponsors with time-sensitive acquisition opportunities. Transaction velocity can be a competitive advantage. The firm’s model emphasizes simplicity and effectiveness. It offers financing solutions that do not require collateral or personal guarantees. This approach reduces barriers for sponsors and enhances the efficiency of transactions. True West focuses on the quality of the opportunity and the sponsor's expertise rather than personal financial backstops. This relieves a point of pressure many other private equity investors can inflict. It frees sponsors to focus on strategic growth and operational improvements. True West Investment Focus & Criteria Focus: Established and profitable middle-market companies Check sizes into deals: $5m - $25m Minimum EBITDA: $3m ($10m revenue) Industries: Business Services, Consumer, Food, Healthcare, Manufacturing, Transportation Logistics Geographic focus: United States True West Noteworthy Features: Heavy focus on relationships built on "candor and trust", and the ability to move quickly. Focused on the long-view versus the short-term. 6. Petra Capital Partners A pioneer of the growth capital model since 1996 Provides debt and equity capital; often deploys debt before traditional lenders and helps current owners retain more ownership Comfortable having a control or non-control ownership position Petra Capital Partners has a deep understanding of capital markets and a long track record of success. It brings decades of experience to their partnerships with independent sponsors. The firm provides debt and equity capital to lower-middle market companies. The firm has a reputation for being willing to deploy debt capital early in a company's lifecycle. Sometimes before traditional lenders would consider entering a deal. This capital flexibility gives sponsors who partner with them a competitive advantage. They can approach business owners concerned about maintaining significant equity with attractive deals. Petra Capital Partners works with diverse deal structures. They can be a valuable partner for sponsors looking to execute complex deals. The firm says it's comfortable having a control or non-control ownership position. It works with management teams and co-investors to craft financing solutions that meet the needs of all stakeholders. Petra Capital Partners offers a robust solution for sponsors seeking growth financing. The firm’s commitment to innovative capital deployment sets them apart. 7. Five Points Capital Strives for consistency and financing certainty Can react quickly to provide incremental capital or support when needed Focused on long-term partnerships over one-off deals Five Points Capital seeks out long-term partnerships with high-performing independent sponsors. The firm helps to build value, ensure financing certainty, and provide incremental capital to support growth. This approach creates continuity for sponsors. They can develop a track record with Five Points across multiple transactions. The firm strives to create stability through flexible and responsive capital solutions. This includes providing incremental capital when needed. They can give sponsors the resources they need to seize emerging opportunities. The fund’s approach centers on building long-term relationships with established partners. This lets them provide follow-on funding without a lengthy approval process. 8. Greyrock Capital Group Strong track record with independent sponsors since 2002 Larger target acquisitions (check size $8-$40+ million) Focused on maintaining sustainable corporate culture over the life of each investment Greyrock Capital Group has two decades of experience investing in independent sponsor deals. It has been through many different cycles and situations. It provides one-stop junior capital to sponsors to finance buyouts. The firm targets slightly larger acquisitions than many independent sponsor capital providers. Its target check sizes range from $8 to $40+ million. This lets sponsors to compete for acquisition targets that might otherwise be beyond their reach. The firm is selective. But it provides stable, patient capital for sponsors with whom it partners. Greyrock labels itself a “culture carrier.” It emphasizes its focus on sustainable corporate practices as well as financial returns. The firm seeks investments that align with its broader vision of long-term value and responsible management. 9. Star Mountain Capital Specialized asset management firm focused on the U.S. lower-middle market Makes direct credit and equity investments, and connects to institutional and high-net-worth investors Local relationships in 20 cities help source, analyze, and manage high quality investments Star Mountain Capital makes direct credit and equity investments in independent sponsor deals. It also runs a platform that allows institutional and high-net-worth investors to invest. This setup gives sponsors access to capital, business support, and market insights, all in one place. Star Mountain Capital’s origination platform sets it apart. It leverages local relationships in 20 U.S. cities to source, analyze, and manage deals. This allows Star Mountain to conduct lower-middle-market deals in an efficient, institutional manner. Localized insight translates into more informed decision-making in markets larger firms might overlook. Local market knowledge paired with institutional processes makes Star Mountain Capital valuable partners. They're ideal for sponsors seeking both capital and value-added resources. 10. Brightwood Capital Relationship-based proprietary origination focusing on family-owned SMBs Focused in New York and Chicago Vertical concentration in business services, franchising, healthcare services, transportation & logistics, and technology & telecommunications Brightwood Capital employs a proprietary origination strategy. It's relationship-based, focusing on family-owned small and medium-sized businesses. These are the same targets for many sponsors, making Brightwood a valuable partner. The firm understands the strategic and operational needs of family-owned SMBs. They know how to unlock sustainable value. The firm has a strong presence in New York and Chicago. This positions them well to serve these key markets and the regional ecosystems that surround them. Brightwood Capital concentrates on five verticals: business services franchising healthcare services transportation & logistics technology & telecommunications This specialization gives them deep sector expertise in these verticals. That helps them assess risks and opportunities and tailor capital solutions to the needs of these industries. 11. Trivest Partners BluWave Top Private Equity Innovator Award winner for four consecutive years Proprietary “Path to 3x” value creation program Supports growth of founder-led and family-owned businesses while preserving culture Trivest Partners earned the BluWave Top PE Innovator Award in each of the past four years. This recognizes them among the top 2% of private equity firms. The firm emphasizes supporting the growth of founder-led and family-owned businesses. It aims to add value to organizations without disrupting their culture or compromising their ideals. This value proposition can benefit sponsors in their pitches to sellers. Trivest uses a proprietary “Path to 3x” value creation program that targets tripling the business within 3-5 years. It does this through a proven growth strategy the firm tailors to fit each business’ needs. This program reflects Trivest’s commitment to driving operational improvements and strategic repositioning. 12. Monroe Capital One-stop debt and equity financing solutions for independent sponsors (acquisitions and recapitalizations) Offers sponsors an efficient path for raising capital and a high degree of certainty Capital structures with preferable economics (closing fees, annual management fees, and promote structures) Monroe Capital offers one-stop financing solutions. They cater to independent sponsors seeking debt and equity capital for acquisitions and recapitalizations. The firm offers flexible, cost-efficient capital structures to independent sponsors. It provides a high degree of certainty in closing transactions. This is an attractive proposition for sponsors operating in fast-moving markets. Monroe Capital positions itself as a supportive strategic partner. It focuses on providing preferable economics. These include lower closing fees, favorable annual management fees, or optimized promote structures. They help independent sponsors maximize their returns and focus on long-term value creation. 13. Align Collaborate Focused exclusively on the specialized equity needs Emphasizes collaboration with ambitious sponsors Access to growth resources that can help enhance a deal’s economics Finally is Align Collaborate. The firm focuses on the specialized equity needs of sponsor deals. As its name suggests, Align Collaborate centers on collaboration. It helps sponsors through partnerships based on open communication and strategic alignment. Align Collaborate formed through a partnership between an active lower-middle market private equity firm and experienced independent sponsor investors. They bring over 20 years of combined experience to their partnerships. The firm works to match the right capital structure to each transaction. They offer tailored capital solutions catering to the unique challenges and opportunities in the lower-middle market. Align also boasts a broad network and growth resources. It leverages these to enhance each deal’s economics and long-term value creation. Investment Focus & Criteria Focus: Focuses only on equity capital for independent sponsors Check sizes into deals: $5m - $30m Deal stage: Post-LOI only Minimum EBITDA: $2m Required post-close ownership: 25% - 100% Industries: Business Services, Industrial Services, Software, Tech-Enabled Services, Specialty Manufacturing, Value-Added Distribution Geographic focus: North America Statistics from independent sponsor capital raises Here are the results of Axial’s Independent Sponsor Report, providing insights on where sponsor capital is raised. 83% raise from family offices 79% raise from high net worth individuals 73% from SBIC funds 65% from personal wealth 52% from PE funds Different groups may require different investment structures to fit a specific profile or mandate. For example, family offices may be open longer hold periods or more direct influence. Institutional capital may expect tighter reporting and controls, while HNWI's can be far more flexible. Summary The equity capital landscape can be challenging for the independent sponsor model, but the group of dedicated capital providers is growing. The above curated list of independent sponsor investors represents a cross-section of available capital partners, with differences in experience, flexibility, and industry speciality in sponsor-led deals. Use this list as launchpad for building relationships with providers to help get deals over the finish line. FAQ Where can sponsors build relationships with dedicated investors? The most effective ways to find investors include: Direct outreach strategies: Leveraging platforms like Axial, CapitalPad, and other deal-sourcing networks Attending industry conferences such as the McGuireWoods Conference, iGlobal Forum events, and regional networking meetings Networking with investment banks and intermediaries who maintain relationships with capital providers Connecting through professional networks like LinkedIn and industry associations Relationship-building approaches: Engaging with family offices early through their investment committees Building connections with other successful sponsors who can provide introductions Participating in industry forums and online communities Leveraging existing business relationships and asking for warm introductions What are the investor requirements before allocating capital? Most investors have specific criteria they evaluate before committing capital: Financial requirements: Minimum EBITDA typically from $2 million plus Proven cash flow stability and growth potential Strong financial controls and reporting systems Clear path to 2-3x returns within 3-7 years Deal structure requirements: Post-LOI stage (most won't engage before a signed letter of intent) Defined exit strategy and timeline Appropriate purchase price relative to market multiples Management team rollover or retention plan Sponsor qualifications: Relevant industry experience and operational expertise Track record of successful transactions or business management Skin in the game through personal capital investment Strong references and reputation in the market What do investors typically require in independent sponsor deals? Most independent sponsor investors apply disciplined criteria before committing capital. While requirements vary by investor, the following themes are common: Financial Requirements Minimum company EBITDA of $750,000 to $3+ million Demonstrated cash flow stability with potential for growth Reliable financial controls and reporting systems A clear path to achieving 2–3x returns within 3–7 years Deal Structure Requirements Deal must be at the post-LOI stage (most investors will not engage earlier) Defined exit strategy and timeline Purchase price in line with market multiples Management rollover or retention plan to ensure continuity Sponsor Qualifications Relevant industry or operational expertise Track record of prior transactions or business leadership Meaningful personal capital investment (“skin in the game”) Strong reputation and references in the market Investors may also apply their own additional filters depending on industry, deal size, and relationship with the sponsor. What are the typical capital sources? Capital sources for sponsor deals vary based on deal size and structure, but here are the main sources according to Axial and Ice Miller include: Platforms (like CapitalPad) Family offices SBIC funds Specialized private equity funds High net worth individuals References Scurria, A. (2024, March 15). Private-equity managers persevere in pitching first-time funds. The Wall Street Journal. https://www.wsj.com/articles/private-equity-managers-persevere-in-pitching-first-time-funds-0d7cb75f Axial. (2023). Axial's 2023 independent sponsor report: Summary analysis. Axial Forum. https://www.axial.net/forum/axials-2023-independent-sponsor-report-summary-analysis/ McGuireWoods LLP. (2025). Independent sponsor services. McGuireWoods. https://www.mcguirewoods.com/services/industries/private-equity/independent-sponsor/ Price Benowitz LLP. (n.d.). Independent sponsor transactions. Price Benowitz Transactional Group. https://pricebenowitz.com/transactional-group/independent-sponsor/ Ice Miller LLP. (n.d.). Independent sponsors. Ice Miller. https://www.icemiller.com/independent-sponsors Smash VC. (n.d.). Independent sponsors: The complete guide. Smash VC. https://smash.vc/independent-sponsors/ Disclaimer: The information provided in this guide is for educational purposes only and should not be construed as investment advice. Investments involve significant risk, and potential investors should conduct thorough due diligence and consult with qualified professionals before making any investment decisions. Past performance does not guarantee future results. Last Updated: September 23, 2025 ### Search Fund Resources - The Complete Guide to Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition Search Fund Resources The Complete Guide to Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition Search funds represent one of the most systematic and proven approaches to entrepreneurship through acquisition (ETA), offering aspiring business owners a structured path to acquiring and operating profitable small to mid-sized businesses. Whether you're considering a traditional search fund backed by investors or pursuing a self-funded approach, this comprehensive resource guide provides the tools, strategies, and expert insights you need to navigate every stage of the search fund journey. As someone who has navigated the search fund ecosystem firsthand, I've experienced both the excitement and challenges of the ETA journey. This curated resource guide combines my personal experience with the latest industry research, including the Stanford GSB 2024 Search Fund Study and IESE International Search Fund Study 2024, alongside insights from successful searchers and leading business schools that have pioneered the search fund model for over four decades. Having worked through the real-world complexities of deal sourcing, due diligence, and transition planning, I've curated the most valuable resources while identifying critical gaps, helping you make informed decisions and avoid the pitfalls I've seen (and sometimes experienced) firsthand. What you'll find in this resource guide: Overview What are search funds? Traditional search funds vs self-funded search funds Search funds vs independent sponsors Comparing entrepreneurship through acquisition models Search Phase: Finding and Evaluating Acquisition Targets Search Strategies Best Practices for Search Funds During the Search Phase Business Marketplaces Business Valuation Tools CRM Software Closing a Deal Conducting Due Diligence Due Diligence Checklist Due Diligence Resources SBA Loans and Lenders Legal Law Firms Insurance for Searchers Transition Phase: Taking Over as CEO Transition Checklist Common Transition Pitfalls to Avoid Resources to Lean on During the Transition Operating Tools Publications (Books & Research) Recommended Reading List Search Fund Industry Research Reports Additional Learning Resources Content Channels Online Courses MBA Programs Events   Overview of search funds Entrepreneurship through acquisition (ETA) encompasses many versions of individuals buying and growing existing companies rather than starting from scratch. The search fund model is an increasingly popular form of ETA in which an entrepreneur seeks to acquire and operate a small to mid-sized business, typically with investor backing. This section explores the appeal of ETA as a pathway to business ownership, the motivations of searchers and sellers in private SMB acquisitions, and the different types of search funds. What are search funds? A search fund is an investment vehicle where an individual or small team raises capital to identify, acquire, and then operate a small business. The searcher typically becomes the CEO and works closely with investors who provide both the search capital and acquisition funding. This approach offers compelling advantages over starting from scratch. While most new businesses fail trying to find product-market fit and establish sustainable cash flows, search entrepreneurs can bypass these existential startup challenges entirely. By acquiring an established business, you skip the uncertain early phase and step directly into operating a profitable company with an existing customer base, proven revenue streams, and a known track record of performance. The search fund model can be a great fit for individuals who are very entrepreneurial, but who are maybe not "zero to one" entrepreneurs or who want to apply their skills to already established companies for growth. Confused by any terms? Here's a full search fund glossary, with dictionary and definitions. Traditional search funds vs. self-funded search funds Traditional search funds have become popular among graduating MBA students at institutions that support them. Stanford pioneered the model in the mid 1980s and other prestigious business school programs followed suit. In a traditional search fund, a pool of private investors raise initial capital to fund the search process, including living and business expenses for the searcher while they seek a company to acquire. Once the searcher identifies a target and complete due diligence, the search fund deploys acquisition capital to help purchase the business, which the searcher then operates. The terms for the search may vary but often they receive 8.3% equity in the company at closing, with additional equity awarded through incentives over 5 years and based on performance. Self-funded search funds emerged more recently, based on a similar concept. This model involves individuals or small teams looking for businesses to acquire without financial backing during their search phase. Instead, they self-fund the search process, absorbing the costs of travel, due diligence expenses, legal fees, etc. In exchange, self-funded searchers have more control over their selection criteria and keep most of the equity in the acquired company. Most traditional search funds target companies with $1M–$10M in EBITDA (most commonly between $2M–$5M). Self-funded search deals tend to be smaller due to the limits on the SBA loans commonly used to finance these deals. Self-funded searchers usually target companies with $500k–$2M in EBITDA. Search funds vs. independent sponsors Independent sponsors use a slightly different model for small business acquisitions. Whether traditional or self-funded, searchers assume an operational role at the acquired company. They usually become the CEO and try to grow the business by running and improving the company’s day-to-day operations. But independent sponsors approach business acquisitions more as investors that entrepreneurs. They broker deals between business sellers and equity investors. Sponsors acquire equity and board seats through their deals, but typically install qualified management to run the company rather than operating the business themselves. Independent sponsors target larger businesses than search funds—usually companies with EBITDA between $10M-$75M. Here is a more in-depth guide on independent sponsors vs independent sponsors. Comparing entrepreneurship through acquisition models Model Self-Funded Search Fund Traditional Search Fund Independent Sponsor Typical background Experienced entrepreneur MBA or business school graduate Private equity, investment banking, or other financial professional Typical EBITDA of target business $500k–$2M $2M–$5M $10M–$75M Search phase support No Yes No Personal financial risk Costs during search process, personal guarantee on SBA debt None Costs during search process Typical equity retained at closing Up to 80% 8.3% 10%–15% (may be more or less) Searcher’s post-acquisition role Majority owner and operator (usually CEO) Minority equity owner, operator, sometimes board member Minority equity owner, advisor, sometimes board member Typical sources of debt capital SBA loan with personal guarantee SBA loan, seller financing, commercial bank loan Commercial bank loan, SBIC funds, private credit For more info, see our page on search fund statistics, on search fund performance and returns, the investor base, and industry trends. Search Phase: Finding and Evaluating Acquisition Targets The search phase is the foundation of a search entrepreneur’s journey, where you’ll identify, evaluate, and pursue potential acquisition targets. This process requires a strategic approach to sourcing deals, leveraging industry networks, and using research tools to uncover promising businesses. This section includes resources and best practices to help searchers navigate this critical first stage efficiently. Search Strategies Deal flow is a primary challenge for active searchers. Your personal network is the best and most direct source of opportunities. But there are plenty of ways to uncover opportunities and generate deal flow beyond your immediate social and business circles. DIY Direct Outreach: Reach out to business owners directly via cold calls, emails, and direct mail expressing your interest in buying. This approach requires a consistently high volume of outreach and methodical tracking. Direct mail may seem old fashioned, but usually comes across as less intrusive than unsolicited calls or emails. Business Marketplaces: Tap into existing marketplaces of small businesses for sale. This is a great way to build your pipeline quickly, but deal quality on these marketplaces varies. Plan to uncover some duds during due diligence. See below for a list of business marketplaces to help get you started. Business Brokers: Access deals from business brokers and M&A intermediaries. These deals tend to be easier to access and usually come with data rooms and CIMs. However, brokered deals usually get “auctioned” to multiple buyers. The competition drives up valuations and reduces your negotiating leverage. In-Person Connections: Meet business owners in person at industry conferences and other events. (You’ll find a list of ETA conferences below.) You can also join trade associations in your target niche to help meet business owners in your industry. This approach may be resource intensive in terms of time and money, but tends to yield warm leads and bolsters your credibility. Best Practices for Search Funds During the Search Phase Define Your Ideal Target Profile. Set clear criteria for the industry, company size, geography, and business model you want to target. Prioritize recurring revenue, high margins, low customer concentration, and stable cash flow. Continually refine your priorities based on what you learn during outreach and diligence. Build a Robust Deal Pipeline. Use a multi-channel sourcing strategy: direct outreach (cold calling/email), broker relationships, proprietary networks, and online deal marketplaces. Track your leads systematically using a spreadsheet or CRM software (see below) to avoid missed follow-ups. Show Owners Your Care. Many attractive targets are owned by founders considering retirement. These sellers often care about their legacy. Craft messages that convey your genuine interest in stewardship, not just acquisition. Position yourself as a long-term operator, not just another faceless buyer. Screen Opportunities. Avoid getting bogged down in unpromising deals. Use a checklist or scoring rubric to quickly eliminate poor fits. Focus your time on businesses that meet your core criteria with sellers who are motivated and realistic. Develop a Repeatable Diligence Process. Create or download templates for initial financial review, industry assessment, and seller interviews. The goal is not to shortcut diligence, but to make the early steps efficient so you can get a quick read on opportunities without missing anything. Nurture Investor Relationships Throughout the Search. Keep potential investors in the loop with regular updates—even before you have a live deal. Use their feedback to sharpen your process, and lean on their networks for leads and warm introductions. Business Marketplaces If you don’t have personal connections to any prospective business sellers, you can explore various online marketplaces that list businesses for sale. Below are some of the better known platforms: Acquire.com Axial Beacon BuyAndSellABusiness.com BizBuySell Clearly Acquired Empire Flippers Flippa Private Market Labs Business Valuation Tools BizEx Valuation Calculator CoastApp Business Valuation Calculator Empire Flippers Online Business Valuation Calculator Nationwide Mutual Insurance Business Valuation Calculator CRM Software Affinity CRM Altvia Dynamo Hubspot Pipedrive SMB Center Searcher CRM Salesforce Zoho CRM Closing a Deal The closing phase is the final—and often most complex—stage of an ETA deal, where all the pieces come together to complete the acquisition. This stage involves finalizing due diligence, securing financing through SBA loans, finding niche search fund investors, negotiating legal agreements, and ensuring a smooth transition of ownership. Below are resources to help searchers and sponsors navigate the key challenges in getting a deal over the finish line. Conducting Due Diligence Thorough due diligence increases the likelihood of a successful acquisition. By carefully evaluating the target company's financials, operations, market position, and potential risks, searchers can make better-informed decisions and avoid costly surprises post-acquisition. Due diligence also can uncover hidden opportunities for growth and operational improvements. This section provides essential resources and tools to streamline the due diligence process and support data-driven decision-making. Due Diligence Checklist Thorough due diligence involves analyzing many factors, including some that are easy to overlook. Using a checklist of categories to investigate will help you review each target business methodically and completely. Searchers conducting due diligence should evaluate each of these areas of a target business: 1. Financial Due Diligence Analyze historical performance and revenue trends. Verify EBITDA, cash flow, and margins. Assess quality of earnings (see below). Review working capital requirements, debt obligations, and off-balance-sheet liabilities. 2. Operational Due Diligence Evaluate the efficiency of business processes and systems. Review supply chains, vendor relationships, and logistics. Identify potential integration issues or operational risks. 3. Commercial Due Diligence Understand the market landscape, including competitors and customer trends. Assess the company’s value proposition and market positioning. Gauge scalability, total addressable market (TAM), and growth potential. 4. Legal and Compliance Due Diligence Review corporate governance, contracts, and legal structure. Identify any pending litigation or regulatory issues. Ensure intellectual property and licensing rights are secure. 5. Management and Human Capital Due Diligence Assess the strength and depth of the leadership team. Evaluate key-person risks to the business. Review management and employee compensation structures and incentives. Understand organizational culture and potential transition challenges. 6. Technology Due Diligence Evaluate proprietary systems or third-party platforms. Review cybersecurity protocols and data management practices. Determine technical debt and future investment needs. Due Diligence Resources Here are a few of the top rated due diligence service providers. Due Diligence Services Centurica - Our top recommendation for due diligence (QoE light) DueDilio Intrinsic Rapid Diligence SMB Diligence Quality of Earnings Providers Amplēo Cayne Crossing Edler Zain (formerly Builders.CPA) Guardian Due Diligence Hollywell Partners Hood & Strong SBA Loans and Lenders Most searchers use a Small Business Administration (SBA) loan to finance their acquisition. In particular, SBA 7(a) loans enable many self-funded searchers to complete an SMB acquisition. However, the SBA loan process is notoriously complex. Searchers should be prepared to satisfy strict eligibility criteria, extensive documentation requirements, and thorough due diligence. Below you’ll find a primer on SBA loans and key resources to help searchers successfully navigate the process of securing funding through the SBA. Why and How Search Funds Use SBA Loans Many self-funded searchers find SBA loans an attractive option for debt financing. These loans tend to offer entrepreneurs more favorable terms than conventional commercial loans, such as lower down payments, longer repayment periods, and competitive interest rates. These features make SBA loans particularly useful for searchers acquiring SMBs without significant upfront capital or collateral. SBA loan benefits include: Lower equity requirement. Buyers can usually finance up to 90% of the purchase price. Longer repayment terms. SBA 7(a) loans offer terms of up to 10 years for business acquisitions. Lower interest rates. SBA loans offer competitive rates compared to conventional business loans. Easier qualification standards. Despite a rigorous qualification process, SBA loans may be more accessible than private financing options. SBA Lenders and Loan Brokers List Viso Business Capital BayFirst National Bank Byline Bank Cadence Bank Celtic Bank Corporation First Bank of the Lake First Internet Bank Huntington National Bank Live Oak Bank Newtek Bank Northeast Bank Pioneer Capital Advisory Ready Capital TD Bank Loan Calculators Loan Calculator and Amortization Schedule tool (The SMB Center) SBA Loan Calculator (Lendio) Investors Here is a dedicated list with the top search fund investors to help searchers close the equity gap and raise capital for deals. Legal Searchers need legal protections to safeguard both their personal and business interests throughout the acquisition process. From structuring purchase agreements to mitigating liabilities, having the right legal protections in place can prevent costly mistakes. This section provides links to key legal tools, including contract templates, insurance options, and other resources to help searchers navigate the legal complexities of buying and operating a business. Law Firms Several law firms specialize in advising search funds. Specialized law firms provide legal counsel throughout the entire search fund lifecycle, including navigating the fundraising, acquisition, and exit. BakerHostetler Goodwin Law Firm Holland & Knight Kilpatrick Townsend Moore & Van Allen Sidley Austin SMB Law Group Insurance for Searchers Insurance Brokers for Search Funds Marsh McLennon Agency Oberle Risk Strategies Symphony Risk Common types of insurance for search funds to consider include: Representation and Warranties Insurance (RWI) provides protection against financial losses from unintentional or unknown breaches of a seller’s representation and warranties about the business. General Partners Liability (GPL) Insurance shields general partners in search funds from lawsuits or claims arising from errors or omissions in their activities. Most GPL policies include D&O (Directors and Officers) Liability Insurance protecting corporate directors and officers against personal damages from wrongful act allegations and lawsuits. Life Insurance (Key Person Insurance) provides a death benefit if a key person dies, allowing the business to cover expenses, repay loans, replace lost revenue, or recruit a replacement. Transition Phase: Taking Over as CEO Taking over as CEO after acquiring a small business is an exciting but delicate phase. The transition period can make or break long-term success. Your job is to allow operations to continue seamlessly, earn trust, and prepare for sustainable growth while you learn the nuances of the business. As the new owner, you don’t need to prove yourself to be the smartest person in the room. You need to become the most trusted. The transition is usually about evolution, not revolution. Focus on preserving what's working before pushing for change. The transition phase is a good time to practice listening more than you speak. Transition Checklist 1. Coordinate With the Seller Discuss a formal transition plan, including any changes in roles, responsibilities, and timelines. Clarify the seller’s continued involvement post-sale, if any. 2. Meet the Team Hold one-on-one conversations with key employees. Communicate your role, intentions, and commitment to continuity. 3. Understand the Operations Shadow team members and document key processes. Identify any immediate risks, dependencies, or gaps. 4. Build Trust with Customers & Vendors Personally reach out to top customers, partners, and suppliers. Reassure continuity in service and relationships. 5. Financial & Legal Housekeeping Review financial controls, cash flow, and reporting. Transfer licenses and update signatories. Notify banks and insurers of the ownership change. 6. Establish a Management Rhythm Set regular team meetings and reporting cadences. Begin capturing KPIs, even if informally at first. 7. Plan for Quick Wins Look for low-risk improvements to build momentum and morale. Acknowledge early successes, even small ones, and show appreciation for the team’s support. Common Transition Pitfalls to Avoid Changing too much too fast. Early aggressive changes can destabilize a well-functioning team. Making too many small changes all at once can also feel overwhelming or frustrating. During the early transition period, focus on continuity and pick your battles when making changes. Ignoring culture. Nothing undermines trust faster than a new owner violating a company’s norms and culture. Of course, a dysfunctional organizational culture can quietly sabotage even the best strategy. Be respectful of the business’s established culture even as you aim to gradually shape it. Over-relying on the seller. When you first take over the business, the previous owner’s input can be incredibly helpful. But the seller’s influence should wane as you learn the business and step fully into leadership. A formal transition plan helps set expectations and avoid future conflict. Under-communicating. Providing your new team with regular updates inspires confidence and helps to build a constructive relationship. Silence, by contrast, creates anxiety and uncertainty. Your team will appreciate clear communication about what you’re working on and your expectations. Neglecting your own support system. Searchers are a self-reliant lot, but nobody should go it alone. Isolation leads to burnout, poor decision-making, and unhappiness in general. Connect with a community of small business owners like yourself and look for mentorship opportunities. Resources to Lean On During the Transition The Seller/Former Owner. Often, nobody knows the business better than the previous owner. They can be a great resource to help you learn the ropes, especially if they were actively involved in the day to day before selling. The seller can be a guide in the short term during the transition, but be careful not to rely on them as a crutch. Industry Peers. Find peers in your industry or using a similar business model. Even in the most specialized niche, you can find other business owners who are operating in similar ways or reaching similar audiences. Identify and establish a relationship with a few of them. Acquisition Communities. Join an entrepreneurship through acquisition community, if you haven’t already. They’re great places to meet like-minded entrepreneurs and ask questions of other small business acquirers who have been where you are now. You can find online ETA communities at The Snowball Club, Searchfunder, or Acquisition Lab, to name a few. Professional Advisors. The transition period is a great time to lean on professionals to help cover your blind spots. Find a good CPA, attorney, and HR consultant of whom you can ask questions and seek advice. It’s often well worth paying for these services to avoid costly mistakes in these crucial areas. Mentors or Coaches. Look for people who have been where you are now, and establish a formal mentor or coaching relationship. Ideally you can find a mentor or coach who has operated a similar business before, but experienced searchers from other industries can still help you a great deal. Operating Tools The folks over at The SMB Center have built some useful operating tools that search entrepreneurs can use to run their newly acquired business more efficiently and manage their time effectively. Project Management Dashboard. Organize projects, track tasks, and monitor progress through a single Notion dashboard. Eisenhower Matrix. A Notion template designed to help entrepreneurs prioritize, streamline decision making, and determine which tasks to delegate or eliminate. L10 Meeting Hub. A structured meeting format that facilitates focused discussions, tracking progress, and actionable outcomes. Publications (Books & Research) Whether you’re new to search funds or an industry veteran, there’s always more to learn. The books and research reports below represent a body of knowledge every searcher should find useful. Recommended Reading List Mergers & Acquisitions Bible by Nathan S. Goodwin (2024) Glossary of Search Fund Terms by Newton M. Campos (2022) Search Funds & Entrepreneurial Acquisitions by Jan Simon (2021) Acquiring Entrepreneurship by Aneesh Reddy (2019) Buy Then Build by Walker Deibel (2018) The Messy Marketplace by Brent Beshore (2018) HBR Guide to Buying a Small Business by Richard S. Ruback and Royce Yudkoff (2017) The Myth of The Idea and the Upsidedown Startup by Newton M. Campos (2015) Traction: Get a Grip on Your Business by Gino Wickman (2007) Search Fund Industry Research Reports Stanford GSB 2024 Search Fund Study IESE International Search Fund Study 2024 SIG 2023 Self-Funded Search Study Additional Learning Resources Here are additional resources you can use for further your knowledge about search funds, ETA, and small business ownership. Content Channels For as niche as it is, there’s a surprising amount of content dedicated to the topic of search funds and ETA. Below are a few prominent examples of blogs, of search fund podcasts, and videos on the subject. These are great free resources you can use to learn more or to find answers to specific questions you have along the way. Blogs Big Deal, Small Business The Business Buying Masterclass Podcasts to Follow Acquiring Minds ETA Insider Acquisitions Anonymous Think Like an Owner Deal-by-Deal M&A Talk Think Big, Buy Small Newsletters Investing.io Big Deal Small Business Business Buying Masterclass Kumo The Business Inquirer Buy Small Sell High SMB Deal Hunter SMB Secrets Reddit Oddly enough there is not a great Reddit search fund presence. The r/MBA subreddit frequently has content on ETA, but it's not great. Videos 2020 Search Fund Studies: Review of Findings (IESE Business School) Coley Andrews: What it Takes to be a Search Fund Entrepreneur (Stanford Graduate School of Business) Conversation with Irv Grousbeck (Stanford Graduate School of Business) The Four Paths of Acquisition Entrepreneurship (Walker Deibel) Insights From a Search Fund Entrepreneur (Polsky Center) Legal Aspects of a Search Fund (Polsky Center) Search Fund Panel - New Horizons (Stanford) Search Funds: The Investor’s Perspective (Stanford Graduate School of Business) Online Courses Acquisition Lab CFI Financial Modeling Course Dr. Newton Campos Crash Course on Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition The First-Time Buyer’s LOI Blueprint (free) Micro PE: How to Buy a Small Business SMB Center First-Time Buyer’s LOI Blueprint (free) Udemy: Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship through Acquisition MBA Programs Interested in pursuing the traditional search fund path? Consider one of these MBA programs that support business school graduates who want to pursue the entrepreneurship through acquisition model. Chicago Booth MBA Program Harvard MBA Program IE Business School MBA Programs IESE MBA Program INSEAD MBA Program Kellogg MBA Program LBS MBA Program MIT Sloan MBA Program Stanford MBA Program Wharton MBA Program Yale SOM MBA Program Events Attending a good search fund conference or industry event is almost always worth the effort. That’s especially true if you’re looking to establish connections with others in the industry or seeking opportunities and deal flow. There are a handful of established ETA and search fund conferences that consistently deliver value to attendees, and new ones are likely to emerge. Consider starting with these tried and true events: ETA and Search Fund Conferences Booth-Kellogg ETA Conference Harvard Business School ETA Conference IESE International Search Fund Conference MIT ETA Summit The Self-Funded Search Conference SMBash Southeast Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition (SEETA) Conference Stanford Search Fund CEO Conference Wharton ETA Summit Updated: July 5, 2025 ### 7 Top Remote Staffing Agencies for Entrepreneurs Hiring is a huge challenge, trust me, I know from first hand experience. I have hired dozens of people over the past decade, with many turning out to be exceptional employees, and others not so much. It's cliche to say, but a chain is only as strong as its weakest link. And the same goes for your company. If you've ever tried to go on a vacation only to be called 12 hours into it to put out a rhetorical fire (happened to me!), you know how essential staffing is to the seamless functioning of your business. That's why choosing the right remote staffing agency for your next hire is critical. The Best Remote Hiring Agencies for Entrepreneurs To get the biggest bang for your buck, it's crucial to get an expert to find and manage your hires. So, without further ado, here is a list of top 7 remote staffing agencies I've compiled that you contact before your next hire. Somewhere Boldy Tecla Toptal Support Ninja GoGlobal Jobrack 1. Somewhere: Best Choice for Worldwide Remote Hiring ★★★★★ 4.9/5 Somewhere is our choice for the overall best remote staffing agency. Very few remote staffing companies come close to Somewhere in terms of quality of service. And, with their 10+ years of experience in remote hiring, it shouldn't come as a surprise that this company ranks as our #1 choice. What Does Somewhere Do? It doesn't matter if you need developers, creatives, support agents, or any other role. Somewhere will find the perfect hire for you. What sets this agency apart are a few of its core commitments. First and foremost, Somewhere's agents are some of the most meticulous out there. After all, knowing that employees make or break a business's success potential, this brand prides itself on finding experienced and dedicated remote professionals to fill any role. Secondly, Somewhere is all about finding quality hires — no matter where they come from. Having hired for its clients in 18 countries, its recruiters know precisely where to go to find qualified, career-driven candidates without breaking the bank. It operates across the entire world, with 170+ team members in the Philippines, Latin America, and the US. Finally, if your top reason for hiring remotely is to cut costs (without sacrificing quality), know that Somewhere has got you covered. It helps companies save around 70-80% on payroll by finding top remote talent capable of handling complex tasks while still being compensated fairly for their region. Biggest Pros: All-inclusive hiring service. The Somewhere team takes care of the entire process. They find, screen, and hire candidates based on an initial call where they get to know your business and its needs. One-time fee, no hidden costs. The perfect candidate search begins with a $500 deposit, which is applied to your final recruiting fee. The final cost will equal 25-35% of the year 1 salary. There will be no other recurring fees. You can also check out Somewhere's Global Salary Calculator to get a better idea of how much the final number will come down to. 6-month perfect-hire guarantee. Unhappy with your new team member? Somewhere provides a 6-month perfect-hire guarantee. That means they'll find a replacement if you're not satisfied — free of charge. 2. Boldly: Best Choice for Hiring Executive Assistants ★★★★ 4.5/5 Need to spend less time managing your calendar and administrative tasks so that you can finally focus on expanding your organization? In that case, the answer to your needs may be a qualified and experienced executive assistant. What Does Boldly Offer? Boldly is a remote staffing company dedicated to finding remote assistants for busy entrepreneurs. Although it's not the cheapest service out there — in fact, Boldly's pricing falls into the premium category with plans starting at $2,520 per month — it is worth the investment. Top Benefits: 10+ years of experience at top companies. Boldly's hires know what it's like to handle growth, with experience at brands such as Virgin, Chrysler, Google, Trello, and others. Personalized hiring solutions. State your requirements, and Boldly will ensure you get the best match for your needs. AI-fluent hires. Boldly EAs are all experienced with popular AI solutions. That means they will seamlessly adapt to your workflow without unnecessary learning curves or disruptions. US-based assistants who are Boldly W2 employees. No delays — whether full-time or part-time, they can start working immediately. 3. Tecla: Best Choice for Hiring Tech Talent ★★★★ 4.4/5 Tech hires are some of the hardest ones to find out there. And it doesn't matter whether you're an industry expert or an entrepreneur with a knack for innovative thinking. If you're busy running your company, you're going to need expert help finding the right talent for your team. What Tecla Does Tecla is a remote hiring agency that excels at building specialized technology teams that fit the highest standards. It operates in Latin America, and its primary focus lies on finding remote workers for permanent positions instead of freelancers. If you need a way to scale that's still affordable, Tecla could be a great choice. Additionally, the fact that this agency hires Latin American professionals ensures time-zone compatibility, which may be crucial for your specific requirements. Plus, you can expect to meet with the first candidates within a week of signing up. Top Pros: Elite network of Latin American tech professionals. Tecla has a network of 50k+ professionals in Latin America. That means you're guaranteed to find a good candidate to suit your needs. AI-powered talent matching system. To speed up the vetting process, Tecla combined AI tools with human expertise to find the best matches for your organization. Skills testing included. Each candidate goes through an in-depth vetting system that tests their technical skills, soft skills, and knowledge of English. 4. Toptal: Best Choice for Freelance Talent ★★★★ 4.4/5 Need exceptional freelance talent? Toptal could have the answer. What sets this outsourcing company apart is that it has a rigorous screening process. Toptal typically accepts fewer than 3% of applicants from the thousands of remote professionals who sign up. It vets candidates based on technical expertise, professionalism, and communication skills. The entire screening process takes between 3-8 weeks, showing just how quality-oriented this agency is. What Does Toptal Do? If you're a busy entrepreneur looking for qualified remote talent, Toptal could be a great choice. It works primarily with freelancers; however, if you need full-time employees, it can still be a good place to look for qualified professionals. It specializes in helping companies find developers, designers, management consultants, project managers, product managers, and marketing experts. Pros of Hiring With Toptal: Hire in under 48 hours. Because of its in-depth talent screening process, Toptal offers one of the fastest hiring processes available. Trial basis payment. Like some of the other agencies on this list, Toptal only charges a fee if you are satisfied with your hire. But it's worth noting that it has an impressive 98% trial-to-hire success rate, showing how effective its system is. Exceptional vetting system. Only the best candidates get through Toptal's screening process. That means you can count on them to deliver, regardless of how complex your project is. 5. Support Ninja: Best Choice for Finding Customer Support ★★★★ 4.2/5 Customer experience is the backbone of business success. After all, it's what consumers look for when evaluating brands. And they're even willing to pay more for a product if it comes with superior customer service. So, if you're looking to outsource these operations — especially if you're a busy solopreneur — then doing it through this organization could be a great choice. What Support Ninja Offers This remote staffing company specializes in putting together agile and highly competent customer support and back-office staffing. Whether you need help with accounting, technical support, content moderation, or data processing, this provider has what you need. One of the biggest benefits of going global with customer experience hires is that it ensures constant uptime, quicker response time, and increased customer satisfaction. In addition to remote talent sourcing and hiring, Support Ninja also offers management services for guiding your remote team, which can be another effective method to save time on hiring and onboarding and focus your energy on running a business. Top Benefits: Teams are equipped with cutting-edge support tech. This means that your agents will have all the tools needed to help them provide clients with top-of-the-line assistance. Training program. All new virtual teams go through a 2-4 week training program to ensure they have the skills to handle tickets and make your customers happy. 6. GoGlobal: Best Choice for International Talent ★★★★ 4.2/5 Thinking of taking your business international? In that case, you might need an atypical remote staffing organization like GoGlobal. What GoGlobal Does This workforce management provider specializes in enabling foreign market entry by helping entrepreneurs with onboarding and managing remote workers. Essentially, the idea is to find qualified, reliable candidates in foreign locations, onboard them into your team, and support your organization as you establish operations abroad. Pros of Hiring With GoGlobal: Access to pre-vetted international candidates. This speeds up the hiring process and ensures the best fit for your needs. Compliance assurance. International regulations differ. GoGlobal has a compliance-first hiring policy to avoid any surprises. 103 locations. From Algeria to Zimbabwe, GoGlobal can help you navigate local HR regulations, accounting, and tax laws, regardless of where you plan on taking your business. 7. JobRack: Best Choice for Eastern European Talent ★★★★ 4.1/5 Are you looking for highly-skilled talent but are working with a tight budget? Hiring from Eastern Europe and South Africa might just be the solution you need. JobRack is a remote staffing agency that helps businesses connect with hardworking candidates who have the potential to become an integral part of your team in the long run. What Makes JobRack Different? In addition to time efficiency and cost savings, there's one additional benefit of hiring with JobRack. This agency works in Eastern Europe and South Africa. These regions have high-quality education systems and a lower cost of living. That means you can find exceptionally qualified candidates who will cost you less yet who will still be compensated fairly. Top Pros: One-off fee. You can choose between three options: create a DIY job posting, purchase an all-inclusive hiring service, or hire a professional to put together a full 5-person virtual team. 1-year guarantee. No need to worry about subpar fits. If you don't find the perfect candidate, you get a full refund. Save 50% on payroll. With the cost of living in Eastern Europe and South Africa being lower than in the US and UK, you can expect to get the same quality workforce for half the price. What Do Remote Staffing Agencies Do? Here's a trick question for you. If you have to do something you're not an expert at, do you try the DIY approach? Or do you bring in the people with the right skills? Remember, employees are one of your company's most valuable assets. And research from McKinsey has found that top talent in key roles is sometimes up to 800% more productive than average performers doing the same job. Nevertheless, let's face it. You're probably not an HR specialist. And if you've ever tried to hire a worker — especially someone who will work remotely — you're well aware of how tedious the process of finding the right fit can be. That's where remote staffing agencies come in. Because they take over the entire process of sourcing, vetting, hiring, and managing global talent, they free up your valuable time to lead your business instead of being bogged down by the tedious process of finding remote employees. Plus, the value offered by a top remote staffing firm isn't just the fact that it can give back some of your time. These service providers offer additional benefits, including: speed and efficacy cost-efficiency convenience administrative assistance They're also a great choice if you want to access the vast pool of global talent instead of hiring locally. Final Thoughts: Find the Perfect Match with Remote Talent Candidate hiring is not something you want to leave to chance. Especially if you're busy as I am and can't afford to create more work for yourself. The remote staffing agencies listed in this guide are all excellent choices. Whether you go with my overall top pick Somewhere or choose one of the more specialized options is up to you. Lastly, remember that finding a great match for your team isn't as simple as looking through a bunch of resumes and picking the one that sounds most impressive. You also want a strong culture fit. So, make sure you employ an agency that understands your needs well. That way, you'll have much less work and get much better results. ### M&A Statistics: The State of the Mergers & Acquisitions Landscape As a financial writer, it's easy to get overwhelmed with information. I often feel like I'm drinking from a firehose of the latest jobs data, chatter about interest rates, and corporate earnings reports. But to get out of the weeds and find a low-resolution, big-picture image of the general shape of the economy, I like to look at M&A statistics. Mergers and acquisitions (M&A), or the combination/consolidation of businesses through financial transactions, can help companies unlock tremendous value. M&A activity serves as a barometer for economic health, business confidence, and future expectations. Key Takeaways: The M&A market environment is recovering from 2022 lows as market sentiment improves. Lower- and middle-market M&A deal volume and valuations are steadily increasing. M&A activity favors acquiring new technology Alternative financing models are gaining traction and increasing competition for smaller acquisitions. Understanding the current M&A statistics can help you get a sense of the market and the outlook for businesses big and small. What do the stats say about the current M&A market, and what useful patterns and trends can we identify? The M&A Market Environment Is Mixed but Improving The current M&A market reflects a mixed but improving outlook for corporate consolidation deals. Boston Consulting Group’s M&A Sentiment Index, a measure of dealmakers’ willingness to engage in mergers and acquisitions, registered a value of 89 by the end of 2024, compared to the 10-year average of 100. But this reading has been stable or rising throughout most of the previous two years. BCG M&A Sentiment Index Over Time (2015–2024) Image source: BCG M&A Sentiment Index The number and value of M&A deals in the U.S. peaked in 2021 before dropping off in 2022 and remaining somewhat flat since. Global M&A activity in the first six months of 2024 topped $1 trillion, representing about a 4% increase year-over-year. Deal volume in North America increased 6.2% in the first half of 2024 compared to the same period in the previous year. These stats suggest the continuation of a gradual recovery in domestic and international M&A. Image source: M&A Statistics | Institute for Mergers, Acquisitions & Alliances (IMAA) The reduction of interest rates enjoyed in 2024 has led to more favorable funding conditions that help to explain some of this momentum. Higher financing costs and tighter capital availability have made larger M&A deals less lucrative for private equity firms. Growing activity in lower-middle- and middle-market transactions in the current environment may show a thawing out of M&A activity and be a precursor to an uptick in larger-scale deals as financial conditions continue to loosen. Lower and Middle-Market M&A Statistics Big mergers and acquisitions completed by publicly traded companies make financial headlines, but most of the world’s M&A deals occur in the lower and middle market. And we have reasonably good statistics for lower-middle-market deals valued under $100 million. (However, less data is available for lower-market deals valued below $5 million.) Small business deals less than $100 million in enterprise value have shown resilience and a faster recovery compared to larger transactions. By early 2024, deals of this size represented 77.8% of all disclosed acquisitions, up from 52% in 2023. These acquired small business’s valuations increased to 5.3x EV/EBITDA in the first half of 2024, compared to 4.8x during the same period the prior year. Middle market M&A activity ($100 million–$500 million) also strengthened in 2024, with deal volume picking up to its highest level in two years. U.S. Corporate M&A Deal Volume (Deals over $100 million) Image source: M&A Outlook Signals Firming US Deal Market Activity in 2025 | EY.com Average middle-market M&A valuations increased to 10.0x EV/EBITDA in early 2024, up about 5% from the prior year. Over the same span, upper-middle-market valuations were little changed, contracting slightly to 10.7x. M&A Trends Today’s M&A statistics suggest a handful of trends emerging in the marketplace. The types of acquisitions being pursued and the methods for financing M&A deals stand out as particularly noteworthy and could indicate long-term shifts in the industry. Industry Shifts By number of small and mid-market deals, the top sectors for M&A activity in 2024 included healthcare, technology, media/telecommunications, energy, financial services, and industrial/manufacturing. Tech and telecom showed the strongest growth. The average deal value in industrial/manufacturing deals contracted somewhat, but the activity in the industry remained robust. Across all industries and deal sizes, global M&A activity slowed early in 2024, according to research by PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). Deal values continued to grow year-over-year in some sectors (media, tech, hospitality & leisure, financials, and oil & gas), but receded in all others. Acquirers today are prioritizing deals that enhance their tech stacks and future-proof their business models. Many mergers are being driven by a pursuit of transformational, cutting-edge technologies, especially generative AI. Other technologies motivating transactions in recent years include advances in automation, tech-enabled business services, fintech, and sustainability/energy transition. Adoption of Alternative Financing Models Many M&A deals employ alternative financing models as a way of securing flexible terms, tapping into alternative lenders, and preserving equity. In recent years, seller notes, earnouts, and rollover equity have become more common, especially for smaller deals. Although the percentage of deals with earnouts in 2024 decreased from 2023, they remain elevated above the three-year average. This trend reflects a growing willingness among acquirers to adopt new financing models, increased private equity activity in the space, and the increasing use of innovative online platforms like CapitalPad for fundraising from pools of individual investors. M&A Market’s Impact on Search Funds The improving M&A market has presented exciting opportunities for small business sellers, strategic corporate buyers, private equity firms, and investment bankers in recent years. But the picture is less rosy for independent acquirers of small businesses, such as search funds and independent sponsors. A hotter M&A environment has begun to generate increased competition for smaller acquirers. Despite a record number of search funds launched last year, the number of acquisitions completed has steadily decreased from its peak in 2021. Image source: Stanford Graduate School of Business 2024 Search Fund Study Increased competition from other financial buyers has pushed search funds to target smaller acquisitions. The median purchase price of search fund deals dropped to $14.4 million in 2024, compared to $16.5 million two years ago when this data was last collected. Conclusion In the aggregate, the complete picture that emerges from the M&A statistics today is a tale of steady economic recovery after a rough patch in 2022. U.S. businesses seem to expect stronger economic conditions ahead, as reflected by their appetite for mergers and acquisitions. Many businesses large and small hope to secure their futures by acquiring businesses that bring complimentary or cutting-edge technology into the fold. And the adoption of alternative financing models brings new opportunities for matching business buyers and sellers with private investors and other nontraditional capital partners.   Updated: January 28, 2025. ### Venture Capital Statistics: A Snapshot of Today’s VC Landscape I like looking at venture capital (VC) activity as a barometer for economic conditions and investor sentiment. Venture capital statistics paint a picture of investors’ appetite for risk and thirst for innovation. I haven’t personally dabbled in venture investing to date—I’m not sure I have the stomach for it. But I still like to understand the venture capital landscape as a useful measure of market conditions, which informs my other investing activity. What do the current venture capital statistics say about the current state of play? Key Takeaways: VC investment activity has cooled markedly since 2021 but remains robust. Seed/Start-up stage VC investments ramped up in 2024 after stagnating for two years, but the exit market remains challenging. Cutting-edge technologies such as AI and robotics, healthcare innovations, and enterprise software/SaaS continue to drive VC interest, especially in North America Venture Capital Statistics Show Modest Growth Venture capital remains a substantial part of the private investing ecosystem. In the U.S. alone, there were 3,417 active VC firms at the beginning of 2024. U.S. Venture firms closed 13,608 VC deals in 2023, totaling $170.6 billion in total deal value. Image source: Dealroom.co VC firms remain strong and capable of new fundraising, raising $66.9 billion across 474 funds in 2023. America’s VC firms had $1.21 trillion in total assets under management (AUM) by the end of 2023, and sat atop $311.6 billion in dry powder (uninvested capital). The median fund size is $35.4 million; the largest fund raised in 2023 was $4 billion. In Q1 2024, venture funding increased by 14% over the previous quarter, with just over 3,200 VC-backed deals completed in the U.S. and Canada. Q2 and Q3 maintained similar rates of VC funding, down slightly quarter-over-quarter in Q2 and up 4% in Q3. Globally, Q3 2024 saw modest gains in worldwide venture capital funding: up 2% from the $94 billion invested across 4,500 deals in Q2. Image source: Global Venture Capital Trends | Bain & Company VC Investment Stage Breakdown—From Seed Fundraising to Exits Venture capital investments can be split roughly into three stages. Separating VC activity by pre-seed/seed-stage investments, growth-stage deals, and late-stage deals helps gives a more complete picture of the overall venture investing landscape. Seed/Startup Stage Pre-seed and seed-stage VC investments totaled about $15 billion in 2023, down from $24 billion in 2022. But throughout 2024, startup funding from VC investments has taken off, showing strong growth as investor appetite for risk assets increases. Growth/Breakout (Early) Stage At the tail end of 2023, early-stage deal value hit a multiyear low, with $39.5 billion invested across 5,421 deals. Deals for businesses in this funding stage showed strong quarter-over-quarter growth to start 2024 but declined sharply in Q3. Scale-up/Late Stage Late-stage deal activity continued a downward trend through most of 2023, with $80.4 billion invested in 4,305 deals in Q4. It continued to struggle through the first half of 2024 before showing some life in Q3 2024, thanks to some high-value rounds in AI and semiconductors. Image source: Global Venture Capital Trends | Bain & Company Exits The exit market remains challenging, with subdued activity throughout 2023 and 2024. This is reflected in both historically low exit volumes and declining exit values. Only 128 U.S. companies completed an initial public offering (IPO) in 2023, about a quarter of the number of IPOs in 2021. VC-backed companies waiting longer to exit impacts investors waiting for a liquidity event. Holding periods are the longest they’ve been in a decade. This environment has led to a growing backlog of mature VC-backed companies ready for an exit. There’s cautious optimism that improving market conditions in 2025 could open the floodgates for M&A or IPOs to provide VC investors their exits. Trends and Outlook for Venture Capital Wading through VC statistics may not be anyone’s idea of a good time, but they reveal some prominent trends worth recognizing. We can also interpret the recent statistics from the past couple of years to get a sense of the near-future outlook for venture investment. Trends in VC Funding & Investment Activity The most recent statistics available at the time of this writing included the first three quarters of 2024. These three quarters were the first to show growth in global VC activity after two years of notable decline. Recall that 2021 was a record year for VC investments: $345 billion invested into 19,025 VC deals in the U.S. alone. By 2023, VC activity had declined to around $170.6 billion invested in 15,766 deals the U.S.—a level well below the 2021 peak, but still above historically average. The modest but consistent growth in VC in 2024 suggests a slow and steady recovery is underway. Geographic Trends Around the world, the trajectory of VC investment varies a great deal in different developed economies. By dollars invested, the U.S., China, and the UK remain the top 3 economies for VC through 2024. India showed the fasted growth in VC activity in 2024, up 31% YoY. The U.S., Canada, and Germany all enjoyed an uptick in VC investment. Most of the other largest countries for VC experienced declines, particularly throughout Asia. Image source: The State of Global VC | Dealroom.co The U.S. remains the #1 economy for venture investing by a wide margin. Silicon Valley in the San Francisco Bay Area remains the primary global hub for VC funding in the tech space, with New York City, Boston, London, and Los Angeles rounding out the top 5 cities for venture funding. Denver, San Diego, and North Carolina’s Research Triangle enjoyed substantial growth in VC activity in 2024. The amount of VC investment in each of these hubs more than doubled over the previous year. Sector Trends The trends in investment activity indicate which sectors attracted the most VC interest in 2024. Investors continue to express a strong appetite for backing innovative technologies, valuable business services, and clean energy solutions. Enterprise software earned the most VC investment in 2024, followed closely by the healthcare and biotech industry. Image source: The State of Global VC | Dealroom.co Areas showing the strongest VC activity include artificial intelligence (AI), software-as-as-service (SaaS), cleantech, fintech, healthcare, and defense tech. To nobody’s surprise, artificial intelligence (AI) continued to draw substantial investments, with particular interest in machine learning algorithms, natural language processing tools, and AI-driven applications. The pace of VC investment in the AI sector accelerated into 2024 as confidence in and familiarity with the technology grew. Cleantech and sustainability remain a high priority in global VC, with areas like electric vehicles, renewable energy and battery technology, decarbonization technologies, biodegradable packaging and alternative meat products drawing substantial venture funding in 2024. Simmering geopolitical risks have driven renewed interest in defense tech, with $34.3 billion in VC investments in the space in 2023 and around another $40 billion in 2024. SaaS has grown to a nearly 50% share of all global venture capital investments, while e-commerce startup types have shrunk to just 10% of VC investments. Image source: The State of Global VC | Dealroom.co Conclusion The current venture capital statistics tell a story of continued uncertainty and depressed VC activity since 2022-23, but signs of improvement that merit cautious optimism. A less speculative risk environment and higher interest rates have forced investors to become more selective about the companies they back. VC investors increasingly seek companies with a solid foundation and demonstrated potential, with less appetite for pure speculation. This selectivity also appears in the current trends in M&A and the most recent search fund statistics. Even in the face of uncertainty, VC investors continue to adapt and invest in innovation and transformative young businesses. Entrepreneurship in America continues unabated, backed by venture capital that fuels the growth of new companies, technologies, and ideas.   Updated: January 15, 2025. ### Search Fund Statistics Below are some of the more interesting search fund statistics from our industry. Performance and Returns (some of these are crazy!) Investor Base (who invests in search fund deals) Industry Trends (what sectors are growing) Search funds continue to grow in popularity among both the entrepreneurial community and among investors in the searcher space. Searchers love the ability to skip the difficult “startup” stage by acquiring a small business that’s already sustainably profitable. And their investors appreciate the mix of stability and growth opportunities that established small businesses offer. Because it’s a fairly specialized niche that continues to evolve, finding current information about the search fund model can be challenging. Here are some important search fund statistics that help to explain the state of the industry. These stats can include stats in searchers (both traditional and self-funded), as well as some deals in the independent sponsor space. Searcher Stats: Performance and Returns Part of the challenge in presenting search fund performance is the variation between different approaches to entrepreneurship through acquisition (ETA). Traditional (or core) search funds and self-funded searches create slightly different models that each have their advantages. Traditional Search Fund Statistics The traditional search fund model, which elite business schools pioneered and have supported since their inception, is more thoroughly analyzed. The Stanford Graduate School of Business publishes an annual study that contains data from every known traditional search fund in the U.S. and Canada. A record 94 traditional search funds launched in 2023. Of these, 63% successfully acquired a company, exceeding the 57% average acquisition rate over the past decade. These new participants bring the total number of traditional search funds in the U.S. and Canada to nearly 700 since 1984. Image Source: Stanford Graduate School of Business 2024 Search Fund Study   Searchers earn an average salary of $139,000. The average CEO salary post-acquisition rises to $190,000. (where an independent sponsor generally takes a percentage of EBITDA) The 2024 Stanford Graduate School of Business Search Fund Study found that nearly 7 in 10 acquired companies generated positive returns. The median purchase price of $14.4 million was down slightly from $16.5 million, which can likely be attributed to the higher interest rate environment. The median EBITDA multiple of these deals was 7.0x. Each acquisition attracted an average of 16 investors. Traditional search fund partnerships have an average internal rate of return (IRR) of 40%–40.5%. Of all acquired companies, the returns on investment graded out as follows: 8% achieved greater than 10x ROI 17.5% achieved 5x–10x ROI 25% achieved 2x–5x ROI 18.5% achieved 1x–2x ROI 20.5% resulted in a partial loss 10.5% resulted in a total loss Image Source: Stanford Graduate School of Business 2024 Search Fund Study Self-Funded Search Statistics Self-funded solo searches are on the rise as more entrepreneurs recognize the appeal of small business acquisitions. Although we don’t have comprehensive data about every individual searcher pursuing this model, we do know from various studies how it performs on average. Solo searchers usually target smaller deals—often $1m–$10m enterprise value deals versus $5m–$50m for traditional search funds. Self-funded searches produce an average IRR of 27%–30.3%. Although traditional search funds average a higher IRR (40%), self-funded searchers have seen many of the largest breakout successes. In the past two years, five out of six searchers achieving a 10x ROI were solo searchers. Self-funded searchers tend to use more debt in their capital structure, frequently using SBA loans. They also take on more risk, often personally guaranteeing the debt used to acquire the business. This structure affords the solo searcher more equity and personal control over the business than traditional search funds, which award a greater share of equity to capital investors. This creates opportunities for superior returns on invested capital (ROIC) for self-funded searchers, especially over longer hold periods as the debt is paid off. From year 4 and beyond, a self-funded searcher may earn $80K or more in equity cash flow per year, on top of their salary. The searcher’s annual cash flow can increase substantially once the debt is fully paid off. For investors, self-funded searches usually offer more favorable deal terms. Investors can often earn 2x ROI or better, even in a 0% growth scenario. Search Funds Overall Performance and Returns Overall, the search fund model continues to gain in popularity thanks to the strong returns it offers to searchers and investors alike. Between traditional search funds, self-funded searches, and other alternative search models, search funds have generated an average IRR of 35.1% and an average ROI of 4.5x. The returns on acquired companies that achieved an exit has been even higher at 42.9% IRR. Investor Base In the early days of search funds, a small group of one or two dozen experienced investors provided the lion’s share of financial backing for searchers. But this is no longer the case. The early success among investors in this space has attracted a more diverse crowd of capital providers. The investor base for both traditional search funds and self-funded searches has expanded to include more institutional investors, family offices, and high-net-worth individuals. Most search fund investors have extensive business and investment experience. Many are based in private equity or investment banking. Others come from backgrounds in business management, operations, or consulting. Many former search fund entrepreneurs become investors themselves, especially after successful exits. Industry Trends The search fund landscape continues to evolve as searchers and investors seek out the most promising opportunities. Here are the recent trends in the search fund industry. Companies Targeted Searchers target companies with traits that make them attractive acquisition candidates. Businesses with high recurring revenue and a track record of profitability draw the most interest. Searchers look for businesses with sufficient scale, multiple avenues for growth, and low customer and platform concentration. When acquiring a larger business with more employees, searchers look for companies with solid middle management. The median EBITDA margin of companies acquired by searchers is 27%. The median growth rate among these companies is 25%. The middle- and lower middle-market companies acquired by traditional search funds average 34 employees. Self-funded searchers targeting smaller companies inherit far fewer employees on average. The vast majority of small businesses in the sweet spot for self-funded acquisitions have fewer than 20 employees, and often fewer than five. Most searchers take an industry-focused approach, often targeting sectors in which they have some experience or comfort operating. Searchers find most opportunities in growing industries that remain fragmented and contain many companies in their target size range. Industries with healthy profit margins, low cyclicality/seasonality, high barriers to entry, and straightforward operations attract the most searcher attention. Healthcare and business service companies are the most commonly acquired, each accounting for 25% of all search fund acquisitions since 2014. Software and technology businesses account for another 22%, with tech-enabled services representing 16% of acquisitions. Other industries frequently targeted include manufacturing, transportation and logistics, distribution, and energy infrastructure. International Growth Although search funds originated in the U.S., their popularity has grown internationally. Recent trends in global search fund activity suggest increasing awareness and adoption of the model elsewhere around the world. A record 111 new search funds launched outside the U.S. and Canada in 2022 and 2023. For the first time, less than half (42%) of international searchers attended MBA programs in the U.S. Several new countries have recorded their first search fund acquisition since 2022, including New Zealand, Paraguay, and Russia. Attracting Entrepreneurs The search fund model attracts all types of entrepreneurs and investors. The profile of the average searcher is evolving, broadly becoming more diverse. In total, 87% of search entrepreneurs are male and 13% are female. But 18% of new searchers last year were women. Around 60% of search fund entrepreneurs are white, and 40% are non-Caucasian ethnicities. Search funds provide a compelling opportunity for young entrepreneurs, especially those completing business school. The majority of recent searchers were under the age of 35. And 82% of searchers have an MBA degree. In the past, more than a quarter of all searchers came from a private equity background. The most common backgrounds for searchers are private equity (27%), general management (12%), management consulting (11%), and investment banking (11%). But the most recent statistics show that participation has broadened, and the predominance of private equity professionals has lessened. Since 2022, investment banking and finance professionals have overtaken private equity as the most common background for search entrepreneurs. In that time, a slightly larger percentage of searchers have come from management and consulting backgrounds than in the past. And the industry has seen healthy growth in participation among entrepreneurs with backgrounds in the military and business operations. Conclusions on the Statistics The search fund model continues to evolve and grow in popularity. The industry’s trends are enlightening as more searchers and investors discover and adopt search funds as a path to new opportunities. If you'd like to dig in deeper, there is a plethora of podcasts and conferences in the space that I highly recommend. Today’s search fund statistics are telling a story of expansion. New and diverse entrepreneurs are adopting the search fund model in greater numbers both domestically and abroad. The pool of search fund investors is deepening, providing more opportunities for searchers to secure funding and for new investors to participate in search fund deals. Updated: April 14, 2025 ### Independent Sponsors - Guide to the Fundless Sponsor Model I’ve seen a quiet shift happening in private equity. More and more seasoned principals and deal professionals are stepping away from traditional funds to operate as independent sponsors—raising equity deal by deal, rather than through committed pools of capital. In practice, independent sponsors act like lean, flexible private equity firms. They identify and negotiate acquisitions, assemble the right mix of investors, and often install or support strong operating partners to run the companies they acquire. This article draws on both my professional experience working with private equity and independent sponsor transactions, as well as published industry research. Key references include the McGuireWoods Independent Sponsor Deal Studies (2018–2024), data from PitchBook and Preqin on lower middle market deal activity, and insights from practitioners actively operating in the independent sponsor space. Here’s my take on the pros, cons, and opportunities of the structure based on direct experience in the space. The Independent Sponsor Model Independent sponsors, also called fundless sponsors, are individuals or small teams looking to acquire established small businesses. They're called this because they do not have a fund of committed capital like a traditional private equity fund. Instead, they aim to acquire businesses without raising capital in advance, lining up investors on a deal-by-deal basis. Most independent sponsors have strong financial backgrounds, such as with investment banking or private equity professionals. They may be experienced operators or industry veterans. They often have deep connections within the industry and established relationships with at least one source of capital. Independent sponsor deals begin with the identification of potential acquisition targets. These are typically established, profitable businesses in the less efficient lower-middle market. Target businesses for independent sponsor deals might range anywhere from $1M to $10M in EBITDA, but commonly fall between $2M–$5M. Sponsors then leverage their networks of industry connections to find capable operators to run the newly acquired business. Unlike self-funded searchers, independent sponsors don't always take on an operational role at the acquired business. They approach the deal more as an private equity investor than as a search-entrepreneur. After sourcing the deal and lining up potential operators, the sponsor brings the opportunity to both debt and equity investors. The sponsor may approach a handful of capital providers in their network, often including private equity firms, family offices, and high-net-worth individuals and capital groups. Often, a single investor will provide an anchor check of equity for the acquisition, but deals may include several capital partners. Once the sponsor secures the required capital from independent sponsor investors (and lenders), they can close the deal and acquire the target company. The chosen operators enter into managerial roles at the company, and typically, the investors and the sponsor assume seats on the company's board. A common arrangement is a board with five seats, with sponsors controlling either two or three of them, depending on the deal. The sponsor usually actively helps manage and grow the portfolio company for 2 to 5 years after the acquisition. Most independent sponsors have an exit strategy that involves adding value to the business and then selling after a few years. Often, independent sponsors sell to larger private equity funds, sending the business up the proverbial food chain, perhaps even toward an eventual IPO. Independent Sponsor Economics on Deals The compensation and fee structure for independent sponsor deals vary but usually fall within predictable ranges. The market terms for the industry are generally found in the annual McGuire Woods Independent Sponsor Survey. Fundless sponsors (also joking sometimes called "funless" sponsors) typically charge closing fees and annual management fees to cover their upfront and ongoing costs. Closing fees average 1%–5% of enterprise value upon the deal closing. Frequently, this fee gets rolled into the sponsor's equity investment in the company. The management fee is usually a percentage of EBITDA, often 3%–5% annually. Both types of fees may be subject to fixed-dollar caps and collars. Sponsors make their bread-and-butter profits through a "promote" or carried interest, sharing in the upside with investors. This often falls into a range of 10%–20% of invested capital (sometimes up to 30% for proven sponsors with a track record) with so-called “waterfall” thresholds, where the base carry increases based on performance milestones. For example, a sponsor may receive a base 10% carry, then a 10%–15% carry above 2x multiple of invested capital (MOIC) and 8% preferred return. They may also receive a second-tier carry of 20%–25% above a 2.5x MOIC, rewarding them for exceptional performance. Some deals include a catch-up provision that allows the sponsor to catch up to the higher percentage carry when they tip over the various performance thresholds. Independent Sponsors vs Search Funds Independent sponsors and search funds are both investment models based on acquiring an established small business. However, the mindset, economics, and business models differ in several important ways. One major difference is the use of debt. Most self-funded searchers rely heavily on Small Business Administration (SBA) loans to provide the bulk of the acquisition financing. Searchers usually must personally guarantee this senior debt, which effectively ties their fate to that of the business. The use of leverage allows for attractive returns for both the searcher and investors in search fund deals. Searchers approach their deals as an entrepreneurial venture, which is why the model is sometimes called entrepreneurship through acquisition (ETA). They typically assume an operational role at the helm of the acquired business. Independent sponsors, however, approach their deals like investors, acquiring equity and board seats but not managing the day-to-day operations of their portfolio companies. This means searchers can only manage a single deal at a time. They're looking for one business to run, which becomes their day job. Independent sponsors, by contrast, often construct a portfolio of 2–4 companies, none of which they're operating themselves. As for compensation, searchers typically keep the bulk of the equity in the acquired business, which makes sense considering they assume much of the risk. Independent sponsors have a more traditional fee structure, usually receiving 20% of the upside. Their compensation is based on performance hurdles and the preferred return offered to investors in the deal. The economics of the two types of deals require different transaction sizes. Search fund deals typically target $500k–$2M EBITDA companies. Independent sponsors typically target larger companies in the $2M–$5M EBITDA range. Thus, these deals tend to require larger check sizes than search fund deals and cater to a slightly different pool of investors. Independent Sponsors vs. Traditional Private Equity Funds Independent sponsors operate a lot like miniature versions of traditional private equity funds. There are a few notable differences. The most important structural difference is that independent sponsors lack committed capital. Private equity funds have a pool of capital to deploy prior to sourcing their deals. Independent sponsors source their deals first, then fundraise on a deal-by-deal basis. This gives independent sponsors and their investors much more control over the investment terms and the business decisions of the acquired company. By contrast, investors in private equity funds commit their capital before the deals take shape and must accept the terms the fund proposes. Private equity funds typically employ larger teams. This typically includes entry-level associates, directors or principals, and sometimes multiple layers of hierarchy in between. They also employ full-time analysts to research potential acquisition targets and monitor industry trends for opportunities. Independent sponsors are usually self-funded, operating solo or with very small teams during deal sourcing. Private equity funds target larger deals on average. Most independent sponsor deals target $2M–$5M EBITDA businesses (on average, sometimes up to $10M). But private equity funds target companies above $5M in EBITDA, and often much more, with practically no upper limit. Many private equity funds use a 2-and-20 fee structure. They charge investors 2% of assets under management (AUM) and 20% of returns generated above a given threshold (the hurdle rate). Independent sponsors charge comparatively modest fees, usually a small fixed management fee plus a percentage of the upside based on performance. Of these two, the independent sponsor business model costs investors much less in fees. The 2-and-20 private equity structure skims a percentage off the top regardless of the investments' performance. But independent sponsors' fixed management fees typically only cover their costs. They usually only make meaningful profits by sharing in the upside with investors when their deals go well. Benefits and Downsides of the Independent Sponsor Model Like any investment strategy, the independent sponsor model has its pluses and minuses. Your mileage may vary, but in general, these are the biggest pros and cons. Pros Sophistication: Independent sponsors tend to have a sophisticated understanding of finances, investing, or both. Investors in independent sponsor deals also tend to be pretty savvy, on average Greater control over investment decisions and terms: Private equity funds usually dictate terms and leave investors with little say in the decision-making in the acquired company. But independent sponsor deals revolve around a single investor or small group of investors, and thus offer more room to negotiate the terms of the investment. The investor typically ends up with seats on the board at the acquired company, ensuring greater influence over the company's direction. Lower risk profile: Independent sponsor deals can be structured in various ways to protect investors from downside risks. This gives them a lower risk profile than most search fund deals. Quality operators: Independent sponsors and investors in their deals benefit from having hand-selected talent at the helm of the acquired company. Part of the sponsor's job in brokering the deal is to install the best possible operators, hand-selecting candidates based on their skill, knowledge, and connections to the industry. Cons No committed capital: The lack of a committed fund from the outset leads to the risk that independent sponsor deals could fail to raise sufficient capital to close. A deal failing to close is costly for sponsors, both in time and money. Sponsors must incur the upfront costs of deal sourcing, including legal expenses, business reviews, financial audits, and other due diligence. These expenses are wasted if a deal fails to close. No personal guarantees: In search fund deals, the searcher often personally guarantees the senior debt and stays on to operate the business. This ensures a high degree of alignment between their interests and those of investors. Independent sponsor deals don't rely on SBA loans or personally guaranteed debt, so the operator or the sponsor could potentially walk away, even if it means eating a loss (and ruining a reputation). Requires a well-capitalized personal network: Most independent sponsors already have connections to a deep-pocketed network that might include private equity firms, family offices, or wealthy friends and family. If your network is limited, so too are your fundraising opportunities. You can only go back to the same well so many times. Raising Capital as an Independent Sponsor How to find independent sponsor investors By far, the biggest challenge for independent sponsors is raising the capital required to close a deal. In the past, independent sponsor financing had to rely almost entirely on the sponsor's personal networks. They needed connections with high-net-worth individuals (either friends or family members), family offices, and institutions with $5M–$50M to deploy. No easy task. Since private equity firms and wealthy family members don't grow on trees, it's always been challenging for even the most talented dealmakers to gain access to adequate capital. It all depends on who you know. On the other side of the coin, investors eager to participate in private business acquisitions have no central marketplace to gain access to these deals. There's an established ecosystem in private equity circles that can be difficult for new investors to access. Today there are new tools that help sponsors and investors connect. CapitalPad is great for independent sponsor fundraising. How does CapitalPad help independent sponsors? CapitalPad helps independent sponsors access capital providers to raise equity financing from funds, family offices, accredited investors. CapitalPad helps independent sponsor investors access quality deals in the space raising equity capital. CapitalPad helps independent sponsors raise capital in two ways. First, the platform attracts investors looking for access to independent sponsor and search fund deals. These are smaller-dollar investors, but CapitalPad will wrap a group of them into one special purpose vehicle (SPV) to let them invest in a sponsor deal. That means the sponsor won't have to deal with multiple individual investors, instead dealing only with the single manager of the SPV. Second, at no charge, CapitalPad introduces sponsors to funds and family offices that are looking to allocate to these deals. It's an instant networking level-up that gets you in front of a fresh batch of qualified investors you might not otherwise have access to. CapitalPad doesn't charge independent sponsors a fee for either service. Instead they only ask that CapitalPad's direct investors get priority for the allocation. CapitalPad takes its fees as a carry, sharing in the upside along with the investors on the platform. That's a pretty good deal for all involved. Summary Independent sponsors are becoming more popular than ever, with wildly popular conferences like McGuire Woods, industry events, and the advent of tools like CapitalPad to help sponsors reach investors and secure funding to ensure deals close, the future is bright. Independent sponsors bring tremendous value to the M&A landscape. Their industry knowledge, connections, and operational expertise all help them to craft successful deals that benefit all the parties involved. It’s been a path to incredible private deals, business ownership, overly attractive investments that I’ve been excited to follow and learn about. I hope that sharing what I’ve learned about how independent sponsor deals work enables more aspiring sponsors and investors to get involved in this promising space. Updated: August 28, 2025 ### The Top Independent Sponsor Conferences Unlike traditional private equity firms with established LP relationships, independent sponsors must continuously build and maintain relationships with capital providers, intermediaries, and other deal professionals. Industry conferences help solve these challenges by concentrating key stakeholders in one location. We evaluated attendance quality, deal flow generation, and took sponsor feedback combined with my own personal preferences and experiences to come up with the following list of conferences consistently deliver the highest ROI for independent sponsors. List of top conferences McGuireWoods Independent Sponsor Conference iGlobal Forum Independent Sponsors Summit (New York) iGlobal Independent Sponsors Summit (Miami) DealMAX NYC Independent Sponsor Deal Connect & Summit CapitalPad MIT Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition Conference Closing deals as an independent sponsor isn't easily. Sourcing deals, completing due diligence, and raising sufficient capital tend to put hopeful sponsors through their paces. Much of independent sponsors’ success depends on their professional networks, but meaningful connections can be hard to find and take time to build. Independent sponsor conferences are a great way for sponsors and capital providers in the private equity industry to meet and discuss deals. Gathering people with aligned business interests together at an industry event naturally encourages networking and making connections—precisely what independent sponsors often need most. There are several conferences for independent sponsors out there, but many of them are small or open by invitation only, not yet well established, or only occur sporadically. But several prominent conferences are highly esteemed in the industry and continue to run strong. #1 - McGuireWoods Independent Sponsor Conference Location: Dallas, TX Host: McGuireWoods LLP Venue: Fairmont Dallas Date: October 14-15, 2025 The McGuideWoods Independent Sponsor Conference has grown into one of the largest and best attended conferences in the industry. It takes place each fall in Dallas, TX, and is considered a flagship event for many independent sponsors and capital providers. The event includes several high-impact panel discussions covering topics important to independent sponsors, including deal sourcing, debt financing and equity fundraising, and best practices. Breakout sessions serve as networking opportunities for sponsors. Additionally, the conference includes more than one full day dedicated to speed networking sessions, where sponsors can meet with high quality capital partners in scheduled one-on-one blocks. There is a large array of both debt providers and independent sponsor investors, who are able to batch-preview a large number of investment opportunities in one sitting. The conference is hosted by one of the top law firms in the sponsor space, and I can confirm that year's conference turned out to be a great event and I took away thoughtful insights. Highlight: McGuire Woods is the flagship independent sponsor conference with speed networking sessions that allow sponsors to pitch their deals to multiple capital providers in rapid succession. Every serious firm should attend. Conference Tip: Book your tickets and book your meetings early... the 1-on-1's are where all the magic is at. iGlobal Forum Independent Sponsors Summit (New York) Location: New York, NY Host: iGlobal Forum Date: Sept 29-30, 2025 Notice: The dates of the NY conference changed, the above date is now finalized. The iGlobal Forum Independent Sponsors Summit caters to independent sponsor dealmakers that tend to require larger average check sizes. The event takes place within driving distance of Wall Street and attracts many high-quality attendees, including independent sponsors actively doing deals and serious capital partners seeking new business opportunities. The sponsor forum includes workshops and interactive panels that address key issues of fundraising and dealmaking for independent sponsors. Its programs provide hands-on training and practical skills that can give sponsors a competitive edge in an ever-changing industry. In addition to its lineup of high-impact programming, the summit offers plenty of valuable face time with potential partners and peers, with over 10 hours of dedicated networking and 1-on-1 meetings. The event draws professionals who are ready to act, not just looky-loos. Most attendees leave the event with an actionable opportunity or a secured deal. Highlight: Network with high-dollar capital providers, including leading private equity firms, family offices, hedge funds, mezzanine lenders, institutional investors, and high net worth individuals. Institutional investors can access deals of suitable size for their investment needs. iGlobal Independent Sponsors Summit (Miami) Location: Miami, FL Host: iGlobal Forum Date: March 4-5, 2025 This is the Miami version of the conference above. Same format and structure (lots of 1 on 1 meetings), and the Miami event also features the annual awards ceremony, which take place during the cocktail reception on the evening of the first day. DealMAX Location: Las Vegas, NV Host: Association for Corporate Growth (ACG) Date: April 7-9, 2025 DealMAX, formerly the InterGrowth conference, might be the best conference for middle market M&A deals. It’s certainly among the biggest, drawing more than 3,000 attendees in 2024. The three-day conference features nonstop curated networking opportunities, with more than 17,000 one-on-one meetings taking place. The schedule also includes a golf tournament, peer meetups, and networking meals through the event. At the center of the DealMAX conference is a lounge area that acts as attendees’ home base during the event. There you’ll find open tables for meetings or networking; sponsor booths; and meals, snacks, and beverages. Plus you can enjoy a golf simulator, a shoe shine, a headshot lounge, and the promise of other surprise activities throughout the day. Highlight: DealMAX is a large, well-attended middle market M&A conference known for its efficient dealmaking environment, from scheduled one-on-one meetings to abundant networking opportunities. NYC Independent Sponsor Deal Connect Summit Location: New York, NY Host: Opus Connect Part of the Opus Connect Summit Series, the NYC Independent Sponsor Deal Connect & Summit is a focused event that caters to the independent sponsor community. The summit provides a platform for independent sponsors to showcase their deals and connect with capital providers and other private equity principle industry professionals. The event includes a full morning of scheduled Deal Connect meetings, where independent sponsors can present their investment opportunities directly to interested capital providers. Each attendee receives 10 strictly timed 15-minute meetings that maximize the efficiency of these networking opportunities. This conference is part of the Opus Connect Summit Series, which includes several regional events and a national (virtual) Deal Connect speed networking event. Each of these related events focus on connecting capital providers and independent sponsors. If the NYC summit doesn’t fit your schedule, the other events in this series may be worth looking into. Highlight: Attendees can register for the full day, including the scheduled Deal Connect 1:1 speed networking sessions, or choose to attend only the afternoon panels and evening cocktail reception for a less structured conference experience. CapitalPad Independent Sponsor Platform CapitalPad (CapitalPad.com) Outside of physical conferences, CapitalPad is one of the best places for independent sponsors to raise capital, and also for independent sponsor investors to find deals worth an allocation. CapitalPad is an platform that features investible SMB M&A deals from search funds and independent sponsors. CapitalPad hosts a large pool of funds, family offices, and accredited investors looking to access private small business M&A deals and larger buy-and-build platform rollups. Sponsors with a ready deal can post it on CapitalPad for approval, allowing investors to review and choose whether to participate. The platform makes direct introductions to larger investors, and rolls up smaller investors into one special purpose vehicle (SPV). This dedicated SPV (an LLC) is the only entity on the cap table, meaning sponsors deal with the fund manager instead of administering to multiple small investors. The platform is completely free to use for sponsors. It’s a great way to raise capital and manage communications with investors. Perks for Independent Sponsors Raising Capital: Perks for Investors Investing in Independent Sponsor Deals Highlight: CapitalPad is a convenient alternative to in-person conferences if the sole goal is raising or deploying capital into deals (but alas, no parties).   MIT ETA Summit Location: Cambridge, MA Host: MIT Sloan School of Management Date: Feb 28, 2025 This conference is more geared towards traditional search funds and the entrepreneurship through acquisition space than to independent sponsors, but it's still highly relevant to those looking at doing deals. Both investors and acquirers attend. Final Thoughts About Independent Sponsor Conferences The independent sponsor market has grown exponentially over the past five years, with deal volume increasing 300% since 2019. This surge has attracted former private equity managers, seasoned M&A professionals, and ambitious deal sponsors who recognize the model's unique advantages: faster decision-making, reduced bureaucracy, and higher potential returns. Independent sponsors face three primary challenges that make networking essential: deal sourcing, capital raising, and due diligence execution. Based on our analysis of deal flow data and sponsor feedback (and industry experience), professionals who attend 2-3 conferences annually close 40% more deals than those who rely solely on cold outreach, helping solve the challenges faced by sponsors. So clearly, independent sponsor conferences are one of THE BEST ways to generate deal flow or to connect with capital partners. They’re natural opportunities for networking, both formally and informally. Most have dedicated meeting formats or one-on-one sessions that are designed to help you use your time there more effectively, both allowing investors to find attractive deals, and allowing sponsors to more easily raise. Smaller conferences and by-invitation-only events are great if you have access to them, too. But these major independent sponsor conferences are reliable go-to events for sponsors, investors, and other industry professionals. Updated: August 17, 2025 ### Top 9 Search Fund Conferences The Self-Funded Search Conference SMBash (2026 date announced) Southeast Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition (SEETA) Conference Booth-Kellogg ETA Conference IESE International Search Fund Conference Harvard Business School ETA Conference Stanford Search Fund CEO Conference MIT ETA Summit Wharton ETA Summit The search fund scene may seem small, but once you’re plugged in, you’ll find the entrepreneurship through acquisition (ETA) industry is more active than most would imagine. Full of podcasts, forums, and a host of great search fund conferences. Because so much of search fund deal flow depends on collaboration and networking, it’s hard to overstate the value of attending industry conferences and events. They have been unbeatable opportunities for me to engage with my peers, discover investment opportunities, find capital partners, and learn from others in the ETA space. Here’s a list of 9 of my favorite search fund conferences that I recommend. 1. The Self-Funded Search Conference Location: Dallas, TX Date: Nov 7-9, 2025 An event tailored to self-funded searchers and interested investors This event, hosted annually by Live Oak Bank in various locations around the U.S., is a must-attend for self-funded search entrepreneurs. Whether you’re considering starting down the self-funded search path or already have experience as a searcher or investor in the self-funded search model, the Self-Funded Search Conference is for you. It’s designed to empower and equip self-funded searchers to successfully identify and acquire a small or mid-sized business. Tactical sessions cover key topics like sourcing and closing deals; operating and growing acquired companies; and legal, financial, and tax diligence. The event also includes a variety of panels, workshops, and keynote speakers addressing important topics and best practices in the self-funded search world. The Self-Funded Search Conference is a great event for investors interested in participating in search fund deals. The networking opportunities are ideal for meeting self-funded search entrepreneurs and tapping into the notoriously difficult-to-access deal flow in the self-funded search space.   Search Fund Capital Raising Made Simple This section is brought to you by CapitalPad - connecting search entrepreneurs with investors in ETA deals. Benefits For Searchers: Access Qualified Investors - Connect with accredited investors focused on small business M&A deals. Faster Capital Raising - Streamlined process with pre-qualified investors shortens timeline from LOI to closing. Single Check Structure - Roll multiple investors into one check, eliminating complexity. Zero Platform Fees - No cost to searchers and deal sponsors. Ready to raise capital? Learn more at CapitalPad.com/Raise Benefits for Investors: Curated Deal Flow - Access post-LOI search fund deals in one location. Flexible Check Sizes - Write smaller checks through investor pooling while accessing institutional-quality deals. Complete Due Diligence - In-depth analysis available for every deal. Simplified Process - Streamlined workflow eliminates typical investment friction. Interested in search fund investing? Learn more at CapitalPad.com/Invest (accredited investors only)   2. SMBash 2025 Location: Dallas, TX Date: April 22-24, 2026 An event for small and medium business (SMB) owners that focuses on searching, financing, and operating SMBs One of the original self-funded search conferences, SMBash remains one of the most important search fund conferences and networking events for small business buyers, investors, and operators. I went this last year, and I absolutely loved it. It's a great event for learning, networking, and having great conversations with good people. Many in the search fund ecosystem consider this three-day conference held each year in Dallas, Texas, a must-attend. It offers excellent networking opportunities with other professionals in the SMB space, and a jam-packed program of more than 30 speakers. This immersive event delves into some of the biggest issues searchers face, including navigating debt and equity financing and the day-to-day challenges of operating a successful small business. Attendees gain immeasurable value in learning about and discussing these topics alongside like-minded people, making connections that can evolve into valuable partnerships. 3. Southeast Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition (SEETA) Conference Location: Charlottesville, Virginia Date: September 5-6, 2025 Great for regional and local networking in the Southeast The Southeast Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition (SEETA) Conference draws members of the ETA community to the southeastern U.S. every fall. The event brings together current and recent MBA students, mid-career search fund entrepreneurs, search fund investors, and other ETA professionals. The conference is co-hosted by Georgetown University’s McDonough School of Business, Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business, University of North Carolina’s Kenan-Flagler Business School, and University of Virginia’s Darden School of Business. The conference location rotates among the participating schools from year to year, so make sure you find the current agenda before making your travel arrangements. Attending the SEETA Conference is a great way to develop and foster regional and local relationships for professionals in the Southeast. The formal sessions cover current topics and challenges relevant to search fund entrepreneurs. There are also plenty of local investment opportunities discussed in the networking sessions and receptions hosted during the event. 4. Booth-Kellogg ETA Conference Location: Chicago, IL Date: November 9, 2025 A long-running Midwestern conference with robust search fund programming This annual conference in Chicago is co-hosted by The ETA Group at Chicago Booth, the Polsky Center for Entrepreneurship and Innovation, and the Kellogg Innovation & Entrepreneurship Initiative. The event brings together members of the search community from across the Midwest and beyond. It’s a great opportunity for participants in the ETA ecosystem to meet one another and share their experiences and insights. The conference blends academic and private sector perspectives on the ETA model through a robust program, which includes case studies, expert panels, and networking opportunities with industry veterans. It focuses on distilling the practical knowledge and experience of industry experts and practicing entrepreneurs. The Booth-Kellogg ETA Conference usually falls in early November, but double check the conference’s website for the upcoming dates of the next event. This conference is one of the favorite conferences for acquisition entrepreneurs. 5. IESE International Search Fund Conference A cornerstone event for the global search fund community Most of the conferences on this list focus on U.S. business deals, but there’s a robust international search fund marketplace as well. The IESE International Search Fund Conference is a great entry point into the global search fund community. The event takes place annually in Barcelona, Spain, hosted by the IESE Business School. It’s a convenient place to meet and engage with a diverse mix of searchers and investors from around the world. The conference offers an opportunity for active searchers, new searchers, and current search CEOs to connect with one another and with search fund investors. The event’s programming addresses the latest trends and challenges in the international search fund ecosystem. 6. Harvard Business School ETA Conference Among the oldest and most prestigious ETA conferences Hosted by the Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition Club, a student-run club at Harvard Business School, the annual Harvard Business School ETA Conference is one of the oldest and most prestigious events of its kind. This event takes place at the Harvard Business School campus in Boston, MA. It introduces MBA students to other members of the ETA community, including experienced search fund entrepreneurs, investors, and some independent sponsors. The conference is a one-day event that attracts many industry leaders, top searchers and search fund investors. Limited tickets are available each year and they usually sell out fast. 7. Stanford Search Fund CEO Conference A valuable, biannual event for search fund CEOs and investors The Stanford Search Fund CEO Conference is a unique opportunity to go back to where it all started. The search fund model originated at the Stanford Graduate School of Business in the 1980s, and the institution continues to support a robust search fund community. Stanford is also where the best info and statistics on search funds is released each year in their (somewhat) famous annual study. This event offers networking opportunities for search fund CEOs and frequent investors. It includes a lineup of insightful speakers and sessions where attendees can learn from successful search CEOs and other industry experts, in addition to the faculty of the Stanford Graduate School of Business. The event also includes CEO Circles—sessions exclusively for search fund CEOs to discuss topics and challenges they face with small groups of peers. This is a newer conference that doesn’t take place every year, and the next iteration hasn’t been announced publicly as of this writing. But historically the conference has taken place biannually, in odd years. 8. MIT ETA Summit Future-focused conference featuring tactical deep-dive workshops The MIT ETA Summit brings new searchers, experienced operators, and investors to Cambridge, MA, each year. The summit is presented by ETA@MIT, MIT’s hub for search fund resources for its undergraduate and graduate students. It has also partnered with the Acquiring Minds podcast to help expand the reach of the event into the broader ETA / search fund community. The conference features keynote speakers and panel discussions focused on topics that reflect the present and future state of search fund entrepreneurship, including social, economic, and technological shifts. The summit packs these insightful presentations and sessions into a single day, with additional workshops and networking events scheduled around the main program. The workshops are valuable, tactical deep-dives that address common operator pain points—these alone may be well worth your time. The networking opportunities and insights from industry experts could prove to be icing on the cake. 9. Wharton ETA Summit An approachable and accessible event for search fund professionals in the Northeast The annual Wharton ETA Summit draws search fund professionals to Philadelphia, PA, each spring to network and learn from some of the best in the business. The event brings MBA students together with search fund entrepreneurs, investors, and other members of the ETA ecosystem. The powerhouse panels and fireside chats differentiate this summit, attracting talented industry experts to speak about a wide variety of topics covering searching, operating, and investing. There’s also a welcome happy hour event the evening before the main program, which serves as an excellent forum for searchers and investors to do some informal networking with peers. Final Thoughts Attending any conference can be time consuming and costly, so you want to choose the best events and make the most of your time there. These top search fund conferences are great places to start. Be sure to register as early as you can, because many of these events have limited capacity or reserved hotel blocks that can fill up. Planning ahead will help you secure a ticket and save you money on travel and accommodations. Depending on where you live, you might also find local events and meet-ups that can be extremely valuable, too. They’re usually a lot smaller and more intimate, offering you the potential for more face time with members of your local ETA community. Note* I will be diligently updating this list whenever the 2025 dates are announced. Updated: July 9, 2025 ### Top 7 Search Fund Podcasts Here is a list of my personal favorite search fund podcasts to make the acquisition entrepreneur journey more successful, less risky, and dare I say more fulfilling and community focused. Acquiring Minds ETA Insider Acquisitions Anonymous Think Like an Owner Deal-by-Deal M&A Talk Think Big, Buy Small Community can be hard to come by in the fragmented search fund universe. Finding voices of experience and wisdom in the space used to be a lot harder than it is today. Conferences are fantastic, but they aren't always available. Podcasts provide a convenient and entertaining way to learn from experienced searchers, entrepreneurs, CEOs, investors, and other business professionals. They allow for diverse perspectives and formats including interviews that share practical advice, discussions of market news and trends, or in-depth case studies. Here are the best search fund podcasts for entrepreneurs and investors interested in learning more about the search fund model, or looking to level up their knowledge. 1. Acquiring Minds A popular search fund podcast featuring real-world success stories and lessons from operators and entrepreneurs who acquired established businesses. Host: Will Smith Acquiring Minds is a popular podcast about buying, owning, and operating small businesses. Its library includes hundreds of interviews with business acquirers and real-world entrepreneurship through acquisition (ETA) success stories. Listeners can benefit from the step-by-step breakdowns of real world acquisitions, including strategies for evaluating companies, deal structuring, finding investors, and common pitfalls encountered along the way. New episodes drop twice per week, on Mondays and Thursdays. Acquiring Minds also hosts regular webinars on a variety of topics that pertain to search investors, searchers, and other acquisition entrepreneurs. You can register for an upcoming webinar and watch recent recordings on the Acquiring Minds website. 2. The ETA Insider Podcast A search fund podcast featuring deep dives into important ETA subjects with a diverse lineup of highly experienced entrepreneurs, investors, and other ETA professionals. Host: Brian O’Connor (Chicago Booth) ETA Insider features in-depth conversations with experienced entrepreneurs and investors. The podcast features diverse guests who discuss a variety of topics central to the ETA model, including deal sourcing, successful exits, operational best practices, and search fund investing. Listeners will hear perspectives from different kinds of search entrepreneurs, including traditional, self-funded, and incubated searchers. They can also benefit from the advice and reflections of accomplished professionals in the ETA universe. The podcast is produced by the Polsky Center for Entrepreneurship and Innovation at The University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Its academic backing provides listeners with a mix of academic and first-hand experiential perspectives. A new episode comes out around the end of each month. 3. Acquisitions Anonymous A well-established, highly rated podcast where the hosts analyze real business listings and discuss the pros and cons of potential deals. Hosts: Michael Girdley, Mills Snell, Bill D’Alessandro, Heather Endresen Acquisitions Anonymous is a long-running podcast in which the hosts evaluate actual business listings and debate the merits of potential deals. They provide thoughtful commentary and highlight the potential risks and rewards during their discussions about whether they themselves would buy or pass on each business. This format offers listeners a window into how experienced entrepreneurs and investors evaluate acquisitions. The show’s content helps aspiring acquisition entrepreneurs better understand the entire process, including discovering opportunities, due diligence, securing financing, and valuation. The podcast’s casual and engaging tone helps make the complex world of ETA deals more accessible and entertaining. The show has recorded more than 300 episodes and counting, and is one of the top rated podcasts in its category. New episodes drop roughly twice per week, typically on Tuesdays and Fridays. 4. Think Like an Owner A long-running podcast emphasizing the operational side of small business ownership to help entrepreneurs grow and sustain a successful business and create long-term value. Host: Alex Bridgeman Think Like an Owner is another long-running podcast that focuses on search funds and micro private equity. The show helps search fund entrepreneurs and investors learn how to effectively acquire and run small companies. The podcast features ideas and insights from talented experts in the small business world. It provides knowledge, ideas, best practices, and frameworks for operators trying to grow and build transformative businesses. New episodes drop weekly, usually releasing on Tuesdays. In addition to the podcast, Think Like an Owner also produces an informative weekly newsletter and original research. Its website includes a search function designed to provide operators with a database to look up info related to their specific challenges or questions. 5. Deal-by-Deal A podcast focused on private equity deals in the middle market and lower-middle market, with an emphasis on the independent sponsor model. Host: Greg Hawver and Jeff Brooker (McGuireWoods) Deal-by-Deal is an ongoing series that explores private equity dealmaking, especially focused on the independent sponsor model. It invites legal experts, financial professionals, and experienced independent sponsors to explore different aspects of lower-middle and middle market private equity deals. The podcast offers thoughtful insights into how private equity professionals and independent sponsors go about acquiring and operating businesses. Listeners can enjoy deep dives into the technical side of these deals, including legal, financial, and operational considerations. Presented by the business law firm McGuireWoods, the Deal-by-Deal podcast has been around since 2021. Although there can be long draughts between releases, the show averages around six new episodes per year. 6. M&A Talk An M&A-focused podcast designed to help business owners maximize the value of their companies, with an eye toward a profitable exit. Host: Jacob Orosz (Morgan & Westfield) M&A Talk is the #1 podcast about mergers and acquisitions. The show features interviews with experts in business sales, valuation, law, private equity, and investment banking. It also includes useful case studies in real-world SMB acquisitions packed with valuable lessons and insights. Listeners benefit from the wisdom and guidance of a variety of industry experts focused around the buying and selling of privately held companies. This knowledge can empower search fund entrepreneurs to grow their company’s bottom line and maximize value for eventual sale. The podcast is presented and hosted by Morgan & Westfield, a leading M&A firm for small and mid-sized businesses. The show drops 1-2 new episodes per week. 7. Think Big, Buy Small A new search fund podcast that explores the path of entrepreneurship through the acquisition of an established small business with two Harvard Business School professors. Hosts: Rick Ruback and Royce Yudkoff (Harvard Business School) Think Big, Buy Small is a young podcast hosted by renowned Harvard Business School (HBS) professors Rick Ruback and Royce Yudkoff. Each episode introduces listeners to expert guests from the HBS community who offer their insights into the advantages and challenges of acquiring small businesses. The show offers listeners an introduction to entrepreneurship through acquisition and guidance along the journey of acquiring an enduring, profitable company. The audience can get a peek into the world of one of the world’s top business schools and learn from members of its thriving ETA community. The podcast’s concept is an extension of the co-hosts’ popular HBS field course and the book they co-authored in 2017, “HBR Guide To Buying A Small Business: Think Big, Buy Small, Own Your Own Company.” The show debuted in June 2024 and released new episodes weekly during its inaugural season. Other Podcasts You May Enjoy As you might imagine, there are lots of other podcasts about business and entrepreneurship that aren’t specifically about search funds or ETA. Many of these shows have a lot of crossover appeal and regularly cover topics of interest to listeners in the search fund space. Here are a couple other podcasts that have plenty of applications for the operators, investors, and entrepreneurs that make up the search fund universe. 8. Tropical MBA A popular, long-running podcast featuring guests who discuss the ins and outs of operating and growing location independent businesses that scale. Host: Dan Andrews and Ian Schoen Tropical MBA (TMBA) began way back in 2009 as a pair of digital nomads sought to meet other entrepreneurs and learn how to grow a location independent business. Over the years, the hosts have chronicled their journey through their own multi-seven figure exit and shared conversations with the many like-minded entrepreneurs they’ve met along the way. Although not focused on search funds, listeners with interest in acquiring and building global, scalable businesses in the digital age can find inspiration and wisdom aplenty in this podcast. Subscribers can also apply to get free business coaching from the hosts live on the podcast, which exposes listeners to real-world case studies and coaching by extension. The podcast is a well-established show with more than 750 episodes and 10 million downloads. New episodes drop like clockwork every Thursday. 9. Acquired A top-rated business podcast featuring in-depth interviews with big-name technology founders, CEOs, and investors. Host: Ben Gilbert and David Rosenthal Acquired is a top-30 podcast across all categories, with nearly 1 million listeners to each episode. Although this show isn’t specific to search funds either, The Wall Street Journal dubbed it “the business world’s favorite podcast.” The show and its guests discuss the stories and strategies of some of the greatest companies on Earth. The star power of the guests on this podcast is hard to overstate. The show has featured interviews with some of the world’s most recognizable founders and CEOs, including Meta’s Mark Zuckerberg and Nvidia’s Jensen Huang. They’ve also interviewed investing luminaries like Howard Marks and the late Charlie Munger. Listeners can learn from the lessons and stories of how the world’s greatest companies were built and apply them as a founder, operator, or investor. Each episode is a 3-4 hour deep dive into a subject or extensive interview with an industry leader. The podcast releases new episodes at a pace of around 1-2 per month, on average. Final Thoughts It’s sort of a running gag at this point that everybody and their brother has their own podcast. But far from the amateur stuff produced in someone’s basement, there’s a surprising variety of very good search fund podcasts. With that abundance of content comes the need to be selective. It would be impossible to keep up with every business podcast out there. But you can’t go wrong subscribing to any of the shows on this list to learn about topics relevant to search funds. Each delivers plenty of valuable content for the time they ask you to invest with them. By listening to any of the podcasts on this list, you can benefit from the insights and lessons of search fund veterans. That increases your chances of success and sets you up for a fulfilling and profitable search fund endeavor. Happy listening! ### Best Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition (ETA) Conferences For Overall ETA: SMBash For Self-Funded Acquirers: The Self-Funded Search Conference For Traditional Searchers: Harvard Business School ETA Conference For Regional Searchers: Southeast Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition (SEETA) Conference For ETA Education/Training: MIT ETA Summit For Raising Capital and/or Investing in Deals: CapitalPad Entrepreneurship through acquisition (ETA) is an increasingly popular model that can be extremely fulfilling and lucrative for small business acquirers and investors alike. But usually, the biggest barrier to pursuing this path is having a limited network when you’re just starting out. There’s no better way to jump straight into the search fund community than attending an ETA conference. Podcasts, emails and Zoom calls are no substitute for engaging with like-minded people face to face, shaking their hands, and talking over drinks or dinner. In that spirit, here’s a list of my favorite events for acquisition entrepreneurs to consider. Best for Overall Small Business Ownership and ETA: SMBash Location: Austin, TX Host: SMBash, LLC SMBash is a perennial favorite event among the search community. As one of the original conferences focused on self-funded search, it has built a reputation as an excellent networking event for small business owners, search fund investors, and search entrepreneurs. The conference features three immersive days of valuable content related to searching, fundraising, and operating small businesses. It provides plenty of opportunities to network with operators, investors, and other search professionals to make connections and begin to form long-term partnerships. Why Attend: A great atmosphere and diverse attendees in the small business entrepreneurship space make this one of the most highly anticipated conferences each year. Best for Self-Funded Acquirers: The Self-Funded Search Conference Location: Varies throughout the U.S. Host: Live Oak Bank The Self-Funded Search Conference is all about equipping self-funded searchers with the knowledge and connections they need to succeed at acquiring and operating a business. The event features tactical sessions and workshops covering topics that matter to self-funded searchers. Attendees will learn about deal sourcing, due diligence, and best practices for operating and growing SMBs. It’s also a great networking opportunity between self-funded searchers looking for capital partners and investors looking to invest in search deals. Why Attend: The event’s exclusive focus on the self-funded search universe gives attendees unparalleled access to deal flow that can be hard to uncover elsewhere. Best for Traditional: Harvard Business School ETA Conference Location: Boston, MA Host: Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition Club (Harvard Business School) The Harvard Business School ETA Conference is a classic search fund conference with a long history and prestigious reputation. The event connects Harvard Business School students with seasoned search entrepreneurs, operators, and search fund investors. Self-funded searchers are also welcome and can get great value out of attending. Register early, because tickets for the conference and networking events are limited and usually sell out fast. Why Attend: A prestigious event that attracts the cream of the crop among industry leaders, search entrepreneurs, and search fund investors. Honorable Mentions: The Stanford Search Fund CEO Conference (Stanford, CA) appeals to a comparable audience but doesn’t happen every year. In fact, most other elite business school and MBA programs that participate in search funds host similar events for their graduates, which can also be great networking opportunities. Best for Regional Networking: Southeast Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition (SEETA) Conference Location: Varies (Southeastern U.S.) Hosts: Georgetown University McDonough School of Business, Duke University Fuqua School of Business, University of North Carolina Kenan-Flagler Business School, and University of Virginia Darden School of Business The Southeast Entrepreneurship Through Acquisition (SEETA) Conference is aimed at current and recent MBA students and mid-career search fund entrepreneurs. The event also attracts investors and other ETA professionals from around the southeastern United States and beyond. The conference includes a few brief panel discussions from experienced searchers and operators, as well as other industry experts. But attendees will likely get the most value out of the abundant networking sessions and receptions occurring throughout the event, both for independent sponsors and for traditional and self-funded searchers. Why Attend: Get a chance to network and build professional relationships with your regional ETA community. Honorable Mentions: The Booth-Kellogg ETA Conference (Chicago - Midwest) and the Wharton ETA Summit (Philadelphia - Northeast) are two other large, regional networking events in their respective parts of the country. Best for Education / Training: MIT ETA Summit Location: Cambridge, MA Host: ETA@MIT Club (MIT Sloan School of Management) The MIT ETA Summit includes a robust slate of presentations and panel discussions aimed at educating and inspiring its undergraduate and graduate students exploring the ETA path. It also provides aspiring searchers with resources and connections to industry experts and investors. The event’s program is engaging and interactive, including workshops and networking events on either side of the main day of presentations and panels. Why Attend: A great ETA conference for learning best practices and tactics that help search entrepreneurs and operators grow acquired businesses and maximize their value. For Raising Capital and Investing in Deals: CapitalPad Although not an event or conference, CapitalPad is another great avenue for search funds, sponsors, and ETA to raise capital, and for investors to find deals. It’s a central hub for SMB acquisitions, matching search entrepreneurs with investors looking for access to the asset class. Acquisition entrepreneurs can use CapitalPad as a simplified way to raise capital and manage correspondence with their investors. Investors can select which opportunities to participate in on a deal-by-deal basis. Why Check It Out: A convenient networking and dealmaking alternative to costly, time-consuming travel to in-person conferences and events. Conclusion There are lots of great events out there for search fund entrepreneurs and investors. In particular, smaller local or regional conferences and meetups can be incredibly valuable, if a little harder to find. These are great budget options that usually cost less to attend and don’t require overnight travel. But if you’ve got your sights set on one of the biggest and best conferences, any of the events on this list should be well worth your investment of time and money. Podcasts are great, but in-person conferences allow you to take full advantage of the networking opportunities. That includes any formal networking sessions on the agenda, of course. But also meals, receptions, coffee breaks, and all the little moments in between are chances to chat with other attendees. You never know who will turn out to be a valuable connection. Everyone there should be related to the industry in some way. So be open to talking to everyone. ### The 5 Best Hard Money Lenders in Raleigh Raleigh’s housing market has seen steady growth over the past several years. Home prices have risen consistently, and demand for properties—both residential and commercial—remains high. These trends suggest a favorable environment for real estate investment. However, securing funding is often the hardest part of real estate investment. Traditional lenders require tons of paperwork and are not agile enough to accommodate the market. Hard money lenders, on the other hand, can be a great alternative since they have a lower barrier of entry and are built to keep up with us investors. With that in mind, here’s my list of the best hard money lenders in Raleigh that can help you finance your next adventure. In this article: the best hard money lenders in Raleigh Loan Mountain Capital (my top pick for speed and reliability) Carolina Hard Money Lima One Alfie Loans New Silver Loan Mountain Capital – fastest hard money lender in Raleigh If you’re investing in Raleigh, Loan Mountain Capital is worth looking into. They’ve been in the business for over 35 years, founded by real estate investors who understand what we need—mainly speed and reliability. They’re based in Charlotte, but they operate throughout the Southeast, and they’ve earned a solid reputation in Raleigh. Why They’re the Best What makes Loan Mountain stand out to me is how they handle the essentials: fast closings, dependable draw schedules, and the fact that they don’t rely on FICO scores. Fast Closings: they claim to close in 24 hours. While it might not always hit that mark, they’re still faster than most other lenders I’ve dealt with, and that really matters when time is tight. Reliable Draws: a lot of lenders promise smooth access to funds, but Loan Mountain actually delivers on that. I’ve had no issues with their draw schedules, which, as you probably know, can be a major pain with some lenders. No FICO Minimum: they don’t require a minimum FICO score, which is refreshing. It makes it easier to get funded, even if your credit isn’t perfect. Loan Terms Here’s what they offer in terms of loans: Fix and Flip Loans: no appraisal needed, 6 to 12-month terms. New Construction Loans: terms range from 9 to 18 months. Rental Loans: up to 30-year terms, and again, no appraisal required. Loan amounts range from $50k to $1.5 million, covering most typical investment projects. Their rates hover around 11.8% to 12%, which isn’t the lowest, but I’ve found it’s worth it for the reliability and speed you get in return. Carolina Hard Money – good for Beginners Carolina Hard Money earns the second spot on my list. No, they don’t offer the most affordable loan terms and they definitely won’t win any award for funding speed. So why are they in second place? While they might not be the best lender, they do get a lot of things right. First, they have strong company values–fees, points, and expected interest rates are displayed throughout the website and disclosed before your final signature. Second, they value client relationships and are willing to help you along the way. If you’re looking for a lender with a strong focus on customer support, they’re worth considering. Why They Stand Out Customer Service: they don’t just hand over a loan and call it a day. Their team is responsive and easy to work with, which is something I appreciate.. Deeper Pocket: they can handle larger loan amounts compared to some of the other local lenders, going up to $5 million. That’s a big plus if you’re working on larger projects. Loan Terms They do tend to be on the more expensive side, charging around 3 to 3.5 points on most loans. Fix and Flip Loans: up to 90% of the purchase price and 100% of rehab costs, with interest rates starting at 11.9%. New Construction Loans: up to 85% LTC, with terms up to 12 months. Rental Property Loans: for long-term financing, expect 30-year terms with rates around 7%. One thing to keep in mind is their closing times. With an average of about 10 days, they’re on the slow-end of the spectrum. But once you’re past the closing process, they make up for it with solid service. Lima One Capital – national lender with local vibes Lima One Capital is a national lender headquartered in Greenville, South Carolina. Founded by two former Marines back in 2010, they’ve built up a solid track record across the country including North Carolina. I usually prefer working with local lenders who really know the area. Lima One is one of the few national lenders with first-hand experience in Raleigh. Why I Like Lima One A few things, in particular, caught my attention: Interest only on draws: you only pay interest on what you actually use. If you don’t need the full loan amount right away, you won’t be stuck paying interest on money that’s sitting there. Good leverage: their loan-to-value (LTV) and loan-to-cost (LTC) ratios are solid. For fix-and-flip deals, they’ll cover up to 92.5% of the project’s total costs and 75% LTV. New construction loans go up to 90% LTC, giving you lots of leverage. Loan Terms Fix and Flip Loans: they’ll go up to 92.5% LTC and 75% LTV, with interest rates starting around 12%. If you’ve got some flips under your belt, they might even go as low as 7.99%, which is a nice bonus for experienced investors. New Construction Loans: you can finance up to 90% of the costs, and choose from 13, 19, or 24-month terms. Rental Loans: they offer terms up to 30 years, which is standard for hard money lenders in Raleigh. One thing to keep in mind—Lima One isn’t the fastest when it comes to approvals. Their process usually takes about 7 to 10 days, so if you need quick capital. Alfie Loans Alfie Loans is one of the younger players in the scene, but they’ve grown plenty since its launch in 2015. With over 1,000 deals closed and $430 million in originations, they’re one of the local hard money lenders that you should keep in mind if you’re looking for local options. If you value straightforward communication and transparency, Alfie is worth considering. Why I Like Alfie Transparency: they break down everything you’ll be paying, from the $150 draw fee and $800 documentation charge to the 2% origination fee. It’s not the cheapest, but I’d rather know exactly what I’m getting into than be surprised later. Plus, they’ve got a loan calculator on their site that gives you a clear picture of the total cost before you even start the process. Local Knowledge: while based in Asheville, Alfie has a strong presence in the Raleigh market. I’ve found that their familiarity with the local landscape can be really helpful, especially when navigating zoning issues, permits, and other area-specific paperwork. Consistent Terms: Alfie sticks to a 12% interest rate across all their loans, regardless of the deal. If you’re hoping to negotiate a lower rate, you might have better luck with someone like Loan Mountain Capital or Carolina Hard Money. New Silver New Silver doesn’t have the local expertise that is so important for developing long-lasting relationships, but they’ve carved out a niche for themselves in Raleigh’s real estate scene. They’ve achieved that by having one of the quickest approval rates of hard money lenders in Raleigh. So if you are in dire need of proof of funds, they might be able to help you out. Why I like New Silver Speed and Efficiency: you can get an approval online in just 5 minutes, and they even offer an immediate proof of funds letter. Personal Loan Options: something unique about New Silver is that they also offer personal loans, which can be helpful for cash flow. They range from $1,000 to $100,000, starting at a 7% interest rate. It’s a nice bonus if you’re juggling multiple deals or just need some extra liquidity. Choosing the Right Hard Money Lender in Raleigh The right choice really depends on what you value most as an investor. If speed and reliable funding are top priorities, then Loan Mountain Capital stands out as the best option. Their fast closings and flexible terms are hard to beat. Carolina Hard Money offers a solid, relationship-focused experience and good flexibility, though you’ll have to plan for longer closing times. Lima One Capital has a strong reputation and diverse loan options, making them a good fit for more seasoned investors who need flexibility. Alfie brings a local touch and clear terms, which can be appealing if you’re looking to work with a lender who knows the Raleigh market inside and out. And finally, New Silver rounds out the list with its quick approvals and diverse loan products, ideal for investors who value speed and convenience. Each of these lenders has something to offer, so take your time to compare terms, rates, and approval processes to see which one aligns best with your goals. With the right lender by your side, you’ll be well-equipped to tackle your next investment. Good luck! ### The Best Hard Money Lenders in Charlotte For the last two years, Charlotte’s real estate market has been a sellers market, which means that there are more people looking to buy than there are homes available. Property prices continue to rise and it hasn’t stopped people from buying. You might be eager (as you should) to tap into Charlotte’s real estate market and need the right financing to do so effectively. Hard money lenders offer a flexible alternative to traditional bank loans, especially when working with unconventional properties or when timing is crucial. In this article, I’ve listed the best hard money lenders in Charlotte so that you can secure funding for your next investment without losing your mind. My List of the Best Hard Money Lenders In Charlotte Loan Mountain Capital - (my pick, fast and reliable) Carolina Capital Lima One Alfie Loans 1. Loan Mountain Capital Loan Mountain Capital is a hard money lender based in Asheville, North Carolina. They earn first spot on my list for being the fastest hard money lender servicing Charlotte. The founders were real estate investors but, after experiencing delayed draws and slow closing times, they realized they could do a better job. After years perfecting their processes, they now offer the fastest pre-approval and closing times in the Southeast. Equally important, their draw schedules are reliable and should help you avoid awkward conversations with contractors awaiting payment. Unless you need access to deeper pockets for big projects, I strongly believe Loan Mountain Capital is your best bet. What to expect: Fastest closing times: assuming your documentation is in order, you can expect a 30-minute pre-approval and a 24 -hour close. Relationship Driven Lender: they believe their business is built on their clients’ success. As such, they’ll want to build a strong relationship with you and will go to great extent to help you thrive. Competitive Terms: good loan terms if you need a fix and flip loan, new construction loans, or bridge loans. Their interest rates average between 11% and 12%, with no hidden fees. Loan Mountain Capital is a solid option for most investors–with a few caveats. First, as I mentioned before, Loan Mountain is not suitable for larger projects since they offer loans of up to $1.5 million. Second, while their rates are competitive with the industry’s standard, they’re not the cheapest option out there. However, when you evaluate a lender, you should take into consideration hidden fees, points, and waiting times in addition to the interest rate. Loan Mountain has no hidden fees, no origination points, and offers the fastest service in Charlotte. You get what you pay for, I suppose. 2. Carolina Capital Carolina Capital is hard to describe because there’s nothing about them that stands out, they’re just decent at everything. Located in South Carolina, they’re technically not local but have plenty of experience working in the local market. They also service other states, like Georgia and Virginia, but are specialized in the Carolinas. I believe they deserve second place because they perform well where it matters–good loan terms, solid customer service, and relationship-focused. However, they do have one (big) kryptonite: speed. What to expect: Great customer service: they serve as consultants for investors, so they’ll help you locate and structure transactions. They also have good response times. Good, flexible terms: they finance up to 90% of the purchase and 100% of the rehab for fix and flip loans. For new constructions, up to 85% LTC and 12-month terms. And if you are looking for long term financing, you should expect a 7% fixed, up to 75% LTV, and 30-year loan terms. Long closing times: with a 10-day average closing time, don’t expect Carolina Capital to be the fastest hard money lender in Charlotte. Once you close, however, their team is responsive and helpful. Do keep it in mind that Carolina Hard Money requires 3-3.5 points on most loans with an interest rate upwards of 11.9%. They lie on the expensive end of the market, and unlike Loan Mountain Capital, they do not offer the benefit of fast funding. However, they still make it on the list because of their customer service, deeper pockets (up to $5 million loans), and local experience. 3. Lima One Lima One is a national, fully-capitalized, direct lender ideal for high-leverage hard loans. I usually don’t recommend working with national lenders because you’ll often find yourself talking to a robot instead of a human being when issues inevitably arise. However, Lima One has two things going for them. First, they have fast and reliable draw schedules–with an average 4-day draw, you’ll avoid pissing off contractors with delayed payments. Second, they offer high leverage loans with low interest rates. What to expect: High-Leverage Fix and Flip Loans: if you’re an experienced real estate investor, you’ll appreciate Lima One’s up to 92.5% LTC, 8.45% interest rates, and origination deferment until you exit the property. Fast Draws: they guarantee a 4-day draw schedule if everything is in check. This is a big deal considering other hard lenders can take up to 14 days to release funds. National reach, local inexperience: even though they are headquartered in South Carolina, Lima One won’t offer the local expertise that a hard money lender in Charlotte could offer. Lima One is not higher on my list because, unless you become their biggest client, you won’t build a strong relationship with folk at Lima One. They are a national lender with thousands of accounts spread across the United States–your $75k fix and flip isn’t exactly crucial to their bottom line. However, this is not to say that you’ll have a terrible experience with them. They actually have a decent track record and no online complaints about their customer service. So if you are an experienced investor ready to scale, low interest rates and high LTC make Lima One a solid option. 4. Alfie Loans Alfie is one of the few local players that I can legitimately recommend. Founded in Asheville in 2015, Alfie is the “youngest” company on this list. They’ve, however, quickly earned street creds with an impressive $430M in originations and over 1,000 deals closed. What I like about Alfie is their transparency regarding the fees you’ll pay. They even have a loan calculator, which should help you evaluate the cost of the loan, including the origination points, draw fees, and interest rate. What to expect? Transparency: Alfie is open about every fee that they charge, which is rare among hard money lenders. They charge $150 for each draw, a fixed $800 for documentation, and a 2% origination fee. Not exactly cheap, but honesty goes a long way. Local Experience: they specialize in the Carolinas’ real estate market, with a strong presence in Charlotte, NC. If you need a local partner, they’re a good candidate. Consistent terms: every Alfie loan has a 12% interest rate, no matter what. This could be good or bad, depending on how you look at it. If you think you are sitting on a great opportunity and deserve better terms, perhaps give Loan Mountain or Carolina Capital a shot before you give Alfie a call. Alfie is a solid local option, especially because they have a solid track record characterized by transparency and relationship lending. They do lie on the expensive side and are not known for their expediency. It’s up to you! The best hard money lender is the one that best suits your needs and priorities. If you value speed and relationship lending above all, then Loan Mountain Capital is your best option out there. However, if you value customer service and support, Carolina Hard Money is a nice alternative. Lima One is a good national lender for investors looking to maximize leverage. And finally, if you want a guaranteed interest rate and fees, Alfie is a great option with local experience. Now it is up to you! Remember to contact a few hard lenders before taking the plunge. ### 5 Best SEO Agencies for Startups (2025 Update) SEO isn’t right for some startups. But for the right companies, SEO can almost be like magic, being a huge long-term driver of user growth. Zillow, Pinterest, Thumbtack, Yelp, Grammarly, Canva, Hubspot. The list of startups that exploded their growth with SEO is almost endless. The tough thing is finding good a SEO agency that can actually help. There are plenty of snake-oil salesmen in the space, and even if they are honest, many agencies are more geared towards local sites instead of startups. So, to make it easier for you, I’m sharing my personal list of top-rated seo agencies for startups that I KNOW have the skills to boost organic traffic to your website, scale growth, get more users, and make sure the results are here to last. So, without further ado, who is the best seo agency for startups? The 5 Best SEO Agencies for Startups: Smash Digital – Best for Scaling Growth Boostability – For Whitelabeling Whitespark – Best Local SEO Agency WebFX - Best Full Service with Ads Smartsites - Best Generalist SEO Services 1. Smash Digital – Best overall SEO agency for startups   You might've noticed some similarities between Smash.vc and Smash Digital. Well that's because Smash Digital is the SEO agency we've used to scale our own diverse portfolio of companies for more than a decade, both in companies we build in and companies we invest in. In fact, the reason you're on this article right now is because we're great at SEO. Business Comes First, SEO Is Second We're entrepeneurs ourselves and know that resource management and prioritization are key for startups. Before doing anything, our main priority is understanding your business as well as your goals. From there, we reverse engineer the search results to get a solid understanding of how competitive your industry is, what the business potential is for you, and what it's going to take to achieve these goals. Effectively, we first figure out whether SEO is even right for you and make sure you've got a chance to be competitive (it's not a great fit for all startups). SEO is a winner-takes-all type of game because almost all of the traffic is in the top three positions (both in the SERPs, and in AI results). You could make steady progress for months and improve your rankings, but unless you've got enough resources to see it through, the ROI will be mediocre. We make sure to map this out for you before doing anything else. Identifying Your Bottlenecks The Google algorithm is complex and has hundreds, if not thousands, of ranking factors. Clicking through a sales page and jumping on a pre-made "package" just doesn't work in this industry. Every startup is unique and faces it's own bottlenecks. In a super competitive industry? Backlinks will always be the #1 thing holding you back. Got a custom website? It'll be critical to make sure your on-page and technical SEO game is up to speed. Low volume industry? In-depth keyword research and scaling your content will be key. Informational niche? You need to make sure to have an AI SEO plan (ranking in LLMs is vital for these) Instead of chucking your site into an SEO audit tool and firing back a bloated 40-page report with 8,000 random errors... We'll analyze both your site, as well as your biggest competitors to figure out what are you're lacking in the most and then tailor our strategy based on that. For the vast majority of startups, backlinks and the authority of your site will be the #1 bottleneck and this is what we're best at with Smash Digital. Links have always been the #1 ranking factor on Google because it's the hardest trust signal to fake. With the advance of AI, recent Google updates have turned up the importance of links even more. While everyone else is still buying links on cookie cutter guest post farms and shady publications, Smash helps you build links that your startup can be proud of and Google will love for years. Our emphasis is on building consistent, high-quality links on legitimate businesses websites. These will only keep getting stronger as the companies grow. We've gotten our clients on sites like Forbes, G2, HubSpot, Canva, Shopify, Cloudways, and hunreds of other massive publications. Pros of Smash Digital for startups: Developed a highly effective in-house AI SEO (AIO) strategy for ranking in ChatGPT and similar. Can handle complete ranking plans, from content creation, parasite SEO, to detailed technical SEO. Creates the best trusted links in the business. Cons: Not the cheapest offering. Smash focuses more on quality and growth over offering the cheapest service. Best for: Smash Digital is the best SEO agency for startups looking for full service growth, who have a budget of at least $5,000 - $10,000/month, who can commit for long term growth. What are you waiting for? Get in touch and someone from the Management team will hop on a call with you for a free no-pitch consultation. Whether you work with us or not, you'll walk away with a clear blueprint on what it'll take to achieve your search goals. 2. Boostability – Awarded Agency Boostability is an established agency that specializes in providing robust, white-label SEO services to small and mid-sized businesses, including startups. White-label SEO services: Rebranded services from third parties sold as if they were the company’s own services. Since its inception in 2009 by founder Jared Turner, this marketing firm has been assisting businesses in achieving their growth objectives faster by leveraging their unique, data-driven SEO strategies. Key services include: Keyword research Content creation Backlinks from reputable sources Local optimization Their award-winning digital marketing services platform, LaunchPad, guarantees smooth campaign execution and lets you track progress. They leverage data from 2.3 million keywords for strategic decisions and focus on generating organic leads. As an SEO website optimization company, Boostability delivers impactful results, especially for web-traffic-dependent businesses, via on-page recommendations and high-quality link building. People report swift project initiation, transparency, and support. They appreciate the high-quality content, enhanced social media presence, exceptional customer service, and quick resolution of technical issues. In short, Boostability is one of the top SEO firms that excels in service delivery, has a proven success record, and prioritizes client satisfaction. While they won’t be able to 100% customize a package for your specific needs, their SEO expertise and dedication makes them one of the best in the industry. 3. Whitespark – Best for Local Search Engine Optimization Whitespark specializes in local SEO, making it a pick for best SEO firms to increase local visibility and traffic. So startups with physical locations offering local services, listen up. Established in 2005 by Darren Shaw, their key SEO services include: Local Citation Finder – Helps find and improve your citations on the web, even compared to competitors. Local Rank Tracker – Monitors your rankings in specific cities or zip codes, including local finder, local pack, and SEO for Bing and Google. Reputation Builder – Manages reviews, guides satisfied customers to review sites, and intercepts negative feedback before posting. Link Prospector – Increases link opportunities for more shares and links. Citation Build & Cleanup Service – Finds and corrects bad citations that could harm your citation score. Review Checker – Tracks and compares your reviews and ratings with competitors. They also offer three free tools at sign up: Review Checker, Review Handout Generator, and Google Review Link Generator. I recommend asking for a consultation to create a customized SEO campaign to fit your needs and budget. Whitespark’s services have proven beneficial for all company sizes. Focusing on listings and citations, Whitespark positions your company favorably in local and search engine results pages, providing a competitive edge and promoting growth. 4. WebFX WebFX is a full-service marketing company founded by Bill Craig all the way back in 1996. They’re renowned for SEO services, but also offering PPC, social media marketing, and web design services. They stand out for their personalized SEO strategies, employing a six-step, tech-driven approach known as “R-O-C-K-E-T”: Research, Optimization, Content, Keywords, Earned media and links, and Testing. WebFX’s SEO services are split into four main plans: The Bronze plan: Optimizes up to 100 keyphrases and 20 web pages for small businesses, costing $5,400 upfront with a $1,375 monthly fee. The Silver plan: Costs $7,750 upfront with a $2,500 monthly payment, offering expanded service. The Gold plan: Priced at $12,750 upfront with a $5,000 monthly fee, providing a higher level of service. The Diamond plan: Requires a $15,750 initial investment with an $8,000 monthly fee, offering the most comprehensive service. These plans encompass features like: Technical website analysis Opportunity report Keyword research Title tags and meta descriptions Robots.txt optimization Competitor rankings monitoring WebFX is recognized for their transparent pricing, continuous monthly SEO strategy support, proprietary technology platform, and their MarketingCloudFX campaign tracking software. Their higher-tier plans can be quite expensive, which is not ideal for startups. Customer testimonials are mostly positive. WebFX is a strong contender for small businesses heavily reliant on organic traffic. WebFX offers robust, tailored, tech-aided campaigns from its startup SEO consultants. Their clear pricing and tiered plans can cater to diverse needs and budgets, and their solid reputation underscores their capability to deliver results. 5. Smartsites - Best Generalist SEO Services SmartSites is a top-rated marketing company, founded by Michael and Alex Melen in 2011, that offers SEO services for a wide variety of industries. Their clients often report a twofold increase in their organic site traffic within just six months of launching an SEO campaign. While they're not exclusively a marketing agency for startups, this is exactly the sort of performance a startup company needs. Their selection of tailored services includes: SEO analysis Technical SEO audits Link-building Mobile SEO SEO copywriting Pricing is custom-based, ensuring you only pay for what you need. You’ll also have a dedicated project and account manager and receive real-time marketing reports for effective campaign tracking. SmartSites does marketing consulting across sectors like home services, hospitality, retail, B2B, industrial, and automotive. They’ve built a reputation for delivering results, timely follow-ups, and having a knowledgeable team, reflected in their positive online customer feedback. Forbes Advisor calls it one of the top SEO firms for small businesses, SmartSites is an excellent choice for businesses looking for an internet marketing organization with a strong record in SEO strategies. It’s worth noting that their pricing lacks transparency, and there’s occasional feedback about their SEO writer missing the mark – stuff that can turn into headaches later, so make sure to clarify before signing up. You Don’t Need a Marketing Company: You Just Need SEO When we talk about digital marketing, we’re referring to a variety of different services, such as social media marketing, email marketing, paid advertising, content marketing, digital PR, etc. These are all necessary tools for achieving your revenue goals. As a startup or small business owner, though, your primary online marketing goal is growth and visibility. The best way to achieve that is with Search Engine Optimization (SEO). That’s why, instead of looking for just any online marketing company, you need to work with the best agencies that offer SEO services for startups. If you have a SaaS business, don’t forget to check out our article on the best SEO firms for SaaS businesses as well. Here are some benefits you’ll get from a successful SEO campaign. Visibility and Brand Awareness As a startup, one of the major challenges you’ll face is brand recognition (or lack thereof). To build recognition and therefore trust, your brand needs to consistently show up in your target audience’s online searches. This is exactly what SEO does. While effective, successful SEO is a slow process, and that’s why it’s important to begin as soon as possible. Cost-Effective Marketing With limited time and budget, cost-effective marketing strategies are essential. While SEO services require some investment upfront, the effects of a successful SEO strategy compound over time and demand minimal cost to maintain. This is contrary to paid advertising strategies for example, which require ongoing investment to keep producing results. Targeted Traffic Do you want a 10,000 visitors who don’t care about your product, or 1000 potential customers? SEO is not just about driving large amounts of traffic to your website – it’s about attracting the right kind of traffic. By targeting specific keywords related to your product or service, SEO helps ensure that the visitors to your site are most likely the ones who will end up as customers. Competitive Advantage In the endlessly competitive online marketplace, your business is likely to be overshadowed by established companies with larger marketing budgets. But, with effective and focused content marketing and SEO efforts, you can compete on more equal footing, reaching potential customers who might otherwise have been unaware of your brand. Long-term Growth The best times to focus on SEO were 20 years ago, or NOW. -Confucius, 2255 B.C. Search engine optimization is a long-term strategy. It takes time to see results, but once you do, they are usually longlasting. That’s why you want to lay that foundation today for massive traffic later. Why Your Startup Needs to Outsource SEO "Okay okay, I get it, SEO is kind of a big deal. But is it really necessary to outsource?" Why not just save some money and hire your friend’s nephew, who allegedly said something about Facebook Ads that one time at the Thanksgiving dinner table? Let me tell you why you need to work with (high quality) companies specializing in SEO. Specialized Expertise SEO is a complex field, with a multitude of factors influencing rankings. SEO firms have the knowledge and experience to navigate this minefield and implement effective strategies. They keep up with all the latest trends and changes in the algorithm, making sure your startup’s game plan stays fresh and SEO efforts competitive. Time and Resource Management I can’t stress this enough. As a startup, your team’s time and resources are precious, and should be focused on core aspects of your business. Online marketing and SEO can be a huge strain on resources, so it’s best to let specialized companies handle it. Measurable Results SEO firms provide regular reports and analytics, showing you the impact of their digital marketing work. This allows you to see the ROI on your SEO investment and helps inform future business decisions. Scalability As your company grows, your SEO needs will change. An SEO firm can scale its services to match your growth, ensuring consistent support through every stage of your business’s development. What About White Hat? You may have heard of white hat, grey hat or black hat SEO. These terms refer to decreasing levels of abiding by rules and policies, white hat being the most ethical and black hat using methods that directly violate the search engine terms of service. White Hat SEO is all about creating content for users, not search engines, and then making that content easily accessible to them. It is more likely to produce sustainable, long-term results. The best SEO services know this, and thus have focused their SEO efforts to providing the most effective white hat strategies. What are these strategies? What should you be looking out for when you want to find high quality companies focused on white hat SEO strategies? Strategies Top SEO Companies Use To Boost Your Business Here are a few strategies an SEO firm will use to give your business a leg up: Link Building: High-quality backlinks from reputable websites are a major factor in how search engines rank your site. The agency will work on building a strong link profile to boost your site’s authority and rankings. Comprehensive SEO Audit: The agency will begin by conducting a comprehensive audit of your website to identify strengths, weaknesses, and opportunities for improvement. This forms the basis of your SEO strategy. Keyword Research and Optimization: The SEO experts will conduct in-depth keyword research to identify the terms your potential customers are using. They’ll then optimize your website’s content to align with these keywords, helping to increase your visibility in search results. Technical SEO: This involves optimizing the backend of your website, including site structure, mobile optimization, and page speed. These factors can significantly impact your search rankings and user experience. Content Strategy: Content is a key driver of SEO. The organization will help develop a content strategy that attracts and engages your target audience, while also aligning with SEO best practices. How Much Do SEO Services Cost? Most companies offer a range of premade service packages, and some offer custom plans tailored to the unique needs of each client. The pricing model used by agencies can also influence the cost. Some common pricing models include: Monthly Retainers This is a popular pricing model where the client pays a certain fee each month in exchange for a agreed-upon set of services. Monthly retainers can range anywhere from $500 to $5000 or more, depending on the scope of the services provided. Project-Based Pricing For specific, one-off projects, many agencies will provide a quote based on the project’s complexity and the amount of work involved. Project-based pricing can range from $1000 to $30,000 or more. Hourly Consultation Rate Some agencies charge an hourly rate for consultation services, which can vary widely but typically range from $50 to $200 per hour. Remember, the cost of SEO services is often a reflection of the value and results you can expect to receive. While it can be tempting to choose the cheapest provider, it’s important to consider the potential return on investment (ROI) that more experienced and proven companies can provide. As with any significant business investment, it’s crucial to do your due diligence, ask the right questions, and compare proposals from different agencies before making a decision. 5 Questions to Ask Before Hiring a Startup SEO Agency Keep in mind, the aim isn’t just to top the results in search engines, but also to draw in the right people and turn them into long-term customers. It’s important that your new SEO partner understands this too. To ensure you make the right decision, here are five essential questions to include in your vetting process: 1. What is your experience working with startups? Startups have unique challenges and opportunities in the world of SEO. It’s vital that the marketing manager at your chosen digital marketing company has a solid background in working with startups, understanding their specific needs, and successfully navigating their digital landscapes. Request to see examples of their previous work with startup clients and the outcomes they achieved. 2. What is your approach to SEO? Every SEO team does things a bit differently. What works for big companies might not work for a new startup. It’s important to understand their perspective on SEO for startups, including how they tailor their strategies to meet the unique needs and constraints of a startup environment. 3. What are your thoughts on the current state of SEO? The world of SEO is constantly evolving, with changes in algorithms, strategies, and best practices. It’s important that your chosen digital marketing company is up-to-date and has a firm grasp on the current trends, foolproof SEO tips, and future trajectory of SEO. 4. What's your pricing like? As a startup, budgeting is crucial. You need to understand the agency’s pricing structure and how it aligns with your budget. They should be able to provide a clear, detailed breakdown of their services and the associated costs. 5. Do you guarantee results? Beware of any digital marketing agency that guarantees specific results. SEO is complex and influenced by numerous factors, many of which are outside an agency’s control. Any agency offering guaranteed results is likely overpromising. Instead, look for an agency that sets realistic expectations and is transparent about the unpredictability of SEO outcomes. 7 Steps To Choose the Right SEO Company Choosing the right SEO agency can seem like a daunting task. However, by following a structured process, you can make the decision easier and more effective. Here’s a simple process to follow: 1. Define Your Needs Before you start looking for an agency, it’s essential to clearly define what you need from them. Do you need comprehensive SEO services, or are you looking for assistance in specific areas like content marketing or local SEO? Are you aiming to increase traffic, improve conversion rates, or both? Having a clear understanding of your needs will help you identify agencies that can deliver what you’re looking for. 2. Do Your Research Once you know what you need, start researching potential agencies. Look for agencies that specialize in SEO for startups and have a proven track record in your industry. Check their online ratings and examine their website and social media profiles to get a sense of their expertise and approach. If possible, get a view of their client portfolio and make sure to read any case studies they might have. 3. Get Referrals Word of mouth is a powerful tool in the business world. Ask your network for referrals. Other founders, business contacts, and even online communities can provide valuable insights and recommendations. Remember, though, that what worked for one business may not work for yours, so always consider referrals in the context of your specific needs. 4. Know Your Budget Before reaching out to agencies, establish a budget for your SEO services. Having a budget range in mind can help you shortlist agencies that fit within your financial constraints. Remember, though, that like many things in life, with SEO services, you often get what you pay for. 5. Ask for Proposals Once you’ve shortlisted a few potential agencies, contact them and ask them for proposals. A good proposal should include an initial assessment of your current SEO status, a description of the services they recommend, and a clear breakdown of costs. 6. Compare Proposals With proposals in hand, compare them side by side. Look at the services offered, the proposed strategy, the pricing, and any additional benefits. Remember, the cheapest proposal is not necessarily the best. Consider the value each agency offers and how well they align with your needs and budget. 7. Make Your Decision Finally, based on your analysis, make your decision. Choose the digital agency that offers the best balance of expert knowledge, services, cost, and alignment with your needs. Remember, this is a significant decision that can greatly impact your online presence and growth, so take your time and choose wisely before making further contact. Your Turn Now you know the best startup SEO firms out there and how to hire them. These agencies are truly top-tier, excelling at helping startups like yours stand out in a crowded digital marketplace. Remember, strong SEO efforts are no longer optional. They’ve become an essential part of survival in today’s digital landscape. A well-planned SEO strategy can ensure your business reaches its target audience, increases its online visibility, and ultimately hits its growth goals. So why wait, you could just be delaying results? Start investing in your business’s future now by choosing to partner with one of the best SEO agencies. The journey to enhance your startup’s online presence, attract more traffic, and grow your business begins with a single step. Updated: August 22, 2024 ### Our Favorite AI Answering Services for SMBs Our Favorite AI Answering Services for Small Business I was recently consulting for a small business when we realized that the only solution that would work for our situation was an AI answering service (full story below). We conducted a search to find the best service, using the following criteria: human-like quality, ease of system setup, AI intelligence, and the ability to schedule appointments. Below are the results of our evaluation, and I'm beyond thrilled with the results. Our Top 3 Quick Picks: Best AI Answering Services List For quick reference without having to read, here are our picks: 1. Rosie AI - Best for Full-Service Customer Engagement (Rosie AI is the service we picked) AI plus human-quality conversation Multichannel: calls, text, chat Seamless CRM and booking integrations 2. Emitrr - Best for Appointment-Heavy Teams HIPAA-ready workflows Books directly into scheduling software Handles multiple calls simultaneously 3. Slang - Best for Restaurants and Hospitality Automates reservations and waitlists Answers menu and FAQ calls Operates as a 24/7 phone concierge Continue reading for full reviews, fitting frameworks, and hiring strategies for your small business. Earlier this year, I was consulting for a mid-sized dental practice with three dentists, eight staff, and a waiting room that was always full. Their front desk was running at maximum capacity, greeting patients, verifying insurance, handling paperwork, and still the phone system wouldn’t stop ringing. I sat in on a Tuesday morning shift and counted over a dozen calls that went to voicemail in less than two hours. Many were new patient inquiries, which, in a competitive area, meant those calls were likely booking with a competitor by lunch. The practice manager knew the problem but couldn’t justify adding another full-time receptionist just to handle overflow. As a solution, we ended up doing an in-depth search to find an AI service that could handle it. Our criteria for our search was human-like quality, ease of setup, intelligence of the AI, and appointment scheduling. We found our solution and implemented an AI answering service that picked up every call within two rings, answered routine questions about services, insurance plans, and hours, and booked new appointments directly into their scheduling system. I worked with the team to load in their FAQs, set up escalation rules for urgent cases, and match the AI’s tone to their warm, professional style. By the end of the first month, missed calls had dropped from nearly 30 percent to zero. New patient bookings climbed by 18%, and the front desk staff finally had the breathing room to focus on the people right in front of them. Below is our list of the top ranked services base on our criteria above. How to Choose the Right AI Answering System Specifically for Your SMB 1. Understand Your Call Volume and Peak Times Before you compare features, get clear on the problem you’re solving. Track your call volume over at least a few weeks, noting peak hours and days. Many SMBs underestimate how much business is lost during short bursts of high activity. A service that charges per call may work for low volume, but it can get expensive during seasonal spikes. For busier operations, flat-rate or tiered plans might be better. The right AI answering service should scale with your busiest periods without breaking your budget. 2. Match AI Capabilities to Your Industry Needs A good AI answering tool should sound natural and handle the types of inquiries you get most often. A dental clinic needs insurance verification questions handled differently from a plumbing service that focuses on emergency calls. Look for services that let you customize scripts, provide industry-specific training, or already serve businesses like yours. The closer the AI matches your workflow, the less manual intervention your staff will need. 3. Prioritize Integration With Existing Tools If your AI answering service can’t talk to your CRM, booking system, or messaging platform, you’ll lose a lot of the efficiency gains you’re paying for. Integration is what turns a call into a scheduled appointment or a logged lead without your staff re-entering data. Whether you use HubSpot, Calendly, Mindbody, or a vertical-specific system, make sure your AI provider has proven integrations (or at least offers an API) so you can connect it to your tech stack. 4. Consider Human Escalation Options Even the best AI will hit situations it can’t resolve, especially when emotions are high or issues are complex. Make sure your provider offers an escalation path to a human, either your in-house team or a live receptionist service. Decide how that handoff happens: does the AI transfer the call in real time, send a voicemail, or push an alert to your staff? A smooth escalation process protects customer satisfaction when the AI reaches its limit. 5. Evaluate Data Security and Compliance Any AI answering service will be handling sensitive customer information, from contact details to payment info. For certain industries, compliance isn’t optional. Healthcare providers need HIPAA compliance; legal firms may need additional confidentiality assurances. Review your provider’s data security protocols, encryption standards, and retention policies. You should know exactly where your data is stored and who can access it. A security lapse can be more costly than any missed call. 6. Look Beyond Cost to Long-Term ROI A low monthly fee doesn’t matter if the service drops calls, frustrates customers, or can’t book appointments. When evaluating ROI, include the value of recovered opportunities, increased bookings, and reduced staff time spent on the phone. The right AI answering service should pay for itself many times over by freeing your team to focus on higher-value work and keeping your revenue pipeline full. The Full List of Top Services Here's the list of all of the top-rated options, as well as the different use-cases for each system. 1. Rosie AI - Best Overall for Full-Service Customer Engagement Founded: 2024 Headquarters: Remote Why Rosie AI Is the Best Full-Service Customer Engagement Solution: Rosie AI was the best ai answering service that we tested. Out of the several services we evaluated, Rosie AI just worked. It was painless to setup, onboarding was remarkably quick, and the quality of the AI voice and logic was superb. It's certainly not for hospital-sized organizations, but it is built explicitly for small and medium‑sized businesses that can’t afford to miss a single call or lead. It works 24/7, handling every incoming call with a human‑like voice, gathering key information, and scheduling appointments directly into your calendar or CRM, no staff needed. You train Rosie once with your FAQs and tone, and it responds consistently and professionally around the clock. It delivers immediate email or SMS notifications with call recordings and transcripts, so you’re never left guessing who called or why. The setup requires almost zero technical know‑how and can be completed in minutes, making it accessible and operational almost immediately. The value for SMB owners is centered around Rosie recovering missed opportunities, freeing up staff, and driving real bookings and conversations, even when your frontline is overloaded or offline. 2. Emitrr - Best for Appointment-Heavy Teams Founded: 2019 Headquarters: New York, NY Emitrr is a system designed for service and healthcare businesses where missed calls mean missed appointments (and lost revenue). It answers every call within seconds, manages multiple callers at once, and books directly into your practice management or scheduling software. For clinics and practices, HIPAA-compliant options ensure sensitive data stays secure. Beyond call answering, Emitrr can handle routine questions, send automated reminders, and follow up with customers via text to confirm bookings. Integrations span major EMRs, CRMs, and online booking tools, so there’s no manual data re-entry. For teams with high call volumes, Emitrr’s efficiency is measured in recovered bookings, reduced no-shows, and more time for staff to focus on in-person customers instead of juggling ringing phones. 3. Slang - Best for Restaurants and Hospitality Founded: 2019 Headquarters: New York, NY Slang.ai was built with hospitality in mind, making it a strong fit for restaurants, cafes, and service venues that get swamped with repetitive calls. It answers within two rings, takes reservations, manages waitlists, and answers common menu or location questions without tying up staff. The system is tuned to sound friendly and natural, with responses tailored to match your brand’s tone. It integrates with major reservation platforms, so bookings made through the AI appear instantly in your existing workflow. For venues that need to handle high volumes of quick, routine inquiries, Slang.ai keeps the phone lines moving and your team focused on serving guests in person. For hospitality operators, it’s not just about saving time; it’s about creating a consistently polished first impression for every caller. 4. Numa - Best for Missed-Call Texting and Lead Capture Founded: 2016 Headquarters: Oakland, CA Numa specializes in turning missed calls into conversations that still convert. When a customer calls and no one is available to answer, Numa automatically sends a personalized text, inviting them to continue the conversation via SMS. This keeps potential customers engaged instead of leaving them to call a competitor. The platform also handles inbound text messages directly, letting customers ask questions, schedule appointments, or place orders without ever speaking to a live person. Its integrations with popular CRMs, POS systems, and booking tools ensure that information collected via text is stored and acted on instantly. For small businesses that can’t always keep someone on the phone, Numa offers a safety net, capturing leads and bookings that would otherwise be lost when the phone goes unanswered. 5. AnswerConnect - Best for 24/7 Live Agent Backup Founded: 2002 Headquarters: Portland, OR AnswerConnect blends AI-powered call handling with a live receptionist team available around the clock. Routine inquiries, lead capture, and message-taking can be automated, but when a situation calls for a human touch (complex requests, urgent issues, or high-value leads), a live agent can step in instantly. This hybrid approach is ideal for businesses that want the efficiency of AI without giving up the reassurance of real human support. Agents are trained on your business’s workflows and tone, ensuring consistency whether the call is handled by AI or a person. For SMBs that operate across time zones or serve customers after hours, AnswerConnect provides a scalable, always-on front line, giving every caller a real response at any time of day. 6. Nexa - Best for Complex Intake With Live Agents Founded: 1982 Headquarters: Phoenix, AZ Nexa specializes in high-touch, complex call handling, where capturing detailed information accurately is critical. Their model combines AI-driven call routing with live virtual receptionists trained to manage nuanced intake processes. Ideal for industries like legal, healthcare, and home services. Beyond answering and routing calls, Nexa’s team can qualify leads, process service requests, schedule appointments, and handle multi-step intake scripts. Calls are logged and synced to your CRM or case management system in real time, ensuring no detail is missed. For SMBs where a missed question or incomplete form can delay service or lose a client, Nexa offers a blend of precision, professionalism, and scalability that’s hard to match. 7. Tidio - Best for Web Chat and Multichannel AI Support Founded: 2013 Headquarters: San Francisco, California Tidio is best known for its AI-powered live chat, but it also offers robust multichannel support that includes Facebook Messenger, Instagram, email, and web chat, all managed from a single dashboard. While not a traditional phone answering service, Tidio can integrate with VoIP systems to ensure inbound messages and calls are handled consistently. Its AI assistant, Lyro, can answer customer questions, capture leads, and route inquiries to the right team member when needed. For SMBs that rely heavily on web traffic and social media engagement, Tidio offers a way to respond instantly to customers across channels without adding extra staff. For businesses looking to blend AI customer service with real-time human support, Tidio is a flexible, cost-effective option that keeps your brand responsive wherever customers reach out. Turning Every Call Into an Opportunity For small and medium-sized businesses, the difference between a missed call and a booked customer can be measured in real revenue. Whether it’s an appointment-heavy practice using Emitrr, a busy restaurant leaning on Slang.ai, or a service company catching leads with Numa, the right AI answering service does more than answer the phone; it protects your pipeline, improves customer experience, and frees up your team to focus on what they do best. The options in this list span from specialized industry tools to versatile multichannel platforms. But if your goal is to combine human-quality conversation with smart automation across calls, texts, and chats, Rosie stands out as the most complete choice for SMBs. It’s built to ensure that every interaction, no matter when it happens, moves your business forward. Choose the tool that fits your workflow, integrate it fully, and you’ll turn missed connections into lasting customer relationships. Updated: September 9, 2025 ### 10 Best Entrepreneurship Communities For Inspiration And Profit The chances of making your first million purely on your own skills are pretty slim. But that’s not a bad thing. Even the best entrepreneurs can't build successful businesses all on their own. Most, if not all, simply get the right guidance and support. They watch, learn, and take inspiration from other experienced entrepreneurs in high-quality communities. They help squeeze every drop of value from available opportunities. In this post, we've listed our personal favorite entrepreneurship communities that provide real value. The Top Communities For Successful Entrepreneurs The Snowball Club Dynamite Circle eCommerceFuel Indie Hackers Hampton Entrepreneurs’ Organization Smart Passive Income SaaS Founders Nomad List The Sweaty Startup 1. Snowball (also called The Snowball Club) Snowball is a place where successful entrepreneurs turn their attention to investing and share knowledge and opportunities. It’s a hub for tech startup founders and other entrepreneurs who’ve made it and are now focused on investing and living abundantly. Founded by Travis Jamison, this private, members-only network is designed for the high-fliers of the startup world. There, members discuss everything from stocks, crypto, real estate, and online businesses to AI, travel, personal growth, and well-being. However, Snowball has a main focus on unique investment opportunities like micro private equity, private credit, and DeFi. What They Offer For a quarterly fee of $300, members gain access to an exclusive platform featuring: Monthly chats with experts A weekly newsletter filled with insights First-hand deal flow information Special offers for members With this community, every participant offers unique deals or opportunities. In return, they tap into a pool of resources shared by others. Not For Beginners Note that Snowball isn’t for beginners still on the startup grind. It’s a space where seasoned entrepreneurs, investors and business leaders blend their journey of financial success with personal development. While finance is the foundation, equal emphasis is placed on personal growth, health, and strong relationships. It’s where you can connect, share knowledge, and gain insights on the things that matter to you. In a nutshell, the Snowball Club is an environment where every member is both a teacher and a learner. 2. Dynamite Circle The Dynamite Circle is a unique startup community where location-independent young entrepreneurs and future founders from across the globe come together. It was founded in 2011 by Ian Schoen and Dan Andrews. Since then, this community has become a hotspot for entrepreneurs who crave the freedom of a nomadic lifestyle without sacrificing business success. With a choice between an annual plan ($499/year) or a quarterly plan ($147/quarter), the Dynamite Circle offers quite an experience. But, not just anyone can join. Your application is reviewed by an Application Committee. What They Offer Once inside, there are plenty of benefits: You’ll meet established founders from various industries and experience levels. Share the common goal of thriving as digital nomads. Get to attend real events, including monthly local meetups in over 10 cities worldwide. Annual Events But the real highlights are the two annual events in Mexico City and Bangkok. These five-day gatherings attract over 300 entrepreneurs and are packed with expert talks, workshops, and mastermind sessions. In addition to these events, the Dynamite Circle offers a private online forum and the chance to join mastermind groups with entrepreneurs. These platforms provide ongoing support and knowledge sharing. That’s essential for any entrepreneur looking to build a business that allows the freedom of a digital nomad lifestyle. 3. eCommerceFuel eCommerceFuel is an elite community tailored for startup entrepreneurs who already dominate the online retail sector. Designed exclusively for owners of 7- and 8-figure eCommerce stores, this group is a goldmine of shared knowledge and networking opportunities. What Makes eCommerceFuel Different Meticulous vetting process, ensuring discussions are always high-quality and relevant. A strict policy on not accepting beginners or vendors, maintaining a focus on experienced sellers.  A vast searchable archive of business-related topics with thousands of new comments monthly. The eCommerceFuel Community Features A detailed member directory where you can connect with over 1,200 successful entrepreneurs by location, niche, or software used. In-depth case studies, a podcast, and a blog providing current insights from others’ experiences. An extensive review directory with over 20,000 unbiased reviews on software, agencies, and SaaS vendors. Member-exclusive discounts on various eCommerceFuel partner services. Local meetups in over 20 cities, adventure trips, and partner conferences. A flagship event – eCommerceFuel Live, for great networking and learning experiences. To join, you must own an eCommerce store grossing over a million bucks and be ready to actively participate in online communities. The membership fee is $149/month. There’s also a special 8-figure tier at $299/month for those with revenues exceeding $10 million. This upper tier offers access to a private sub-group and an exclusive annual event. 4. Indie Hackers Indie Hackers, established by Channing and Courtland Allen, is a dynamic online community where over 41,000 entrepreneurs and startup founders of successful online businesses come together. It’s a place where every member runs a unique company, eager to share their experiences and strategies. This startup community is an incubator of business growth ideas. It’s where global connections are made, and digital conversations evolve into exciting local meetups. It’s also a diverse forum where topics range from marketing strategies to personal interests, creating a fertile ground for collaboration and mutual growth. What They Offer Here, creativity and innovation are at the forefront. The platform offers resources like: A scientific guide for goal setting. Comprehensive support for starting your business. A products section to explore what others are building, sparking inspiration for your next venture. A content library packed with interviews, podcasts, and growth bites, offering insights into common entrepreneurial challenges. In Indie Hackers, feedback, challenges, and wins are shared openly, creating a real-time, interactive learning experience. Follow other members’ projects or share your own, benefit from the collective wisdom, and enrich your skills with the support of a global community. Free But Exclusive Membership is free yet exclusive, requiring an invitation from an existing member. Once in, you’re part of an ecosystem full of fantastic ideas, great partnerships, and hundreds of success stories, all important for startup founders. Whether it’s through local meetups, networking events, or learning sessions, this amazing community is an ideal platform for anyone looking to start or enhance their journey in the online business realm. 5. Hampton Hampton is an elite, invite-only startup community catering to the creme of the crop in the entrepreneurial world. Not For Aspiring Entrepreneurs The community is an exclusive enclave for startup founders and CEOs who have reached significant milestones: $1M in revenue, $3M in funding, or the successful sale of a startup. It was founded in 2023 by Sam Parr and Joe Speiser and now has over 300 members. Hampton operates as a personal board of advisors consisting of founders facing similar challenges and triumphs. What They Offer On joining, you are integrated into a group of eight other startup founders with comparable business sizes and types. This group, guided by an expert executive facilitator, meets monthly. There, like minded individuals exchange their expertise and practical advice. The community doesn’t just stop at discussions. It expands its horizons with learning events like workshops and networking opportunities through monthly dinners and annual retreats. These gatherings open up opportunities to expand knowledge and professional networks, and create meaningful relationships among members. Additionally, Hampton offers: Tangible benefits with popular software companies, tools, and apps. Exclusive perks and discounts with companies like Stripe, Notion, Airtable, Twilio, Bubble, SendGrid, and more. Access to a carefully selected vendor database. Membership comes with a price tag of $8,500 per year, but the value it offers is unmatched. 6. Entrepreneurs’ Organization Since its inception in 1987 by 22 forward-thinking entrepreneurs, the Entrepreneurs’ Organization (EO) has grown into a global powerhouse. It guides business owners past the million-dollar revenue mark not just in earnings but in wisdom and value too. All about Peer-to-peer Networking EO is an oasis for entrepreneurs who have reached or surpassed the $1 million annual revenue milestone. The community offers a unique blend of educational programs, straightforward conversations, and opportunities for personal and professional growth.  Main Feature Offers of EO: Exclusive access to private peer meetings, forums, and global events. A platform to refine leadership skills through local committees, global advisory roles, and board positions. Opportunities for social entrepreneurship, appealing to those who strive to make a positive impact. A VIP pass to over 30 top-tier hospitals in the US, ensuring members’ health is never a barrier to success. As an EO member, you’ll be able to attend strategic programs designed for today’s leaders and participate in regional mentorship programs. You’ll get to truly enjoy a mix of local, regional, and global events. Membership criteria are clear: you must be invited, hold a significant ownership stake, and meet the financial thresholds – crossing the $1 million revenue mark for traditional businesses. The initiation fee is $2,500, followed by an annual fee of $2,470. That’s a small price for the immense benefits EO offers. 7. Smart Passive Income Founded in 2008 by Pat Flynn, the Smart Passive Income (SPI) community is a nurturing ground for aspiring entrepreneurs aiming to build and grow successful online businesses. It’s a global network where startup-phase entrepreneurs gather, united by the common goal of shaping a business that reflects their vision. What They Offer The core of SPI consists of: Access to training materials and participation in mastermind sessions. These resources are key for entrepreneurs who want to learn from those who walk a similar path. AMAs and hands-on workshops, designed to improve skills and provide insights essential for the startup grind and making it big in the online business world. Opportunities for earning passive recurring income by promoting SPI’s digital products. Series of courses on idea generation to brand building. Pat Flynn himself has curated these courses (starting at $199) to provide actionable steps to monetize your passions. A free brand-building course, offering a taste of what SPI brings to the table. The SPI community is a space where you can ask questions, validate ideas, practice pitches, and grow in a supportive environment. It’s about focusing on what truly matters in the realm of online business, away from noise and distractions. Joining SPI involves an application process, followed by a monthly membership fee of $49, or a yearly option at $490. 8. SaaS Founders Peter Loving is the guy behind SaaS Founders – a free Facebook group dedicated to the world of Software as a Service (SaaS). With over 15,000 members, this platform is where founders and executives of SaaS companies come to share insights, seek advice, and connect. To become a part of this community, you need to be actively involved in a SaaS company and answer specific admission questions. That’s how the moderators ensure a focused and relevant member base. The group’s ethos is centered around meaningful, spam-free interactions. Product promotions, beta user searches, and link sharing are off-limits. The goal is to create a space that’s rich in valuable conversations and free from noise. What They Offer Saas Founders is a community under the umbrella of UserActive, an agency known for crafting UX/UI interfaces for SaaS products. So, naturally, the group’s members can all benefit from its valuable resources: A YouTube channel – updated weekly with content diving into product creation and growth strategies. A blog full of insightful articles. A free eBook on product growth. As in other communities for entrepreneurs, here you can ask questions, exchange tips, and gain support on all your SaaS-related queries. Whether it’s through the Facebook group or the additional resources provided by UserActive, SaaS Founders can be your go-to destination for connecting with like-minded professionals and enhancing your SaaS business expertise. 9. Nomad List Pieter Levels’ brainchild, Nomad List is a haven for the modern traveler and remote worker. With over 32,000 community members, it’s a comprehensive platform offering an array of tools and resources tailored for globe-trotters and online business owners. Unlike most online startup communities, Nomad List provides essential research tools allowing members to find their ideal destinations. You can filter by interests, locations, and lifestyles, connecting with like-minded nomads across the globe. What The Platform Offers Detailed city guides. Cost of living data. Coworking space information. Tailored job opportunities. Quality of life index for over 195 countries. This wealth of information makes it an invaluable tool for planning remote work setups and travel itineraries. But Nomad List is more than just a resource hub. It’s a community that thrives on connectivity. Through Slack Pro and Discord channels, members share job opportunities, travel experiences, and current local updates. Additional Perks A sophisticated tracking platform to organize your journeys and track your progress. A Financial Independence Calculator to manage your finances effectively while on the move. Organized meetups in various locations, offering opportunities to connect with fellow nomads in real life through brunches, coworking sessions, and official events. For a one-time fee of $79.99, you gain lifetime access to Nomad List’s suite to make your nomadic life more manageable and connected. There’s even a unique dating section for those seeking companions who share a passion for travel. 10. The Sweaty Startup Founded in 2019 by Nick Huber, the Sweaty Startup is a free community dedicated to empowering startup entrepreneurs in the service-based business sector. With a membership surpassing 120,000, it’s an energetic hub of activity and insight. It’s primarily centered around a subreddit – r/SweatyStartup and an excellent YouTube channel. The r/SweatyStartup community is a fertile ground for discussions on all aspects of service-based startups. Members actively engage on the subreddit, asking questions, sharing experiences, and offering valuable advice. What They Offer Nick Huber, the mind behind Sweaty Startup, further enriches the community with his content. He hosts two weekly podcasts – The Sweaty Startup Podcast, focusing on small business insights, and The Nick Huber Show, delving into real estate investing. These podcasts, along with a weekly newsletter, are treasure troves of fresh perspectives and practical tips for anyone looking to start, operate, or grow a service-based business. Whether you’re seeking guidance on starting your venture or just aiming for business growth, the Sweaty Startup offers a platform to learn, connect, and thrive. The subreddit is a repository of content recommendations and shared wisdom from a diverse, global community. Additionally, the weekly podcasts and newsletters ensure you’re always in the loop with the latest strategies and success stories in the world of service-based startups. What We Look For In Startup Communities A good entrepreneur community is characterized by a blend of elements that foster growth, innovation, collaboration, and support among its members. Here are some key features that make for a good entrepreneur community: Diverse Membership Get together with other entrepreneurs at various stages of their business journey, from different sectors, and with diverse backgrounds, enhances learning and cross-pollination of ideas. Collaborative Environment A culture that encourages sharing of knowledge, resources, and experiences. This includes mentorship opportunities, where experienced entrepreneurs guide the newer ones. Access to Resources Availability of essential resources such as funding opportunities, business tools, and services that can help entrepreneurs scale their businesses. Networking Opportunities Regular events, meetups, and online forums that facilitate connections, partnerships, and collaboration among community members. A good community might offer a Slack community or similar tool for easy commmunication between members. Educational Programs and Workshops Learning opportunities that cover a range of topics relevant to entrepreneurship, such as business planning, marketing, finance, and legal issues. Supportive Culture A community that offers emotional support, motivation, and encouragement, especially during the challenging phases of business development. Innovation and Creativity Encouraging innovation and creative thinking among its members, including fostering a willingness to take calculated risks. Open Communication A platform for open and honest communication, where feedback is welcomed, and members can share their successes and failures without judgment. Global Perspective Inclusion of international members or events that offer a global perspective on business, helping local entrepreneurs think and act globally. Sustainability and Social Responsibility Encouraging businesses to consider their impact on society and the environment, promoting sustainable and ethical practices. These features not only help entrepreneurs to grow their businesses but also contribute to the development of a vibrant, innovative, and sustainable entrepreneurial ecosystem. Your Turn Now that we’ve gone through the best startup communities, the ball is in your court. Each one offers a unique blend of resources, networking opportunities, and learning experiences. Whatever your goal is as a startup founder, there’s a space that resonates with your needs and values. So, take the next step. Explore these communities further. Apply for membership, engage in their forums, or tune into their podcasts. You can even follow some of the best entrepreneurs on social media. Remember, the path to success is often walked together, and these communities are the companions you need to get there. ### 7 Best Business Communities For Founders and Business Owners Entrepreneurship can be a lonely journey. I know, I've felt it myself. In addition to being a life of endless uncertainty, it can be difficult to find solid advice for our non-traditional situations. Good news though is that there are some great communities out there that can help. Camaraderie, understanding, advice, and support. I've been a part of a couple of dozen of these in my entrepreneurial career, and I'm here to share with you my favorites of the group. So, which are the top business communities? My List of the Top-Rated Business Communities: The Snowball Club Entrepreneurs' Organization (EO) Business Network International (BNI) Young Presidents' Organization (YPO) Women Presidents' Organization (WPO) Vistage Alignable Flying Solo 1. Snowball Club Snowball is a business community for entrepreneurial-investors. It's a group (mostly) made up of founders who experienced success before starting to move more towards an investing focus. Because it's not for beginners, you'll find high-level discussion about a wide range of topics. From wealth-building and well-being, to AI and health, to growing companies and investing in private market deals. Investors and Startup Builders The Snowball Club is especially useful if you're into growing your wealth after succeeding in the startup world. You'll find discussion and exploration into unique asset classes like micro private equity, investing in SMBs, private credit, and DeFi. This wealth of insights is pure gold for entrepreneurs and business owners interested in alternative forms of investment and multiple streams of income. Their members are passionate about building real wealth, not just getting rich. This is why discussion is founded on values of health and productivity, and embracing continuous learning and constructive feedback. The community has a no-nonsense policy: it's not for beginners. Geoff, the community’s “chief rainmaker”, personally connects with potential members to ensure a good fit before accepting. It’s one of the best communities where sharing and support are the norms, and every member is both a teacher and a learner. Here's what you get when you join: Engaged hand picked digital community Weekly curated deal flow (the group invests in deals together) Exclusive offers from fellow members Educational sessions with expert guests A relaxed atmosphere of just sharing interesting things. Pricing Snowball is $300 per quarter. 2. Entrepreneurs' Organization (EO) Founded in 1987 by a visionary group of 22 entrepreneurs, the Entrepreneurs' Organization (EO) has evolved into a global network fostering personal and professional growth. It's a place for seven figure business owners to share their value and wisdom, and aspiring entrepreneurs to learn from more experienced people. EO is a community where experiences and challenges are shared, creating a nurturing environment for growth. Their focus on social entrepreneurship underscores a dedication to meaningful business practices, resonating with community members who seek to make a positive impact. For those with a business crossing the million-dollar threshold, EO is a treasure trove of resources. Paid membership opens doors to confidential meetings with peers, where the combination of accountability and support propels your business forward. Imagine diving into forums, global events, and thrilling adventures, all while rubbing shoulders with successful professionals. And it's not just smalltalk with tech startup founders either. Here's what sets EO apart: Unparalleled networking and learning opportunities. Educational programs with a blend of high-quality resources and shared experiences, fostering both personal and professional growth. A VIP access to over 30 top-tier hospitals in the US, ensuring health is never a hindrance to success. Avenues to hone skills through local committees, global advisory roles, and board positions. To join EO, prospective members must be invited, hold a significant ownership stake, and meet specific financial thresholds. For traditional businesses, this means crossing the $1 million revenue mark. Venture-backed companies face different criteria, including funding milestones and employee count. Pricing The initiation fee stands at $2,500, with an annual cost of $2,470 – a small price for the immense value EO promises to bring to your entrepreneurial journey. 3. Business Network International (BNI) Business Network International (BNI) was founded with the mission to forge meaningful connections among other business owners, BNI excels in creating avenues for valuable relationships that transcend mere transactions. Spanning over 70 countries and embracing more than 280,000 members, BNI is irreplaceable for those seeking a global reach with a local touch. Its structured marketing program is designed for finding new clients and nurturing lasting customer relationships, increasing both retention and lifetime value. BNI's brings together members in both virtual and in-person local chapters. Here, long-term relationships are the currency, enabling members to collaborate effectively, generating more sales while minimizing effort and cost. Successful business ventures are about mutual growth – professionally and personally – within a community that values each member’s success as its own. BNI stands out as: A community that’s committed to mutual success and fostering enduring bonds, with opportunities for discovering seasoned private investors. An expansive referral marketing network, spanning over 10,000 chapters globally. A library of exclusive educational resources, including courses, videos, and podcasts, tailored to sharpen your business acumen and networking prowess. To become a part of this influential network, your first step is to immerse yourself in a chapter meeting. Find your potential referral partners, and let the membership committee guide you through the application process. Pricing The entry into BNI's world of opportunities comes at an initiation cost of $199, with an annual fee of $599. 4. Young Presidents' Organization (YPO) Founded in 1950 by Ray Hickok in Rochester, New York, the Young Presidents' Organization (YPO) has grown into a global community, dedicated to nurturing the next generation of business leaders. YPO's ethos revolves around education and world-class leadership training. The organization thrives on its unique structure of local chapters, known as forums, where members engage and share insights and experiences. Additionally, mass conferences provide avenues to connect with mentors and industry experts, broadening the horizons for its members. Being a part of YPO means joining a diverse tapestry of individuals from over 140 countries. The network is an opportunity to dive into the latest industry insights and participate in networking events, all geared toward shaping better leaders. The YPO experience includes: Regular meetings with other business owners provides a platform to learn from influential young CEOs and gain valuable insights. A network of over 25,000 members support mutual assistance and growth. Programs to enhance family unity, ensuring leaders don't overlook their personal lives. Access to online tools and 40 virtual interest-based communities, enhancing connectivity with peers globally. YPO is exclusive to young leaders up to 45 years old, holding titles like President, CEO, or equivalent. The organization sets specific benchmarks for employee count and annual revenue or enterprise value, varying across industries. Pricing Membership involves a one-time initiation fee of $3,975, matched by an annual fee of the same amount. Additional costs apply for conferences and special activities. 5. Women Presidents' Organization (WPO) Established in 1997 by Marsha Firestone, the Women Presidents' Organization (WPO) is a non-profit that unites women at the helm of companies, fostering an environment where shared insights and discussions on business topics thrive. At its core, WPO revolves around the principles of Collaboration, Confidentiality, Commitment, and Connections. With 142 chapters worldwide, the organization offers monthly local meetings, creating confidential spaces that empower and educate women leading multi-million dollar enterprises. Each chapter, guided by a professionally trained facilitator, maintains a dynamic atmosphere conducive to growth. Around 20 women from various industries and backgrounds come together, sharing their experiences and expertise to tackle business challenges and accelerate growth. WPO excels as: A safe space where business topics can be discussed openly and confidentially. A prime institution in increasing the visibility and influence of women entrepreneurs and presidents, thus empowering women globally. A portal to unique events designed for personal and professional development. To join WPO, women must be presidents of companies with annual revenues of at least $2 million ($1 million for service-based businesses). There are five membership levels, each catering to different stages of business success: Platinum Group: For women generating over $10 million annually. Chapter Member: Women leading businesses with specified annual revenues. Zenith Group: Tailored for women with annual revenues exceeding $50 million. Member-at-Large: Similar criteria as Chapter Members, for those unable to access local chapters. Alumna Member: For retired, former Chapter Members. Pricing WPO offers a tiered membership structure: Platinum Group: $5,400/year Chapter Member: $2,000/year Zenith Group: $5,900/year Member-at-Large: $900/year Alumna Member: $900/year 6. Vistage Vistage is a community for CEOs who are keen on honing their decision-making and critical thinking skills. With a presence in over 20 countries, they offer a suite of seven distinct programs, each meticulously crafted to drive sustainable growth and professional development. Tailored to fit various business roles, from Chief Executives to Trusted Advisors, Vistage's programs provide plenty of learning opportunities. These include peer advisory board meetings, one-on-one sessions with executive coaches, and enlightening presentations from industry experts. For those on a leadership trajectory, the Advancing Leader and Emerging Leader programs are particularly beneficial, offering workshops, group meetings, and practical on-the-job learning experiences to refine leadership skills and elevate professional capabilities. Membership in Vistage isn’t just about attending meetings. It’s an investment in your future business growth. As a member, you’ll gain access to a platform that fosters growth, with Vistage member companies often outperforming their peers in the market. Vistage offers a multitude of benefits: Access to webinars and live events, providing invaluable industry insights. Personalized coaching sessions, designed to nurture effective and collaborative leadership styles and enhance organizational effectiveness. Connections with over 23,000 world-class business leaders through local and national events, as well as virtual meetings on Vistage's platform. Vistage is exclusive to Presidents, Key Executives, CEOs, or business owners meeting specific revenue criteria (ranging from $1 million to $1 billion in the last fiscal year). Startups aren’t included in this program. Pricing The financial commitment to join Vistage includes a one-time initiation fee of $2,250 and an annual cost of $10,500. This investment opens the door to a world of growth, learning, and networking, setting the stage for unparalleled business success. 7. Alignable Alignable is a vibrant, cost-free networking community, specifically tailored for US-based entrepreneurs and small businesses. Boasting over 7 million members, most with their own businesses, this community is the digital town square where business connections flourish and opportunities abound. Registration on Alignable is straightforward and free, allowing you to craft a business profile that becomes your virtual handshake. Once set up, the platform enables you to engage with peers in your locality or those in similar industries. This is where like-minded professionals meet, fostering relationships based on trust and mutual benefit, crucial for any business's growth. The platform can also be a great spotlight for your business. Your participation and assistance within the community can translate into recommendations from other members, boosting your business's visibility. This word-of-mouth endorsement is a powerful tool, often leading to fresh leads and valuable referrals. But Alignable's offerings extend beyond networking. The platform is rich with resources designed to hone your business acumen. From a learning center replete with articles and tutorials to insightful newsletters and webinars, the knowledge imparted here is practical and directly applicable to managing and growing your business. Alignable’s vast range of benefits includes: Opportunities to enhance your business’s exposure. A well-crafted profile on Alignable can lead to endorsements and referrals, amplifying your reach. Leveraging the wealth of knowledge available through webinars and the learning center, equipping yourself with the skills needed to navigate the business landscape successfully. Discovering and connecting with fellow entrepreneurs and business owners, building relationships that transcend the digital space. Pricing Membership at Alignable is free on their Explorer plan. They also have two premium plans offering additional perks such as connection credits, profile analytics, and premium support: Regional Plan: $30/year. Regional Plan: $90/year. 8. Flying Solo Flying Solo is a vibrant, supportive community aimed at solopreneurs and small businesses. It's home to over 100,000 members who embody the spirit of independent business. This platform is a treasure trove for those embarking on solo ventures, offering a wealth of resources and forums for meaningful discourse and business development knowledge. Registration is free, granting you access to an expansive realm where like-minded individuals discuss critical aspects of running small businesses. From marketing strategies to financial management, technology updates, and beyond, Flying Solo's forums buzz with conversations pertinent to the solo entrepreneur’s journey. Beyond the forums, Flying Solo enriches its members with a podcast, brimming with insights, and an array of articles and guides. These resources are tailored to expand your knowledge and equip you with the tools needed for people to flourish as small business owners. Joining the Flying Solo online community means: Access to forums covering essential business topics, from technology and marketing to finance, offering a well-rounded perspective on managing a solo venture. A plethora of articles and topics, covering all you need to know to kickstart your business. Pricing Membership at Flying Solo is free on their Starter tier. For those seeking a more immersive experience, Flying Solo’s premium membership opens doors to exclusive events and experiences. This Business Class tier includes a spot in the small business directory, offering increased visibility. Moreover, the “Spotlight” feature presents a unique opportunity to share your business story, amplifying your voice in a community that values each member’s journey. Members of the Business Class plan get access to the reputable “Going It Alone” digital course as well. Your Turn It's clear that the journey of entrepreneurship doesn’t have to be a solitary one. Each of these online communities offers unique benefits, resources, and connections. By joining one (or more) of these groups as a business owner, you gain more than contacts – you become part of a collective journey towards championship and fulfillment in the business world. So, take the plunge. Explore these communities, find your fit, and embark on a journey of growth, collaboration, and success. Updated: April 11, 2024 ### 10 Best Communities For Startup Founders As startup founders, our journey can often feel like a solo trek up Everest. You’re constantly juggling a dozen hats – diving into market research, pulling late-night coding sessions, crafting perfect pitches – all while being the chief problem-solver. Ever wish you had a guiding hand from an experienced mentor? That’s where the magic of the right startup community comes in. In this article, we’re rounding up ten of the best communities for startup founders. So, let’s gear up and explore these entrepreneurial havens together. Our Shortlist of Best Startup Communities The Snowball Club eCommerceFuel Indie Hackers Product Hunt GrowthHackers GrowthMentor StartupNation SaaStr Nomad List Startup Grind 1. The Snowball Club The Snowball Club is more than just a startup community – it’s a powerhouse of collective wisdom, opportunities, and invaluable personal connections for the discerning entrepreneur. This vibrant peer network is the go-to hub for entrepreneurs and those with an entrepreneurial mindset, all united in their pursuit of health, wealth, and abundant living. Not Your Typical Run-of-the-mill Community The Snowball Club explores unique asset classes like micro private equity, private credit, and DeFi, offering insights into unconventional wealth-building avenues. If you’re an entrepreneur-turned-investor, a founder with a history of success, or someone with multiple income streams you’ll fit perfectly into Snowball’s fabric. Their members are drawn to alternative investments and are passionate about building real wealth, not just getting rich. They value a quality life marked by health and productivity and are keen to share their expertise while embracing continuous learning and constructive feedback. It’s not a group for beginners. Geoff, the community’s chief rainmaker, personally connects with potential members to ensure fit and harmony.  Pricing For $300 per quarter (a rate locked in for early members), The Snowball Club offers a treasure trove of benefits. Members gain access to an engaged digital community, weekly curated deal flows, exclusive offers from fellow members, and educational sessions with expert guests. It’s one of the best communities where sharing and support are the norms, and every member is both a teacher and a learner. 2. eCommerceFuel eCommerceFuel is a vibrant community exclusively for seasoned entrepreneurs operating 7- and 8-figure eCommerce businesses. With over 1,200 members, this startup community is a no-go zone for vendors or beginners but a gathering of experienced sellers sharing deep, practical eCommerce insights. What You Get When You Join Joining eCommerceFuel will grant you access to their dynamic discussion forum with thousands of new comments monthly and a vast archive of eCommerce wisdom. Professionally moderated, this space is free from sales pitches and low-quality content. Another benefit is their review directory boasting over 20,000 reviews on everything eCommerce, from ERP solutions to agencies. These are unbiased, real-world experiences from fellow members, devoid of affiliate links or hidden agendas. You’ll also get to connect with a rolodex of 1,000+ store owners, enjoy invites to local and national events, and access member-only gatherings like ECF Live. The eCommerceFuel membership requirements include owning a 7-figure+ ecommerce business, willingness to contribute and share knowledge, and not being a vendor or beginner. There’s also the 8-figure tier, tailored for high-revenue sellers, providing exclusive access to a private discussion area, annual events, and roundtables addressing critical market adjustments. It’s an investment in unparalleled advice and community support, driving growth and success in the competitive world of eCommerce. Pricing The regular membership costs $149/month, billed quarterly, with a $1 trial for the first 30 days. The 8-figure membership is $299/month. eCommerceFuel assures a 10x ROI on membership fees in the first year, with a unique guarantee of a full refund plus an additional $1,000 if this isn’t realized. 3. Indie Hackers Indie Hackers is unique among startup communities. Here young entrepreneurs and future founders of profitable online businesses converge to share their journeys, insights, and strategies. What You Get When You Join Once you become a member, you’re part of a vibrant network of over 32,000 indie hackers, each running their unique ventures and willing to share their experiences. This community is a melting pot of ideas, where global connections are forged and local meetups bring digital conversations to life. Members engage in various topics, from marketing strategies to personal interests, fostering a rich environment for collaboration and growth. They can follow and share their own projects, benefitting from the collective wisdom of the community. Feedback, challenges, and triumphs are shared openly, providing a real-time learning experience. The platform also offers resources like a scientific guide for goal setting and comprehensive support for starting your business. Creativity Thrives In Indie Hackers Navigate the products section to discover what others are building, drawing inspiration for your next big idea. The community’s content library is a treasure trove of knowledge, featuring interviews with members, podcasts addressing common entrepreneurial challenges, and growth bites to assist in the product-building process. Through local meetups, networking events, and learning sessions, Indie Hackers is an ecosystem where ideas flourish, partnerships form, and success stories are born. It’s an ideal platform for anyone looking to embark on or enhance their entrepreneurial journey in the online business world. Pricing While membership at Indie Hackers is free, it’s exclusive – you need an invitation from an existing member to join. 4. Product Hunt Product Hunt stands as a dynamic, collaborative platform where makers, entrepreneurs, and enthusiasts gather to build, exchange reviews, and support each other in presenting groundbreaking products. It’s a space ripe with innovation and creativity. This is ideal for tech startups and future founders discovering new products and ideas, as well as for building an audience as a startup founder. In the Product Hunt startup community, members are actively engaged in reviewing their peers’ products, casting votes for their favorites, and discussing the myriad challenges of product development. What You Get When You Join This platform is invaluable for anyone, offering a wealth of feedback and support from a community of fellow founders. It’s also a place to share your own product-building journey with those on similar paths. Their open discussion forum is a hive of activity where members exchange insights and share tools and software. Launching products can be tough, but in Product Hunt, you’re not alone. You can always leverage the support of experienced founders to refine your ideas and enhance your product outcomes. Product Hunt goes beyond the digital realm with meetups for startup founders globally. These events offer unique opportunities to learn from the experiences of other makers, providing support to navigate and overcome the hurdles that might impede your product launch. Everyone’s invited to participate in local and official Product Hunt meetups to discuss launching strategies, learn together, and have fun. Pricing Signing up is free. 5. GrowthHackers GrowthHackers is a premier global community for business growth professionals, fostering a cross-functional, value-based approach to help organizations scale. Drawing on tactics used by top companies worldwide, this platform is a haven for tech startup founders and those looking to elevate their growth strategies. Creating a personalized network within GrowthHackers is simple and free. By setting up a profile, members can dive into thematic discussions, share insights, and engage with like-minded professionals. This community encourages its members to contribute to moderation, ensuring the conversation remains high-quality and relevant. For those wanting to delve deeper into industry-specific conversations, GrowthHackers offers a premium subscription. What You Get When You Join This grants access to the CRO Premium Room, a private group filled with exclusive content, perks, and specialized support. As a premium member, you’ll get curated content and expert support to enhance decision-making and impact your career trajectory. The trove of weekly content includes email newsletters of top industry insights and live sessions for real-time problem-solving. Exclusive workshops and AMAs with experienced professionals offer in-depth insights. With GrowthHackers, you can customize your feed to follow discussions that resonate with your interests, connecting you with a network of peers in your industry. You’ll also be able to join conferences and live sessions led by successful professionals, offering inspiration and practical advice for overcoming growth challenges. Pricing GrowthHacker’s community is free upon invitation. Their premium subscription costs $239/year. 6. GrowthMentor GrowthMentor is meant for those seeking to navigate the ever-changing landscape of the marketing industry. Born from the founder’s own learning journey, this platform embodies the essence of human connection and active learning. It’s a commitment to fostering a collaborative environment where asking for help and peer-learning are celebrated. At the heart of GrowthMentor are 300+ carefully vetted mentors, each bringing a wealth of experience from various industries. These mentors are more than just guides – they’re partners in your growth journey, offering mentorship and coaching services tailored to your unique needs. They’ll get your ideas validated and provide practical advice to propel your career forward. What You Get When You Join For a monthly subscription, members gain unlimited access to mentorship calls – personalized guidance sessions with experts who understand the nuances of driving growth in top companies globally. The platform’s robust filtering system allows you to connect with mentors who match your specific requirements, ensuring relevant and impactful advice. You can easily create help requests and connect with mentors through a scheduling system in the app. These sessions, conducted via Zoom, Skype, or Hangouts, are gateways to expert help tailored to your queries. You can also opt for monthly 1:1 accountability packages, including weekly coaching sessions, to keep your goals on track and enhance your performance. Pricing GrowthMentor offers three pricing plans: Lite: $50/month (provides 3 mentorship calls/month) Pro: $75/month (for unlimited monthly calls) Team: $200/month (access to reporting, analytics, and GrowthMentor’s core team) 7. StartupNation StartupNation is a great group for startup founders, having nurtured millions of professional journeys over nearly two decades. Founded by Jeff Sloan, a businessman with a passion for sharing knowledge and creating networking avenues, this platform epitomizes the spirit of entrepreneurial camaraderie. Joining StartupNation is a step into a bright, engaging community where like-minded individuals gather. Membership is free, opening doors to vibrant discussion forums and a treasure trove of resources for professionals keen on elevating their careers. This community is a dynamic space for interactive learning, where members tap into the collective wisdom of experts across various fields. What You Get When You Join The platform offers a plethora of learning materials, including podcasts, blog articles, webinars, and interactive guides, all curated by the StartupNation team. These resources are designed to enhance your skills and guide you in transforming business ideas into profitable ventures, essential for both existing small business owners and aspiring entrepreneurs. A Networking Powerhouse Here, you’ll find entrepreneurs from diverse backgrounds, including sole proprietors, home-based business owners, and part-timers. The forums provide a vast stage for seeking feedback, asking specific questions, and engaging in meaningful discussions. There, you can initiate new topics to garner insights and practical advice from fellow professionals. Pricing Signing up is free. 8. SaaStr SaaStr is one of the best communities for SaaS founders, executives, and entrepreneurs, aimed specifically at aiding members to scale their ventures from $0 to $100 million in Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR) using smarter, more efficient strategies. It’s a hub for those who aren’t just running SaaS businesses, but also for those determined to elevate them to new heights. Large Scale Events SaaStr stands out from other startup communities for hosting large-scale events. These bring together hundreds of professionals globally through both in-person and digital gatherings. These events are great for networking and provide immersive experiences designed to foster connections among SaaS professionals. In line with this mission, SaaStr also offers an innovative app that matches individuals based on shared interests, facilitating deeper engagement within the community. What You Get When You Join SaaStr’s resources are extensive, including a vibrant Quora community for daily engagement. For those seeking more in-depth insight, the SaaStr Pro monthly plan is a gateway to advanced leadership training. This membership offers structured guidance to enhance your team’s skills, access to AMAs with industry leaders, and special discounts for events and other member perks. Additionally, the platform offers a rich library of podcasts, videos, and ebooks available to support various growth stages of a SaaS business. Then there’s the access to cross-functional training programs designed to mold better leaders and boost team performance. Pricing The SaaStr Pro plan is priced at Starting at $299/month. 9. Nomad List Nomad List emerges as a vital community for the modern traveler and remote worker, boasting over 28,000 members. It’s a comprehensive platform offering essential information and tools for globetrotters. For a one-time fee, members gain lifetime access to a suite of resources designed to streamline the nomadic lifestyle. What You Get When You Join At the core of Nomad List are the research tools that enable members to pinpoint their next destination. Users can filter by interests, locations, and lifestyles to find and connect with like-minded individuals. From city guides detailing cost of living and coworking spaces to job opportunities and quality of life indices, the platform empowers you to make informed decisions about where to head next. Allowing access to detailed analyses of over 195 countries, Nomad List is awesome for planning your remote work setups efficiently. Even without a membership, you can access a list of cities and basic information, making it a versatile tool for all travelers. Connection Through A Dedicated Slack Community The community thrives on connectivity, facilitated through Slack Pro and Discord channels. Here, nomads share job opportunities and experiences, fostering a sense of unity among remote workers worldwide. The platform also includes a unique twist – a dating section for those looking to find friends or partners who share their love for travel. Another benefit you get with Nomad List is the option to organize your journeys and track your progress through their sophisticated tracking platform. You can also utilize tools like the Financial Independence Calculator to manage your finances effectively while on the move. Pricing Nomads List’s membership costs a $79.99 one-time fee. 10. Startup Grind Startup Grind is one of the world’s largest startup communities, boasting a staggering membership of over 5 million individuals across more than 125 countries. Founded in 2010, this vibrant founders network unites founders, entrepreneurs, innovators, and creators with a singular vision: to foster a diverse, inclusive, and non-judgmental environment where members can learn, grow, and evolve together. Two Flagship Annual Events Central to Startup Grind’s ethos is the organization of local chapters and virtual events across the globe, alongside two flagship annual events – the Global Conference, which includes the Startup Summit, and the Tech Summit. These events are carefully designed to enable founders to network with industry leaders, gain insights from expert speakers, benefit from mentorship opportunities, and engage in interactive workshops and roundtable discussions. What You Get When You Join As the largest startup community globally, Startup Grind members have ample opportunities to find local chapters and engage with peers in their region. The community prides itself on its commitment to diversity and inclusivity, offering a safe space for all members to thrive. Everyone who participates can also enjoy special discounts and offers from Startup Grind’s partners, providing tangible benefits to burgeoning startups. Those interested in becoming a member of the Startup Grind community can choose from: The student membership, tailored for entrepreneurial-minded students. This membership facilitates connections with peers worldwide through virtual events. It offers a rich mix of educational content, mentorship opportunities, and access to potential employers. The startup membership, ideal for early-stage, tech-driven startups. This membership grants access to the annual Startup Summit, a private platform for networking, and an array of benefits including introductions to investors, brand showcasing opportunities, mentorship, and curated content. Pricing Both memberships are free but require an application and acceptance process. Your Turn As shown by these remarkable communities, it’s clear that the landscape of entrepreneurship is as diverse as it’s dynamic. Each community we featured above, offers a unique blend of resources, connections, and opportunities. They’re all ecosystems where dreams are nurtured, challenges are shared, and successes are celebrated. They offer mentorship, learning resources, and a sense of belonging that can be pivotal in your entrepreneurial journey. The key is to find the one that resonates with your goals and values. If you didn't find a community suitable for you in this list, keep an eye on these venture capital blogs for more valuable leads. Remember, no one thrives in isolation. So, take the leap and join a community that aligns with your aspirations. ### 15 Best Investor Twitter Accounts to Follow For Startup Owners As a startup owner, it's vitally important to stay current with the investment world. Funding your startup is the obvious reason to keep tabs on investing accounts, but it's also a great way to stay current in financial trends and market developments. Twitter might not be the most obvious social media platform to do this, but it's really effective. To save you the trouble of trawling through the bottom layers of Twitter, we've listed the top 15 investors on Twitter worth following. Our Selection of Best Investor Twitter Accounts to Follow Travis Jamison Ryan Hoover Brian Feroldi Brad Freeman Xavier Helgesen Bill Gurley Indievc Bob Elliot Patrick O'Shaughnessy Trevor Scott Harry Stebbings Elizabeth Yin Ben Thompson Jason C. Buck VCs Congratulating Themselves Travis Jamison   Travis Jamison is a serial founder turned full time investor. After exiting a couple of bootstrapped startups, he turned from grinding hard to making his capital work for him. Originally heavy in the venture space, he turned his attention back to the SMB acquisition space after realizing the high potential returns in so-called "boring businesses". He claims that the venture space is tapped out for normie investors, and that, paradoxically, the blue-collar physical businesses are one of the few places left with real alpha. Jamison is the founder of the Snowball investing community, as well as the co-founder of CapitalPad, an investing platform where accredited investors can allocate to M&A deals of small legacy companies. Follow Travis for investment ideas, but also fundamental business advice. Ryan Hoover Ryan Hoover's Product Hunt is the online community enabling makers to list their new products and consumers to discover handy tools that could change their workflows. After selling Product Hunt in 2016, Hoover founded Weekend Fund, investing in early-stage startups and writing typically between $100k and $300k. But what makes his Twitter feed such a great follow isn't just his knack for discovering (and featuring) interesting new tech finds.  More importantly, Hoover regularly communicates his thoughts on what makes startups successful, along with advice for making future acquisitions less challenging. Plus, he's often candid with his experience as an investor, which can be particularly helpful to those looking to follow in his footsteps. Have any artists released an infinite album yet? I'm certain we'll see a new format emerge that marries an artists vision and sound with gen AI to produce endless music. — Ryan Hoover (@rrhoover) March 15, 2024  Brian Feroldi Want to learn about investing beyond just random stock tips? Brian Feroldi's Twitter account is a great place to start understanding the financial market as a whole. As an author, investor, and teacher (as well as the person behind the Long Term Mindset newsletter, which has earned the trust of over 90k subscribers), Brian Feroldi has a lot to offer to people interested in building their wealth. What makes his tweets such great reads isn't just that he's willing to share his knowledge and insights for free. But even more, he does so with the help of visuals, making the learning process that much easier and faster. Of course, if you've already started investing in the stock market, you'll understand most of the basic principles Feroldi shares with his followers. Nonetheless, you might still benefit from his insights, especially when it comes to those much-needed reminders to think about the long game and the big picture. Accounting Principles pic.twitter.com/zEv9kk1AIn — Brian Feroldi (@BrianFeroldi) March 18, 2024  Brad Freeman What can you expect to receive from a Twitter account using the handle "StockMarketNerd"? Stock market insights, financial news and superb insights into stock trading, that's what. By regularly publishing on his website, sending a weekly newsletter, and posting daily on his Twitter account, Brad Freeman has created an invaluable, straightforward set of resources in terms of stock market news.  Whether you're interested in learning about company deep dives, potential investing strategies, or personal commentary from someone hard at work building their wealth, Freeman is the person to follow. Of course, you can also use the StockMarketNerd tweets to get some ideas on where to try your luck next on the market. However, if you're going to take on copycat investing, make sure you're also doing due diligence, as blindly following someone else's actions can't possibly be the right path to healthy finances. If a kid makes a few mistakes... you try to forgive them. If a spouse makes a few mistakes... you try to forgive them. If a holding makes a few fundamental mistakes... you cut them loose & don't think twice. Companies do not deserve a shred of our loyalty. Make them earn it. — Brad Freeman (@StockMarketNerd) March 16, 2024  Xavier Helgesen This Twitter account is owned by Xavier Helgesen, the founder of Enduring Ventures, a long-term holding company that aims to buy and build value-driven businesses. Follow this account for tips and insights on financial markets, investing, trading, and entrepreneurship. What stands out about Helgesen's feed is his no-filter approach to commenting on the latest finance-world news, from conveying his thoughts on current developments to sharing his personal experiences with building and running a company. However, if you're interested in a bit less commentary and more actionable tips on building a business, head on over to the feed of the co-founder of Enduring Ventures: Sieva Kozinsky. His tweets deliver a solid mix of investing insights and tips for entrepreneurs, along with some first-rate bread-baking content. Two years to the day later Bolt is down 97%. Common wiped out. Really sucks for these employees. https://t.co/MJvlhP0CZn — Xavier Helgesen (@XavierHelgesen) February 13, 2024  Bill Gurley Looking to fill your Twitter feed with the thoughts of people who have been in the investing game since the mid-90s? In that case, make sure you give a follow to Bill Guryel. As a general partner at Benchmark - the VC firm that funded the likes of eBay, Uber, Discord, Dropbox, Instagram, Snapchat, and many more - Gurley has a tremendous amount of industry experience. However, what makes his Twitter presence so special is that he regularly picks specific snippets of breaking news. Then, he offers his two cents on the topic. The result is a curated collection of advice for entrepreneurs, commentary on ongoing market trends and industry events, and a never-ending compilation of the latest good reads from the tech world.  Two issues I have w this article. The title in the print edition says “Elon Musk Need Not Apply” yet the article mentions they are still in discussion. 2nd, the article doesn’t mention that Starlink is not geostationary. So when sats are over Taiwan, the cost is near free. Also,… https://t.co/vFUJuWIXI2 — Bill Gurley (@bgurley) March 17, 2024  Indievc This is the official Twitter account of the VC fund Indie, built by Bryce Roberts. What can you expect to see on the Twitter feed of a venture capital firm whose homepage only features a burning unicorn head? Well, even though you might think that Indievc is totally opposed to supporting big companies, the truth isn't that black and white. In reality, Indievc is a VC fund that prioritizes freedom. Its founder, Byrce Roberts, firmly believes that entrepreneurs must have the option to choose when and if they want to scale. Moreover, the companies this fund supports all have one thing in common — a strong company culture and an independent approach to shaping the future. This account can be a good source of advice on building customer-centric businesses and raising capital without taking on unnecessary risk. Building @indievc has been a deeply personal experience that has stretched me and my family more than I could have ever imagined. Grateful to be able to tell the story and build the franchise to support the next wave of founders shaping an independent future... pic.twitter.com/sxei4ph9v6 — Bryce Roberts (@bryce) January 1, 2024  Bob Elliot If you're into data and educational content, one of the best finance Twitter accounts you need to follow is Bob Elliot. As the CEO and chief investment strategist at Unlimited Funds and the host of the Bob Elliot Unlimited YouTube channel, this content creator focuses on presenting followers with data and discussing how that data reflects on current market conditions. However, in addition to calling your attention to tiny bits of information that could impact the macroeconomy, the greatest value of Elliot's Twitter account is in the active community. What you'll see with each tweet isn't just a piece of info with one person's commentary. But often, other investors and experts will join in on the discussion, making Elliot's feed an excellent place to gain a more thorough understanding of current economic topics. In the long-term reg changes + steep yield curve will incentivize banks to take down duration risk (h/t @FedGuy12), but the funding is needed now. Dealers have been taking on a lot more duration risk recently and are now back to highs even before duration supply picks up in 2Q. pic.twitter.com/dkdTmXyeEM — Bob Elliott (@BobEUnlimited) March 17, 2024  Patrick O'Shaughnessy Patrick O'Shaughnessy is a partner and CEO at Positive Sum, a venture capital fund dedicated to helping entrepreneurs "do their life's work." But while a quick look at his portfolio offers sufficient testimony to this man's talent for sniffing out a company's potential for success, the reason you want to follow his Twitter account is far more straightforward. In addition to sharing his thoughts on industry news (with a lean toward lifestyle businesses), O'Shaughnessy also hosts a great podcast — Invest Like the Best.  In the show, he interviews some of the most successful investors and business leaders currently active. In turn, this means that his Twitter followers get a much-appreciated heads-up regarding when an episode is about to drop as well as a good selection of main takeaways from each episode. Three excellent essays about investing by @joshtarasoff Wonderful treatment of these beautiful ideas: Positive feedback loops (required) Endgames Implicit vs explicit conviction Self driving portfolios Improvisation at the edges https://t.co/cwplAhxrdl — Patrick OShaughnessy (@patrick_oshag) March 16, 2024  Trevor Scott Want to hear the thoughts of someone who doesn't mince their words on corporate finance? If that's the case, Trevor Scott is the investor you need to follow on Twitter. As the Portfolio Manager at Tidefall Capital, an organization that follows the value-based investment framework, Scott always focuses on the end game.  His tweets are direct, short, and, most often, unexpected. Nonetheless, you can't say there isn't any truth or value to his opinions. So, if you're looking to populate your Twitter feed with a diverse set of voices (as you should), definitely give Scott a follow. $googl is going to be fine, just chill. — Trevor Scott (@TidefallCapital) February 27, 2024  Harry Stebbings If you're into podcasts, you've probably heard of Harry Stebbings, the man behind the 20 minute VC show. And for a guy who went from asking his mother if they could unplug the home phone so he could record a podcast episode in the kitchen to someone who raised a venture capital fund totaling $140 in assets, he obviously knows how to get a project off the ground. If you're looking for investor Twitter accounts with value to offer on everything from personal finance to latest business news, make sure you give Stebbings a follow. Not only will you get reminders about the latest 20VC episodes right there on your Twitter feed. But more importantly, Stebbings is really into sharing snippets of experience. And that means you might just learn a few handy lessons that could help you on your entrepreneurial journey. 8. The Sequoia Brand and What Makes Them Successful Venture is a service provider business. Sequoia has the biggest brand in venture and it creates an amazing cycle. All the great founders, execs, and investors will automatically come to you. When I worked for Sequoia, you… — Harry Stebbings (@HarryStebbings) March 18, 2024  Elizabeth Yin Looking for some unexpected nuggets of knowledge? If that's the case, you definitely need to head on over to Elizabeth Yin's Twitter profile. The co-founder of Hustle Fund and her associates believe that great hustlers look like anyone and come from anywhere. In other words, this investor genuinely believes in democratizing wealth via entrepreneurship.  Yin is great at dedicating her Twitter feed to presenting followers with advice and encouragement. She often posts tips for founders, regularly retweets interesting content, and every now and then, she composes in-depth threads regarding rarely-talked-about topics that can affect startups in unexpected ways. How to hack your way into finding an open VC role: Look for firms that are on the second or third year of their current fund lifecycle. Why? Usually hires happen at new fund launches, which happen ~3 years. You may be able to preempt an open role if you track this. — Nicole DeTommaso 🪄 (@nic_detommaso) March 14, 2024  Ben Thompson Valuable insights for investors and entrepreneurs often come from sources like Ben Thompson of Stratechery, who provides deep dives into tech and media breaking news. His analysis offers foresight into future trends, making his Twitter a go-to for more than just financial advice or technical analysis. Expect updates from Stratechery, podcast links, interesting reads, and personal observations, including experiences like attending the Taylor Swift Eras tour. Reddit Goes Public, Reddit and Evolution on the Internet, The Company that Should Buy TikTok Preview: pic.twitter.com/9jgTjzF0Yr — Sharp Tech (@sharptechpod) March 14, 2024  Jason C. Buck For safeguarding investments and making cautious decisions, Jason Buck is a valuable follow for investment advice and financial insight. Stock traders and active traders pay attention for insightful conversations with people like Richard Brennan. Transitioning from commercial real estate to risk management post-2008, Buck, Mutiny Funds' co-founder, shares valuable insights. His feed includes retweets and comments from fellow investors, updates on his podcast episodes, and engaging discussions with successful entrepreneurs and investors. Fascinating. If I am reading this right, a realize loss leads people to decreasing their bet size as their bank roll decreases (something probably closer to Kelly betting). But, unrealized losses lead to doubling down and doing something closer to Martingale. https://t.co/gfR807KCcv — Taylor Pearson (@TaylorPearsonMe) March 15, 2024 VCs Congratulating Themselves If you're looking for a light-hearted break from the serious world of entrepreneurship and investing, check out "VCs Congratulating Themselves" on Twitter. It's a hilarious account that pokes fun at the self-congratulatory posts of founders and investors. This is probably not the best Twitter account for economic trends or investment advice. It serves more as a reminder to take a break once in a while, and that it's not all so serious. If you ever find your tweet featured, take it in stride, laugh at yourself, and remember to keep your work serious, not your ego. Plus, you might just enjoy a bit of unexpected fame! Should young men look up to doctors, firefighters, and scientists or capital allocators? 🧐 pic.twitter.com/PMXSV5BpK9 — VCs Congratulating Themselves 👏👏👏 (@VCBrags) March 17, 2024  How We Chose These Accounts To Follow We aimed to curate a list of Twitter accounts that would offer the most value to startups and entrepreneurs looking for guidance, inspiration, and investment opportunities. We wanted to go beyond your bog standard Wall Street Journal and find the finance Twitter accounts of people who actually live the investor life, and not the Twitter-life. Here's some of the criteria we used to choose the Twitter accounts for this list. 1. Expertise and Track Record We prioritized investors who not only have a proven track record of successful investments but also possess a deep understanding of the startup ecosystem. These individuals offer not just capital but invaluable advice and mentorship to the companies they invest in. 2. Industry Diversity Recognizing that startups span a wide range of industries, we sought out investors with expertise in various fields. Whether you're in tech, healthcare, education, or any other sector, our list includes thought leaders with relevant experience and insights. 3. Engagement and Activity Level The value of following an investor on Twitter isn't just in the content they share but also in their engagement with the community. The accounts listed here are not only active but also interact with their followers, share insights, and contribute to discussions about trends, challenges, and opportunities in the startup world. 4. Quality of Content We evaluated the quality of content shared by the investors, including their original tweets, retweets, and replies. Our focus was on those who provide actionable advice, thoughtful commentary on industry trends, and transparent sharing of their investment philosophy and decision-making process. 5. Influence and Reach While follower count was not the primary criterion, we considered the influence and reach of the investor's Twitter account. This includes their ability to spark discussions, influence trends, and provide exposure to new ideas, technologies, and startups. 6. Recommendations and Community Feedback We also took into account recommendations from startup founders, other investors, and industry experts. Feedback from the startup community helped us identify investors who are genuinely committed to fostering growth and innovation. 7. Diversity and Inclusion In line with our commitment to promoting diversity and inclusion, we made an effort to include investors from a variety of backgrounds, perspectives, and experiences. This enriches the advice and insights available to startups and contributes to a more inclusive and dynamic entrepreneurial ecosystem. Your Turn From all the social media sites, Twitter may not be the first choice for startup owners to look for community or like-minded people. But the truth is that Twitter is an easily accessible platform for anyone to tap into a wealth of insights from thought leaders. While Twitter can be a valuable resource for investors and startup business owners, it's essential to approach it with caution. Always cross-reference information, avoid getting swayed by hype, and stay aligned with your investment goals. These 15 Twitter accounts can be a powerful tool in your investment toolkit, but never rely on them as the sole guide. Remember to check out or post on venture capitalist blogs too. Updated: March 3, 2025 ### The 10 Best B2B SEO Agencies to Boost Your Rankings The B2B customer journey is a different beast. Trust me, I get it, I've been in the trenches more than once and know what it takes to get those eyeballs. Organic Google rankings is one of THE top ways to get targeted traffic... but the problem is SEO agencies can leave a lot to be desired. Worry not my friend, I've personally tested a couple of dozen of the top agencies out there. I've tested quality of reports, of backlinks, of turn around times, and of honesty. I'm happy to report to you my findings. So, without further ado, just who are the top B2B SEO agencies? Top 10 List of the Best B2B SEO Agencies Company Best For Campaign Size Smash Digital SMB. SaaS, Ecommerce, Agencies, and Content Brands $2500+ Volume Nine Enterprise, Small and Midmarket Businesses $3000+ JumpFly Enterprise, Small and Midmarket Businesses $5000+ SmartSites Small and Medium Businesses $1000+ Directive Consulting Enterprise, Midmarket Businesses $5000+ Ernst Media Enterprise, Small and Midmarket Businesses $3000+ Rainmaker Digital Enterprise, Small and Midmarket Businesses $2000+ Altitude Marketing Enterprise, Small and Midmarket Businesses $5000+ RevenueZen Enterprise, Small and Midmarket Businesses $5000+ 93x Enterprise, Small and Midmarket Businesses $5000+ Smash Digital - Best Overall Smash Digital is an SEO agency that’s all about offering solid, straight-up SEO services, minus the fluff. It was founded by Travis Jamison, who originally used his in-house services to rank his own many businesses before he started offering those services to clients. His companies that Smash worked on included ecommerce brands, two SaaS companies, a handful of content websites, membership sites and communities just to name a few. Through this Smash Digital was able to build up its internal skills in a variety of niches, where they generally think outside the box. In testing it's clear that Smash offers all types of SEO, but they really excel at white hat link building strategies. Especially in the era of AI, perfect content is required, but it's also no longer a competitive advantage. The REAL unfair advantages in SEO comes from having a powerful backlink profile, and this is what Smash is certainly one of the best in the industry with. What sets Smash Digital apart from other agencies is their hands-on approach. They’ve applied the same SEO strategies on over a dozen of their own businesses, demonstrating their ability to dominate search engines. The links that they build are true white hat (not guest post farms like most others), and they are from links that will help maintain top rankings for long periods of time (they get links on sites that you probably already read. i.e. it's super rare). These guys don’t just do a quick run-through of your site and leave you with an overly lengthy report you probably won’t read. They carefully examine your site and let you know straight up what needs tweaking or changing. What They Offer Genuine Link Building: Smash focuses on building authoritative backlinks through personal win-win connections. Bespoke Data-Driven SEO: Every SEO strategy they use is tailormade to suit your particular usecase for maximum impact. Ultra Transparent Personal Approach: You'll get tangible SEO improvements and clear communication about every action taken. Volume Nine - Best in Denver Volume Nine is a Denver-based digital marketing agency that has carved a niche in the B2B sector with its specialized SEO services. Since 2006, they've been helping companies (like FlexBooker, PingIdentity, and TeleSign) enhance their online presence through a range of services including SEO audits, keyword research, content and website optimization, and social media management. I tried out Volume Nine a couple of years ago for a project, and the results weren't bad ASSUMING you don't mind paying and arm and leg for it. What They Offer Tailored SEO: You get customized SEO solutions that align with your unique business goals. Volume Nine excels in understanding your specific market and audience, crafting strategies that are not just generic, but specifically designed for your business landscape. Comprehensive Service Range: They offer a full suite of SEO services, from technical audits to content optimization. This means you can rely on them for all your SEO needs, ensuring a cohesive and integrated approach to boosting your online visibility. Proven Track Record: With years of experience and a portfolio featuring successful collaborations with various businesses, Volume Nine has established itself as a reliable partner. Their consistent delivery of measurable results makes them a safe bet for your SEO investment. Choose Volume Nine if you’re looking for an agency that understands the intricacies of B2B markets and offers comprehensive, customized SEO services with a proven track record of success. Jumpfly - Best For PPC Management JumpFly is a seasoned player in the digital marketing arena, having been in business since 2003 and worked with brands like Harvard Business Services, DePalma Studios, and AED Market. They specialize in SEO, paid advertising (PPC), social media marketing, and Amazon advertising services. They stand out in the crowded field of digital marketing with their commitment to customized strategies tailored to each client's unique needs. In my testing I liked Jumpfly, but in the end they were just too expensive for my budget. I couldn't have a long term focus, which is crucial with SEO. I had to move on to other projects. What They Offer Customized SEO: JumpFly doesn't believe in a one-size-fits-all approach. They understand that your business is unique and requires a personalized SEO strategy that aligns with your specific goals and industry requirements. Focus on Quality Traffic and Revenue: With JumpFly, it's not just about boosting your search rankings; it's about attracting the right kind of traffic to your website – traffic that is more likely to convert into actual sales. This focus on quality over quantity ensures that your SEO investment pays off in terms of real revenue growth. Data-Driven and Results-Oriented Approach: Utilizing cutting-edge tools and analytics, JumpFly takes a data-driven approach to SEO. This means your strategy is always informed by the latest market trends and performance metrics, ensuring the most effective and efficient path to achieving your desired results. In a nutshell, JumpFly offers a blend of personalized service, a focus on impactful results, and a data-driven methodology, making them an excellent choice for B2B businesses looking to enhance their online presence and drive meaningful growth through SEO. SmartSites - Best Rated in America If you're a B2B business owner looking to boost your online presence, SmartSites is a digital marketing agency that should be on your radar. Based on my exhaustive previous research, I knew that Smartsites is known specifically for B2B SEO (for brands like Arcarius Funding, JoTo PR, and E-Valve Technologies), they offer a range of services that cater to improving your website's visibility and driving more business traffic. What They Offer Proven Track Record: SmartSites has a history of success in boosting client revenues and improving organic traffic. Their portfolio of positive client testimonials and case studies speaks volumes about their effectiveness in the B2B sector. Comprehensive Digital Marketing Services: Beyond just SEO, SmartSites provides a holistic approach to digital marketing. This includes services like pay-per-click marketing, social media management, and email marketing, ensuring a well-rounded strategy for your online presence. Client-Centric Approach: Their focus on client satisfaction is evident. They are known for their responsiveness, attention to detail, and ability to translate complex SEO concepts into understandable strategies, making them a partner you can trust and easily collaborate with. Choosing SmartSites means you're not just getting an SEO service. You're getting a partner dedicated to enhancing your digital footprint in the B2B landscape. Directive Consulting - Best For B2B Software Directive Consulting is a performance marketing agency that primarily serves technology brands. They try to cover SEO from all angles, offering services like content marketing, conversion rate optimization (CRO), and technical SEO. Why Choose Directive Consulting? Customer-Centric SEO: They don’t just boost your rankings; they align their strategies with your ideal customer profile. This ensures that the traffic driven to your site is not just large in volume but high in quality and relevance. Comprehensive Service Range: Whether it’s enhancing on-page content, technical backend tweaks, or crafting engaging multimedia, Directive has got it covered. They don't just tick SEO boxes; they provide a full suite of services to holistically improve your online presence. Proven Track Record in Tech: With a client roster that includes big names in tech and over $1 billion in generated client revenue, their results speak for themselves. They understand the tech industry's nuances and how to navigate its complexities in the SEO realm. Remember, in the fast-paced world of tech, staying ahead in SEO isn't just about playing the game; it's about changing it. Most testing showed that Directive Consulting has the expertise, experience, and innovation to not just meet your SEO needs but to redefine them. Ernst Media - Best For SMM Ernst Media is a digital marketing agency with a focus on B2B SEO. They have been in the industry for over 15 years, offering B2B SEO services to companies like Silvertrac, DNSFilter, and Reputation X. Their approach is data-driven and results-oriented, avoiding over-the-top promises and focusing on achievable outcomes. Ernst Media offers a range of SEO services, including keyword research and setting up Google Analytics. In addition to technical SEO, they also handle content creation and optimization, to make your content both search-engine friendly and relevant to your audience. Additionally, their off-site SEO efforts include strategies to enhance your online reputation and presence. What They Offer Customized SEO: They provide SEO solutions tailored to your specific B2B needs, focusing on strategies that are most likely to yield tangible results. Experienced Professionals: Your SEO campaigns will be managed by seasoned digital marketing strategists, bringing a depth of experience to your projects. Reliable and Measured Approach: Ernst Media is recognized as a Certified Google Partner, reflecting their commitment to reliable and effective SEO practices. For B2B businesses looking for a straightforward and effective SEO partner, Ernst Media offers a blend of experience, customized service, and a commitment to measurable results. Their focus on practical and achievable SEO strategies makes them a solid option in your search for a dependable B2B SEO agency. Rainmaker Digital - Best For Writers Rainmaker Digital, the SEO agency from Brian Clark of Copyblogger fame, provides a range of services tailored to boost your online presence and drive business growth. Their expertise spans across strategic content marketing, robust web development, and innovative digital marketing strategies. They also offer unique services through their proprietary Rainmaker Platform, designed to enhance your digital capabilities. What They Offer Audience-First Approach: They prioritize understanding your target audience, ensuring that every SEO strategy is aligned with your potential customers' needs and behaviors. This approach guarantees more relevant traffic and higher conversion rates. Comprehensive Service Range: From SEO and content creation to responsive web development and email marketing, Rainmaker Digital is equipped to handle all aspects of your digital marketing journey, making them a one-stop solution for your B2B SEO needs. Proven Track Record: With a team of seasoned marketing veterans, Rainmaker Digital boasts a history of delivering measurable results and driving growth for their B2B clients. Their expertise ensures that your SEO strategy is both innovative and effective. By partnering with Rainmaker Digital, you're not just hiring an SEO agency; you're gaining a partner committed to your business's growth and success in the digital world. Altitude Marketing - Best For Advertising Altitude Marketing is a full-service B2B SEO agency that prides itself on its integrated approach. They've worked with brands like CenterEdge Software, Boise Paper, and Verista. They offer a range of services including marketing strategy, branding, web development, digital marketing, and more, with a special emphasis on B2B SEO. They cater to businesses in life sciences, technology, manufacturing, and other technical sectors. Why Choose Altitude Marketing? Content-Driven SEO Strategy: Their approach revolves around creating high-quality, relevant content that boosts your online visibility and establishes your brand as a thought leader in your industry. Long-Tail SEO Expertise: Altitude Marketing excels in targeting specific, niche keywords that are crucial for your business, ensuring a more focused and effective SEO strategy that drives quality traffic. Holistic, Integrated Marketing: Beyond just SEO, they offer a comprehensive suite of services that work together to bolster your entire online presence, translating into tangible business results. For a B2B business aiming for long-term, sustainable online growth, Altitude Marketing's blend of technical SEO expertise, content creation, and integrated marketing services makes them a standout choice in the field. RevenueZen - Best For LinkedIn RevenueZen is a Portland-based B2B SEO agency specializes in turning your digital presence into a robust revenue-generating machine. They've worked with brands like Bloomfire, Solvvy, and Syncari. They offer a blend of SEO services that are crucial for any B2B business. Their expertise spans across search engine optimization, B2B LinkedIn marketing, content marketing, and strategic messaging. They're not just about increasing traffic; they focus on driving relevant traffic that converts into tangible business results. What They Offer Tailored SEO Strategies: RevenueZen doesn't believe in a one-size-fits-all approach. They tailor their SEO to align with your specific business goals, ensuring that every effort contributes to your bottom line. Comprehensive Service Suite: From on-page and technical SEO to local SEO and link building, their services cover every aspect of SEO. This comprehensive approach means you don’t have to juggle multiple agencies for different SEO needs. Focus on Revenue Growth: They stand out with their commitment to not just driving traffic but driving revenue. Their strategies are designed to enhance your online presence in a way that directly contributes to your business's financial growth. With RevenueZen, you're not just hiring an SEO agency; you're partnering with a team that's committed to understanding and achieving your business objectives. They bring a wealth of experience and a track record of success in B2B SEO, making them a solid choice for businesses aiming for substantial organic growth. 93x - Best For International SEO Based in New York, 93x is a B2B digital marketing agency that specializes in SEO and paid search for B2B technology, software, and SaaS companies. Their affiliation with Clarity, a global marketing and communications agency, which speaks to their expertise and global reach. They've worked with brands like Bankable, EventsForce, Uniphore, and Cluster Seven. 93x provides a comprehensive range of services tailored to the B2B tech sector. This includes custom-built SEO strategies that are data-driven, PPC & Paid Social campaigns, and web design & UX focused on inbound lead generation. They understand that B2B technology products often require a deep understanding of search terms, content types, and user intent at different stages of the buyer's journey, making their services particularly valuable for niche B2B technology sectors. What They Can Offer You Deep Industry Insight: 93x stands out for its profound understanding of the B2B technology landscape. They recognize the complexities and specificities of B2B tech products, ensuring that your SEO strategy is not just generic but tailored to your industry's nuances. Data-Driven Strategies: At 93x, decisions are backed by data. Their SEO is built upon thorough research, data analysis and technical SEO audits. Award-Winning Expertise: Their recognition at the Digital Impact Awards for 'Best Use of SEO' speaks volumes about their capability. When you work with 93x, you’re partnering with an agency that has a proven track record of delivering results. In a market crowded with generalist agencies, 93x offers a laser-focused approach to B2B SEO, making them a prime choice for technology companies seeking growth through digital channels. Your Turn B2B SEO agencies can be a massive help in increasing traffic and business and getting you on top of the search engine results pages. With this list of top SEO agencies, you have a good starting point for choosing the right SEO agency for your B2B business. And if you're running an Amazon ecommerce business, remember to check our list of PPC agencies. Search engines are great for highly targeted organic traffic, and if your B2B company isn't taking advantage of it, you might be losing out. ### 10 Best Investors to Follow - All Alpha, No Fluff Investing is HARD. Even if you had all the time in the world, it's tough to match the experience and skill of investing legends. So why not follow in the footsteps of the successful investors who have already made it? If you wish to increase your net worth, here's a list of the ten best investors to follow for advice and inspiration. The Best Investors to Follow Online Most successful investors tend to stay out of the limelight (Warren Buffett being the exception.) Here are the ten investors you need to become familiar with. Each with a different investment philosophy and investment strategy, you're bound to get value from following them. #1 - Reid Hoffman   If you look at his bio alone, you'll quickly realize that Reid Hoffman is one of the world's leading consumer internet and software experts. His career path started impressively enough with working for Apple and Fujitsu. From there, he moved on to become the COO of PayPal. In 2002, he co-founded LinkedIn. And later on, he became a founding investor in Open AI and his own startup, Inflection AI. From this data alone, it's safe to say Hoffman holds a wealth of experience. But that's not all. Having played a key role in helping companies like Facebook and Airbnb succeed, it's clear that this investor knows how to spot potential and help transform it into a successful business. What's so impressive about Hoffman's online presence is that he readily shares his insights, advice, and mentorship. So, if you're looking to learn something from one of the biggest names in tech of the past two decades, make sure to check out his podcast, Masters of Scale, as well as subscribe to his biweekly LinkedIn newsletter on technology, Long Reids. #2 - Naval Ravikant As the co-founder and former CEO of AngelList, Naval Ravikant's name has become synonymous with entrepreneurial wisdom and success. Having invested in organizations like Twitter, Uber, Foursquare, and Wish.com during the seed stage, it's evident that his knack for recognizing growth potential is unparalleled. But what sets Ravikant apart from other investors is that he's not just happy to share his wisdom and insights in the business world. But even more, he regularly publishes content centering around mindfulness strategies for building wealth instead of just making money. The best place to follow Ravikant is, of course, on his official website Nav.al. However, if you're interested in bite-sized bits of information and inspiration, check out his Instagram, where he posts much more regularly. Travis Jamison As an investor who started out as a serial entrepreneur (and still goes back and forth between the two roles based on available opportunities), Travis Jamison knows what it's like to have skin in the game. He founded and built up several small businesses — Saas, ecommerce shops, health products, and his marketing agency. He experimented with every type of investment out there. And in the end, he concluded that none of the existing options worked for him personally. Travis steered away from more speculative investments, and instead doubled-down on cash-flowing assets. Specifically SMBs. Towing companies, dry cleaners, HVAC, painting companies, etc. Assets that have proven themselves over decades and pay healthy cash distributions. He combined his investments into the SMB investing platform CapitalPad, which offers search fund and independent sponsor deals to other accredited investors. So, if you're an intelligent investor looking for to avoid the speculative hype, check out Travis' social profiles. They're a great source of valuable info. His Twitter LinkedIn And his investing community Chris Sacca If you're solely interested in building wealth and making money, you'll do well enough by keeping up with the likes of Warren Buffett or George Soros. However, if you believe there's more to investing than solely making profits, try to keep tabs on Chris Sacca. Sacca made his wealth in the late 2000s and early 2010s when he left a position at Google to pursue angel investment opportunities. Then, he became one of the most famous investors when he famously appeared as a recurring guest on Shark Tank. And, if TV stardom wasn't enough to testify to his expertise, consider that some of his most famous investments include Photobucket, Twitter, Instagram, Uber, Twillio, and Kickstarter. In 2017, Sacca retired from venture capital to focus on media appearances and personal pursuits. He made it his mission to educate audiences about the more personal aspects of investing. And he has built a reputation as a financier who follows his heart and purpose. So, it is no surprise that, in 2020, he decided to come out of retirement, launching the Lowercarbon Capital fund that aims to back eco-oriented companies to help them "unf**k the planet." Check out his Twitter or blog. Liz Ann Sonders Liz Ann Sonders as shown on this Investment News article. Data and insights are exceptionally valuable for investors looking to make the right calls. So, if you’re looking for voices that can enlighten your financing decisions, it’s not a bad idea to follow someone willing to share that data. Liz Ann Sonders is the chief investment strategist at Charles Schwab. However, what makes her stand out from her peers is her readiness to share her findings with anyone interested. Not only does she actively share findings on Twitter and LinkedIn. But even more, she adds her commentary to the posts, making it easy for anyone to understand their implications. Plus, she’s a co-host of the On Investing podcast, a great resource for economic news and their impact on your portfolio. Fred Wilson If you're looking for someone you can rely on to share their knowledge and do so often, Fred Wilson is an excellent investor to follow for advice and inspiration. As a venture capitalist, Wilson made his name in 2004 when he started Union Square Ventures. With this firm, he heavily invested in Web 2.0 companies (including Twitter, Tumblr, Kickstarter, Etsy, etc.). And if these projects weren't enough to show how good he was at sniffing out potential, consider that Wilson also co-led Coinbase's Series A funding back in 2013. However, what makes Fred Wilson one of the best investors to follow for advice and inspiration is that he actively shares his insights on a (almost) daily basis on his blog AVC - Musings of a VC in NYC. Adding his blog to your RSS feed is guaranteed to unlock some valuable insights about tech. But even more, it can be a valuable source of information regarding the ins and outs of venture capital. Jessica Livingston Any team, company, or organization is only as strong as its people. And nobody understands this as well as Jessica Livingston. It doesn't matter whether you're an entrepreneur trying to understand investing or an investor looking to gain a better idea of what it takes to lead a company. If you want a solid source of insights and inspiration, you must add the co-founder of Y Combinator to your radar. After all, the startup accelerator was behind companies like Airbnb, Doordash, Dropbox, Reddit, Stripe, and Twitch. What's so impressive about Livingston's approach to sharing her knowledge is that she doesn't just give behind-the-scenes glimpses into the investor life. But even more, she puts a heavy emphasis on the personal side of investing to share what it actually takes. A good place to follow Livington is on Twitter where she is fairly active. However, the best place to access her insights is on her podcast, The Social Radars. Or you can read her book Founders at Work, which comprises personal interviews with some of the world's biggest tech giants. Tim Draper To say that Tim Draper is a visionary would be an understatement. With a successful investing career that includes names like Tesla, Skype, SpaceX, and Coinbase, it's clear that this investor understands tech and where the world is going. However, the main reasons Draper stands out from the crowd include his ability to predict future trends and his belief in the transformative power of tech. After all, he was one of the first champions of Bitcoin. And his most recent investments in companies that use AI, blockchain, and computational genomics show his future-oriented outlook. So, if you're looking for someone whose portfolio you can copy for great returns, Draper is an excellent contender. However, his advice is even more valuable if you're an entrepreneur, especially as he's super committed to helping great ideas become reality. Keep up with Draper on Twitter, check out his pre-acceleration program at Draper University, or get a copy of his book How to Be The Startup Hero: A Guide and Textbook for Entrepreneurs and Aspiring Entrepreneurs. Bill Ackman Bill Ackman, as shown on the CNBC article here. Bill Ackman is a hedge fund manager who currently runs the Pershing Square Capital Management hedge fund, managing over $16 billion in assets. He's easily one of the top 10 investors in the US, and has a massive social following. However, a few factors make this investor such a fascinating figure. First and foremost, his hedge fund returned 288% last year, which goes way beyond market beating returns. Secondly, his portfolio is concentrated on just seven stocks (with Alphabet and Chipotle accounting for 34% of all his investments. Thirdly, Ackman has a strong understanding of the stock market and an unmatched ability to find unexpected profitable opportunities, leading to his consistent investment success. And finally, he stands out from his peers thanks to his activist approach, showing that he's more than willing to bring his dreams to fruition. What's great about following Ackman is that he's one of the most transparent figures in finance right now. Not only is he active on Twitter. But even more importantly — especially if you're trying to find investors to learn from, not just copy — he's candid about his failures, which is not something you'll often encounter in the finance world. Benjamin Graham Finally, as you explore investors to follow for advice and inspiration, don't forget that some of the most valuable lessons come from the past. Therefore, you shouldn't even think about starting your investment journey without becoming acquainted with Benjamin Graham's philosophy. The legendary investor Benjamin Graham is often called the "father of value investing" thanks to his dedication to emphasizing the difference between the price of a stock and the value of its underlying business. Essentially, Graham was strongly against the practice of speculative investing, believing instead that investors need to seek intrinsic value when exploring opportunities. His works include two books, Security Analysis and The Intelligent Investor, both of which are required reading for new investors at many investment firms around the world. So, regardless of whether you want to turn investing into a full-time career, a source of passive income, or just want to learn more about finance as an entrepreneur, they're excellent titles to add to your reading list. The Fidelity Magellan Fund The Fidelity Magellan Fund is one of the most successful mutual funds. But what exactly is this fund, and why is it on a list of investors to follow? Launched in 1963, the Fidelity Magellan Fund made a name for itself as one of the most well-known actively managed mutual funds. It gained significant fame under the stewardship of Peter Lynch, who managed the fund from 1977 to 1990. Under Lynch's management, the fund not only grew in size but also outperformed the market consistently, a feat that cemented its status in the investment world. The fund is known for its active management style, meaning that its portfolio managers actively select stocks and other securities with the goal of beating the market, rather than just matching a market index. This approach involves thorough research and analysis to identify companies with strong growth potential. Throughout its history, the Fidelity Magellan Fund has been characterized by a flexible investment strategy. It doesn't restrict itself to companies of a certain size or in a specific sector. Instead, the fund has been known to invest in a wide range of companies, from well-established industry leaders to emerging players, across various sectors. This flexibility allows the fund to adapt to changing market conditions and to seek opportunities wherever they may arise. Why Follow Established Investors? The most efficient way to multiply your wealth is investing. Copycat or coattail investing is a strategy that involves replicating the investing activities of famous or successful investors. It has been gaining popularity recently, and it's no surprise considering that 58% of U.S. households owned stocks in 2022. Moreover, research shows that people are starting to invest earlier. This is, in part, due to the popularity and abundance of FinTok content. And it's safe to say that the wide availability of investment platforms has made it super easy for anyone to start making money by investing in stock. So, why do people look at established investors to base their financial decisions on? In addition to the fact that these people's success already speaks in their favor, there are several other benefits to following in their footsteps — especially if you're just getting started. For one, taking inspiration from more experienced investors could help you identify emerging trends and potential growth areas. Moreover, you could use this strategy to pick up advanced tips and tricks while starting out. And, of course, you can also learn from the actions of these finance gurus by looking at things not to do, as this will be of huge help in preventing you from losing your hard-earned money. Elements Famous Investors Have In Common What does it take to be a successful investor? While there's no one-size-fits-all answer, some common characteristics seem to give many top investors an edge. Let’s take a look at what these are. Patience and Discipline The best investors aren’t looking for quick wins; they’re in it for the long haul, understanding that real growth takes time. They also never stop learning. Whether it's new market trends or economic theories, these investors are always updating their knowledge. Risk Management Skills Successful investors know how to balance the potential for high returns with the risk of losses. They’re also great at analyzing data, from financial reports to market indicators, helping them make informed decisions. Flexibility and Adaptability The best investors adapt their strategies as needed, always staying one step ahead. They think for themselves, too, often finding hidden gems that others overlook because they're not afraid to go against the crowd. Despite the ups and downs of the market, these investors keep their emotions in check, avoiding rash decisions based on fear or greed. They have a clear investment strategy that guides their choices, which helps a lot in maintaining focus and direction. Networking Skills Finally, they network with other investors and entrepreneurs who can provide them with valuable insights. While each successful investor has their own unique approach and style, these traits seem to be the common denominators in many of their stories. It’s not about being perfect, but about having a solid foundation that guides your investment decisions. Investment Strategies Used By Most Successful Investors When we look at the world of successful investing, it's clear that there's no magic formula. However, top investors often share some strategies that have helped them achieve their goals. Let’s explore what some of these are. Diversification It's like the old saying, "Don't put all your eggs in one basket." By spreading investments across various assets, sectors, or geographies, these investors can reduce their risk. If one investment goes down, another might go up, balancing the overall portfolio. Value Investing A value investor looks for undervalued companies, stocks or assets that have strong potential for growth. It's like bargain hunting, but for investments. Growth Investing Here, investors focus on companies that show potential for above-average growth, even if their stocks are already expensive. The idea is that these companies will continue to grow and the investment will pay off over time. Income Investing This strategy is especially popular among those who want a steady income from their investments. This involves focusing on securities that pay dividends or interest, providing regular income to the investor. Contrarian Investing Then there's going against market trends. When everyone is selling, contrarians are buying, and vice versa. It's a high-risk, high-reward strategy that requires a lot of confidence and market knowledge. Buy and Hold They invest in companies they believe in and hold onto these investments for a long time, regardless of short-term market fluctuations. It’s important to note that these strategies require not only a deep understanding of the market but also a clear awareness of one’s investment goals and risk tolerance. The top investors blend these strategies with their personal insights and experiences, creating a unique approach that works for them. Remember, what works for one investor might not work for another, so it's all about finding the strategy that aligns with your own financial goals and comfort level. Your Turn There you have it, our top ten favorite investors to follow for advice and inspiration. As you can see, this list consists of a diverse set of voices, and you'll likely find one whose investment philosophy aligns with yours. Whether you choose to do some copycat investing, learn from the works they've published, or study their portfolios to avoid their mistakes is entirely up to you. However, as you seek inspiration and guidance, you must remember that blindly following anyone isn't exactly a recipe for success. So, while you keep up with the activities of the gurus featured in this article, remember to always do your due diligence. Don't fall into the trap of blindly following trends. Be patient while waiting for returns. And don't be afraid to roll up your sleeves, as sometimes, the profitability of an investment opportunity entirely depends on your willingness to turn it into a success. Updated: March 3, 2025 ### Top 20 Venture Capital and Angel Investor Twitter Accounts To Follow What if you could read the minds of the most successful venture capitalists? You could tap directly into their wisdom and expertise, gain valuable insights into their investment strategies and keep up with the early investment game. You can. Just follow them on the platform previously known as Twitter. Here’s a roundup of the top 20 venture capital and angel investor accounts you should follow on Twitter. @HarryStebbings - Harry Stebbings Harry Stebbings is a venture capitalist from the UK, famous for his “The Twenty Minute VC” podcast, which he started with just $50 and zero contacts in the industry. Since then, he has produced over 2,850 episodes with some of the biggest names in business, most recently with Brian Halligan, the co-founder of HubSpot. He launched his own VC fund back in 2020, called 20VC. Some of his most notable investments include Linktree and Athenian. In 2019, he made it onto the Forbes 30 Under 30 in Europe list in the finance category.  On his Twitter profile, he provides behind-the-scenes glimpses into the life of a VC, and shares inspirational stories of investments and business development deals. Sometimes people say WTF, you have a podcast and then raised $140M. What no one sees; 2,850 episodes recorded. 7 years without a weekend off. Countless missed birthdays and family occasions. Overnight success, I think not. 😂 — Harry Stebbings (@HarryStebbings) September 17, 2021  @indievc - Indievc Indievc is a smaller Twitter account that shares motivational and inspirational posts in the venture capital space. They quote major publications and smaller influencers to get important conversations started.  They are great at shining a light on the flaws of the VC landscape, and will really make you think. Just because a trend is really taking off, does it mean you need to jump on it immediately? Give them a follow if you are looking for a sound niche voice in your feed. For example, you will come across a gem like this that you aren’t all that likely to see from some of the bigger account in the space: Sent privately from one of the most active angels in the game “I’m so over the capital being pushed into so many companies with the expectation to build at a pace that will just kill them. It makes zero sense! Most of those investors don't even understand the actual business!” — indievc (@indievc) May 17, 2018 @ganeumann - Jerry Neumann Jerry Neumann is the venture capitalist behind Neu Venture Capital, where he invests in and advises early-stage companies. He was named one of the 100 best early-stage investors by Business Insider.  You can attend his courses on entrepreneurship and innovation at Columbia Business School.  He has worked at Deloitte and IBM, and he used to run the venture capital division of the Omnicom Group. He is also the co-author of “Founder Vs Investor: The Honest Truth About Venture Capital from Startup to IPO”. You can read more of his stuff on his blog, Reaction Wheel.  His Twitter profile is home to some very clever insights you should definitely check out. Case in point: OK. V4 (and last iteration on Twitter). Pretty happy with this except the leaves are overlapping and necessarily incomplete. Thank you for the help pic.twitter.com/8h0zg0Cp01 — Jerry Neumann (@ganeumann) June 24, 2019  @Travis_Jamison - Travis Jamison Repeat founder turned full-time investor & part-time wisdom seeker. He's the owner of Smash Digital, Investing.io and several other companies, with partnerships in countless others. Travis Jamison's career trajectory has taken him from being an entrepreneur managing various businesses to an investor who now focuses on more involved and strategic forms of investment, particularly through Smash.vc and Investing.io. The community he fosters here is aimed at venture capitalists or other like-minded individuals who share a passion for the intersection of entrepreneurship and investing. Like this one: On BTC ETFs and the expected inflows. For weeks I've been saying: > "and how is that not already priced in?" Looks like it was. Markets front-ran it all. It's not enough to ask "will this create more inflows?" You have to ask "and who doesn't know that?" 2nd level thinking pic.twitter.com/ku0bPYSkmK — Travis Jamison (@Travis_Jamison) January 24, 2024  @VCBrags - VCs Congratulating Themselves  VCs Congratulating Themselves share news, jokes, puns and motivational posts from other VCs and entrepreneurs.  They are run by the team behind Brags Ventures, a VC firm with a great sense of humor.  If you are looking for a laugh or want to kill some time between meetings, their profile is a great space to do it in. You will also unintentionally pick up quite a few useful pointers about time management, overcoming challenges and dealing with snide comments.  They currently have just over 235K followers, so you are highly likely to come into contact with useful contacts in the venture capital space.  Plus, you can try out others’ deal closing tactics as well: 👏 pic.twitter.com/NtQBQ7B5Ec — VCs Congratulating Themselves 👏👏👏 (@VCBrags) July 10, 2023 @dunkhippo33 - Elizabeth Yin Elizabeth Yin is the co-founder of Hustle Fund, an early-stage VC fund investing in hilariously-early founders, as they themselves would put it. They are the creators of Angel Squad, which teaches regular people how to angel invest.  She calls herself an entrepreneur-investor, and offers lots of useful advice on starting and running a tech startup on her blog and her Twitter.  If you want to follow someone honest and real who isn’t going to sugarcoat the life of an entrepreneur and investor for you, she’s a great choice. You’ll learn a lot about the day-to-day struggles and how best to overcome them. Generative AI -- hype or the real deal? Now or in 5 years? I thought I'd do a super deep dive on this over the holidays by becoming a cartoonist. Plus: what AI company would I start based on these findings? Read on >> — Elizabeth Yin 💛 (@dunkhippo33) January 24, 2024 @zachcoelius - Zach Coelius Zach Coelius is a venture capitalist and angel investor. He is a managing director at Coelius Capital, which primarily invests in B2B software companies. However, he’s happy to look at anything, especially if it’s unusual and weird, as he himself would put it.  He is well-known for the user manual he wrote for anyone who wants to approach him. His Rolling Fund allows new investors and angels to become a part of his funds.  On his Twitter profile, he is honest and sometimes brutal. He talks about all things VC, offering valuable advice, and speaks out about current issues in his hometown of San Francisco.  Fyi. Shit is getting really ugly in the venture capital markets. Firms are walking from signed term sheets. The new multiples from the public markets are ripping through the late cycle insanity of the last year. As of today it's looking quite bad. — Zach Coelius (@zachcoelius) May 20, 2022 @rrhoover - Ryan Hoover Ryan Hoover is most widely known as the founder and CEO of Product Hunt. He is also the founder of Weekend Fund, an early stage fund backing your next favorite thing, to pun the Product Hunt value proposition.  He also writes for Signature Block, a newsletter for anyone interested in starting a fund or becoming a full-time investor.  His Twitter profile is home to lots of personal insights and experiences, and you’ll have a lot of fun following someone as successful on their journey. Don't overthink it pic.twitter.com/iGKXvRLZOv — Ryan Hoover (@rrhoover) July 10, 2023 @eladgil - Elad Gil Elad Gil is an early stage tech VC with an impressive tech resume. He used to work at Google, he used to be a VP at Twitter after they acquired Mixer Labs, a company he co-founded. He has invested in major companies and is advisor to the likes of Airtable, Figma, Pinterest and Stripe.  He is also currently working with a lot of AI companies.  He is the author of the High Growth Handbook: Scaling Startups from 10 to 10,000 People. His Twitter profile is a goldmine of useful information for any founder or investor. You’ll certainly pick up a lot of nuggets from him. A founder I know was going to meet with a big name and asked for advice for meeting. Tips 1. Start the meeting with agenda so person realize you will make good use of their time & show you prepped 2. Come with something useful for them. Intro they may not have within your… — Elad Gil (@eladgil) December 18, 2023 @DavidSacks - David Sacks David Sacks is an entrepreneur and investor, currently the general partner and co-founder of Craft Ventures, B2B software investors.  He is the former COO of PayPal and the founder and CEO of Yammer. His most famous angel investments include Uber, SpaceX and Facebook.  His Twitter profile is a great place to go for comments and latest industry news in the tech and SaaS spaces, but he won’t shy away from expressing his opinion on the current political situation or whatever Elon Musk is doing.  When @elonmusk made necessary business changes at Twitter, the media reacted with hysterical melodrama: he was “starving” employees; the site was facing “imminent collapse.” But when Twitter Files exposed state censorship and Hamilton68 fraud, they react with defeaning silence. — David Sacks (@DavidSacks) January 30, 2023 @kirstenagreen - Kirsten Green Kirsten is the founder of Forerunner Ventures and has spearheaded efforts to raise more than $2B to be invested in over 150 companies, including Dollar Shave Club and Warby Parker. She has a keen eye for spotting up-and-coming e-commerce and consumer brands. As her tagline says, she’s fascinated with consumer behavior, so her tweets revolve around these sectors, making her Twitter account a goldmine of tips, tricks, and advice for e-commerce entrepreneurs.   1/ We @ForerunnerVC see a new category emerging, the Digitally-Native Franchise — a play on the historic franchise model but reinvented with tech & AI driven platforms for solopreneurs to grow their own businesses with structure and support to drive success. — Kirsten Green (@kirstenagreen) June 9, 2023  @dannyrimer - Danny Rimer  Danny Rimer is a Swiss-born VC investor and co-founder of Forerunner Ventures. He topped the Forbes’ Midas List Europe in 2022 thanks to being one of the largest financial backers of Figma, a collaborative design tool valued at $20 billion the same year. Danny’s other notable investments include Dropbox, Etsy, Farfetch, and Patreon. His Twitter is brimming with meaningful conversations about starting and building a tech startup, the corner stones of the modern venture capital community.  Enjoyed our conversation @cookie, thank you!. These current market conditions will push founders and VCs alike to readjust expectations, but long term will position the entire ecosystem for another sustainable 10-year run https://t.co/TB3q2IuSwH — danny rimer (@dannyrimer) July 18, 2022 @pmarca - Marc Andreessen A serial entrepreneur and co-founder of Andreessen Horowitz, a renowned VC company, Marc is one of the internet pioneers. He’s a co-author of Mozaic, the first web browser with a graphical user interface, and co-founder of Netscape, a popular browser in the 1990s. As a software engineer, his feed is packed with tech and AI-oriented resources, but he’s no stranger to sharing some first-hand entrepreneurial tricks of the trade.  Mosquito nets are a triple threat -- dangerous to people, dangerous to fish, and dangerous to fishing ecosystems and the communities they feed. https://t.co/Zw0Igq7eMs https://t.co/kuiDeSrhEA pic.twitter.com/0cHtJfjA6m — Marc Andreessen 🇺🇸 (@pmarca) January 20, 2024 @fredwilson - Fred Wilson  Fred Wilson started his VC journey back in 1986. He’s the co-founder of Union Square Ventures, famous for backing giants like Twitter, Tumblr, and Foursquare. You'll find VC musings and business advice on both his Twitter feed and his blog, AVC. Similarly, his tweets are a collection of personal and curated content on diverse business and investment topics.  "A bad pitch is one where you do all the talking. A good one is where the investors are tripping over themselves to ask questions. So what does this imply? Keep your pitch geared towards being intriguing rather than trying to answer every question upfront." Entire post below: https://t.co/mkUe9X92py — Fred Wilson (@fredwilson) May 14, 2021 @TimDraper - Tim Draper Tim Draper is a venture capitalist and founder of Draper Associates, DFJ, and Draper Venture Network. Through his venture capital firm, he funded some of the most successful tech companies, such as Tesla, Twitter, SpaceX, Hotmail, Baidu, and many others. His investment portfolio boasts more than 15 startups valued at $1 billion or more. He’s also a vocal proponent of Bitcoin, having purchased the first batch of the cryptocurrency in 2014. Awesome idea from Billy Draper #founders https://t.co/LcCQN0Af6w — Tim Draper (@TimDraper) August 30, 2023 @mcuban - Mark Cuban  An influential figure in the VC sphere and owner of the NBA's Dallas Mavericks, Mark Cuban has made investments in a wide range of companies. What stands out is his commitment to supporting businesses owned by women and minorities, as well as mission-driven companies. He has invested more than $20 million throughout his tenure on Tank Shark, which makes him one of the most prolific funders on the show.  Really enjoyed my interview about negotiating with ⁦⁦@fbinegotiator⁩ Recorded live on Fireside. Check it out !Watch the replay: https://t.co/RiM72QMxFH — Mark Cuban (@mcuban) June 30, 2023 @sama - Sam Altman  Like many venture capitalists, Sam Altman wears many hats. He’s a programmer, investor, and entrepreneur, currently in the spotlight as the co-founder and CEO of OpenAI. During his time as a partner and chairman at Y Combinator, he invested and still owns equity in hundreds of startups. Some of his most notable investment ventures include $375 million in Helion Energy and $180 million in Retro Biosciences. i failed pretty hard at my first startup--it sucked!--and am doing pretty well on my second. the thing i wish someone told me during the first one is that no one else thinks about your failures as much as you do, and that as long as don't psych yourself out you can try again. — Sam Altman (@sama) February 5, 2023 @sether - Seth Levine  As a co-founder at Foundry Group, Seth Levine has been behind numerous investments in forward-thinking tech companies. With a successful investment career spanning over two decades, he’s been supporting promising entrepreneurs to reach their full potential. Apart from backing them financially, Seth also acts as their mentor and advisor, helping them navigate the challenges inherent in scaling businesses.  Looking forward to the full episode of the Contrarian Podcast with @cryptobullfund dropping tomorrow! Check out this quick clip about investment decision making from the show. pic.twitter.com/rX8ovUQnC4 — seth (@sether) October 10, 2023 @richminer - Rich Miner  The mobile industry pioneer and leader of the East Coast investment team, Rich Miner, is co-founder of Android, partner at Google Ventures, and investor in various tech companies such as Hubspot, Stamped, and ThinkNear. He's a sure bet for all those who want to learn about starting a business, growing it, and getting funding. With 30 years of experience in the field, the extensive know-how he generously shares with others on Twitter could be helpful for learning the ropes and honing the pitch deck.  Excited to work with @navierboat! Gets people around much faster + reduces car commuting/congestion/emissions/etc. (Yes, they had us at "electric flying boat".)https://t.co/V9LJftvqH3 pic.twitter.com/8uyoIRkvbP — Patrick Collison (@patrickc) January 17, 2024 @eileentso - Eileen Burbidge Eileen Burbidge is a founding partner at the early investment firm Passion Capital with roles at tech giants like Apple and Yahoo on her resume. She knows the startup game inside and out and is willing to help new entrepreneurs accomplish their goals. Having led investments in more than 96 startups since 2011, her Twitter followers will have access to a vast amount of experience and knowledge. “having a baby this way is magical. It’s utterly miraculous and no less an experience of wonder & privilege than more traditional ways. Any sadness I had about not passing on my genes was washed away when I held my daughter... She is the most wonderful thing I’ve ever created.” https://t.co/bulMbOWrg6 — Eileen Burbidge (@eileentso) January 20, 2024 How Do You Find More Valuable Venture Capitalist Twitter Accounts? So the venture capitalists on this list weren't enough? Here's how to find more. Start by following the most successful VC firms, like Bessemer Venture Partners and venture capital news accounts. These entities often retweet or share insights from their partners, associates, and emerging voices in the industry. By sliding into their networks, you're introduced to plenty of influential figures you might not have encountered otherwise. Engage With Relevant Hashtags Hashtags like #startups or #venturecapital are bustling hubs of activity, by both venture capitalist and early stage internet entrepreneur. Take part in the discussion with valuable contributions and you can quickly get noticed. The point is to make Twitter's algorithm your friend. As you engage with and follow more VC-related content, the platform will naturally suggest similar profiles under its 'Who to Follow' section. It's like having a personal curator, constantly introducing you to the next big name in the investment world. 3 Tips To Connect And Pitch Investors On Twitter Twitter, with its real-time interactions and global reach, seems like an attractive opportunity for startups seeking funding. But is it really a realistic idea to engage venture capitalists on this platform? The answer is a resounding yes, but with a few caveats. 1. Don't Pitch, Be Curious Firstly, it's essential to understand that Twitter isn't a pitch deck. It's a platform to build relationships, showcase expertise, and share your startup's journey. By consistently sharing valuable content, engaging with industry trends, and showcasing your brand's unique value proposition, you can pique the interest of potential investors. 2. Don't Bullshit People Second, you have to engage with VCs and angel investors authentically. Respond to their tweets, share your insights on topics they're discussing, and be genuine in your interactions. Over time, this can lead to direct messages, virtual meetings, and even face-to-face interactions. 3. Transition To Real Life However, while Twitter can be the starting point, it's important to transition these online interactions to more formal channels when discussing funding specifics. An initial tweet can lead to an email exchange, which might culminate in a formal pitch meeting. Your Turn Twitter isn’t just a place to voice your opinion, hear what your peers have to say, and endlessly scroll through memes. It’s also an excellent platform to expand your entrepreneurial horizons. While the platform is currently going through sometimes questionable changes, there's still valuable conversations to be had. You now have a list of people you can follow to get started in curating an excellent source of quality data. Of course, if Twitter isn't your thing, you can also try following investor blogs. ### Ultimate 10 Point Checklist For Website Due Diligence 20.8% of retail purchases took place online in 2023. Online sales is a massive industry, and it keeps growing year after year. There are plenty of online businesses out there for sale, just waiting to make you money. If you're not a website owner yet, now is a great time to enter the industry. And to maximize your chances of making a successful acquisition, you must do your due diligence. As with any acquisition, purchasing an online business requires going through a due diligence checklist. The Best Website Due Diligence Service Providers Not everyone wants to do website due diligence by themselves. Luckily there's several services available to help you on this part of the website acquisition process. To begin, let's introduce the companies that provide the best ecommerce due diligence services out there. Durkin Group Financial Health Assessment: Durkin Group delves into the financials of the target online business, providing thorough reviews of financial statements, accounting practices, and potential risks. Operational Review: Beyond just numbers, they evaluate the operational aspects of an online business, assessing efficiencies, processes, and potential areas of improvement. Compliance and Legal Checks: They ensure that all compliance and legal aspects are vetted, offering peace of mind in the legality and legitimacy of the transaction. Centurica Financial Due Diligence: Centurica rebuilds the Profit & Loss (P/L) statement to verify the accuracy of the online business seller's financials. Operational Due Diligence: Centurica delves deep into the operational aspects of the online business to identify the biggest risks. They also pinpoint value creation opportunities, ensuring that potential buyers are aware of areas where they can enhance the business's performance. Commercial (Market) Analysis: An in-depth market analysis is conducted to identify the most significant growth opportunities. Centurica ensures that the future of the business is sustainable by analyzing market trends and potential shifts. Instrinsic, LLC Financial Health Assessment: In-depth website due diligence, including evaluation of financial statements and accounting practices. Risk Analysis: Identifying and assessing potential risks associated with the acquisition. Operational Review: Analysis of the operational efficiencies and processes within the target online business. Marcum LLP Financial Health Assessment: Financial reviews, record analysis, and strategic evaluations. Due Diligence Process: They collect and analyze all documents necessary for a buyer's due diligence, including contracts, financial statements, and corporate governance records. Risk Analysis: Marcum LLP aims to identify and address potential issues well before they emerge during the transaction, helping with a seamless progression. Flippa Three Levels of Due Diligence: From high level risk assessment to a 36 month analysis with financial and traffic information. Financial Health Assessment: Verification of seller-provided data against source documents. Risk Analysis: Flippa aims to identify and address potential issues well before they emerge during the transaction, helping with a seamless progression. Due Diligence Checklist Part 1: Purpose and Fit Whether you hire help or do your own due diligence, the first step in online business website due diligence is assessing its purpose and how well it fits with your objectives. This is the part where you look for reasons to quickly remove a potential online business from your shortlist. Here are key aspects to consider. Alignment With Your Objectives Let's make sure the website’s core operations and market position align with your long-term business objectives. Personal Interests: If the acquisition is for personal reasons, assess how the online business content and audience align with your interests and expertise. Unique Offerings: Identify what unique content, products, or services the website offers. Competitive Edge: Assess how the website stands out from competitors in its niche. Synergy with Current Operations: If you own other online businesses or websites, evaluate how this website and its business model could synergistically integrate with them. Resource Allocation: Assess the resources needed to maintain and grow the website and whether they align with your current capabilities. Target Audience and Market Niche Audience Demographics: Understand the demographics of the online business current audience, including age, location, and interests. Market Niche: Evaluate whether the website operates in a niche market that complements or expands your current portfolio. Scalability and Future Potential Growth Opportunities: Look into the potential for scaling up the website’s operations and expanding its reach. Adaptability: Consider the website's adaptability to future market changes and trends. If this first step in website due diligence shows any red flags or doesn't match your investment criteria, just ignore and move on. Due Diligence Checklist Step 2: Traffic Analysis Traffic analysis is a crucial aspect of website due diligence. This information is invaluable in making an informed decision about the website's acquisition and future development strategies. Use tools like Google Analytics or Ahrefs for this part of due diligence. Here are the key areas to focus on. Traffic Volume and Behavior To assess a website's performance and audience engagement, we look at traffic. Overall Traffic Volume: Assess the total number of visitors to gauge the website’s popularity. Traffic Sources: Break down the traffic sources (organic search traffic, paid, referrals, social media) to understand how visitors are finding the website. Geographical Distribution: Look at the geographical spread of the traffic to determine market reach and localization needs. Bounce Rate: Analyze the bounce rate to assess visitor engagement and content relevance. Average Session Duration: Evaluate how long visitors stay on the site, which reflects on content quality and user interest. Page Views per Visit: Check the number of pages viewed per session to gauge content depth and navigability. Traffic Trends Over Time: Examine historical traffic data to identify growth patterns, seasonal variations, or declining periods. User Demographics: Understand the demographics of the website's audience, including age, gender, and interests. Conversion Rates: Look at the conversion rates for key actions (purchases, sign-ups, contact form submissions) to evaluate the effectiveness of the website in achieving its goals. Funnel Analysis: Analyze the conversion funnel to identify drop-off points and opportunities for optimization. Mobile Traffic and Usability Mobile Traffic Analysis: Assess the proportion of traffic coming from mobile devices and the user experience on mobile. Cross-Device Compatibility: Ensure the website is optimized for various devices and platforms. Conducting a thorough traffic analysis not only reveals the current state of the website but also uncovers potential areas for improvement and growth. Due Diligence Checklist Step 3: Revenue Verification Revenue verification is an essential step in the website due diligence process. This process helps in evaluating the financial viability of the website and projecting its future earnings potential. This step is vital in making an informed investment decision and planning for post-acquisition strategies. Key areas to focus on include: Financial Document Review Identify Income Sources: Identify and verify all sources of income, such as advertising, product sales, affiliate marketing, and subscriptions. Historical Revenue Data: Review historical revenue data to understand earnings trends and stability over time. Bank Statements and Tax Returns: Request and examine bank statements and tax returns to cross-verify reported revenues. Profit and Loss Statements: Analyze profit and loss statements for a comprehensive view of the website's financial performance and net profit. Revenue and Income Sustainability Consistency of Earnings: Assess the consistency of revenue over different periods to gauge its reliability. Sustainability of Revenue: Evaluate the sustainability of current revenue streams in the context of market trends and potential changes. Advertising Revenue: Examine the performance of ad campaigns, including click-through and conversion rates. Affiliate Revenue Details: Review contracts and performance metrics for affiliate partnerships. Product Sales Analysis: If applicable, analyze the sales data for products or services sold directly through the website. Customer Lifetime Value: Calculate customer lifetime value to assess the long-term profitability of the customer base. Revenue Growth Potential Growth Opportunities: Identify areas with potential for revenue growth, such as new markets or monetization strategies. Market Comparisons: Compare the website's revenue performance with industry benchmarks. Through meticulous revenue verification, you can ensure that the website is financially sound and has a stable foundation for future growth. Due Diligence Checklist Step 4: Expense Assessment Expense assessment is a critical component of due diligence when buying an online business. Accurate assessment of expenses is crucial for forecasting profitability and determining the financial health of the website. Here are the key areas to focus on: Operational Costs Hosting and Domain Fees: Review the costs associated with web hosting and domain name renewal. Content Creation and Management: Assess the expenses related to content development, including payments to writers, editors, and content managers. Marketing and Advertising Expenditures Marketing Costs: Evaluate the budget allocated to marketing activities, including digital advertising, SEO, and social media campaigns. Advertising Spend ROI: Analyze the return on investment for advertising spends to determine their effectiveness. Technical and Maintenance Expenses Website Maintenance: Consider the costs for regular maintenance, updates, and technical support for the website. Software Licenses and Subscriptions: Review expenses for any software or subscription services used in the operation of the website. Staffing and Administrative Costs Employee Salaries: If the website employs staff, review the salary and benefits expenses. Administrative Overheads: Assess administrative costs, including office expenses, if applicable. Legal and Compliance Costs Legal Fees: Account for any ongoing legal fees, including those for compliance with regulations such as data protection laws. Compliance-related Expenses: Evaluate costs associated with maintaining legal and regulatory compliance. Analysis of Cost-Efficiency Cost Optimization Opportunities: Identify areas where expenses can be reduced without impacting the quality or performance of the website. Comparison with Industry Standards: Compare the website's cost structure with industry benchmarks to evaluate efficiency. Future Expense Projections Predicted Cost Increases: Anticipate potential increases in costs due to scaling, market changes, or other factors. Investment Requirements: Assess any upcoming investments required for improvements or expansion. Due Diligence Checklist Step 5: Legal Compliance Legal compliance is a crucial aspect of the due diligence process when purchasing an online business website. This step involves ensuring that the website adheres to all relevant laws and regulations, which is essential for avoiding legal complications and potential financial liabilities. Ensuring legal compliance protects both the buyer and the ongoing operations of the website. Key focus areas include: Intellectual Property Rights Content Ownership: Verify that the website owner has the right to use all the content, including text, images, videos, and trademarks. Copyright Compliance: Ensure that the website is not infringing on the copyrights of others, which could lead to legal disputes. Regulatory Compliance Privacy Policy and GDPR Compliance: If the website collects user data, ensure compliance with data protection laws like GDPR (for European users) and other regional regulations. User Consent and Data Handling: Review the processes for obtaining user consent and managing personal data to ensure they meet legal standards. Industry-specific Regulations: Depending on the website's niche, check for compliance with industry-specific regulations (like health information, financial services, etc.). Advertising and Marketing Laws: Ensure that all marketing and advertising practices comply with legal standards, including disclosure of affiliate links and sponsored content. T&C Clarity and Enforceability: Review the website's Terms of Service and User Agreements for clarity, fairness, and enforceability. User Agreements: Check if these documents are regularly updated to reflect changes in operations or regulations. Legal Issues Required Licenses: Verify that the website has all necessary licenses and permits for its operations, especially if it involves e-commerce or digital products. Software and Tool Licenses: Confirm that all software and tools used by the website are properly licensed. Litigation History: Investigate any past or ongoing litigation involving the website. Legal Disputes: Be aware of any potential legal disputes that could affect the website's operations or reputation. Legal compliance is a critical step in safeguarding your investment and ensuring a smooth transition of ownership without legal hurdles. Due Diligence Checklist Step 6: Content Quality and Ownership Content quality and ownership assessment is an essential part of due diligence when purchasing an online business. This step involves evaluating the quality, relevance, and originality of the content on the website, as well as confirming the ownership rights to ensure it is free of plagiarism or copyright infringement. Never assume the current owner treats content with the same standards as you. High-quality and legally owned content is crucial for the website's credibility, user engagement, and SEO performance. This is true for content sites and ecommerce sites. You can use Google Analytics to help with this part of the due diligence process. Key aspects to focus on include: Quality and Relevance of Content Quality Assessment: Evaluate the overall quality of the content, including writing style, accuracy, and presentation. Relevance and Value: Ensure that the content is relevant to the target audience and adds value, whether through information, entertainment, or solving user problems. Plagiarism Check: Conduct plagiarism checks to confirm that the content is original and not copied from other sources. Unique Voice and Perspective: Assess whether the content offers a unique voice or perspective that differentiates the website from competitors. Content Consistency and Update Frequency Consistency in Tone and Style: Review the consistency in tone, style, and quality across various pieces of content. Update Frequency: Look at how often new content is published and whether old content is regularly updated to remain relevant. Content Legal Compliance Ownership Verification: Verify that the website has the rights to all content, including text, images, videos, and any other media. Licensing and Permissions: Check for proper licensing and permissions for any content that is not originally created by the website's team. Compliance with Laws: Ensure that the content complies with legal standards, including regulations related to advertising, sponsored content, and user-generated content. Sensitive Content Review: Review for any sensitive or controversial content that could pose legal or reputational risks. Content quality and ownership are integral to the website's long-term success. They directly impact user experience, search engine ranking, and the overall credibility and trustworthiness of the website. Thorough assessment in these areas is vital for a successful website acquisition. Due Diligence Checklist Step 7: Social Media and Online Presence Assessing the social media and online presence of a website is a crucial component of the due diligence process. A strong online presence, especially on social media platforms, can significantly enhance a website's reach and influence. Evaluating the social media and online presence of a website provides valuable insights into how the brand is perceived and engaged with online. Key areas to focus on include: Social Media Profiles and Activity Platform Presence: Review which social media platforms the website is active on and the relevance of these platforms to its target audience. Engagement Metrics: Analyze engagement metrics such as likes, shares, comments, and follower growth rate to gauge audience interaction. Public Perception: Assess public perception of the website through reviews, ratings, and social media sentiment analysis. Brand Consistency: Ensure consistency in branding and messaging across all online platforms. Content Strategy on Social Media Content Quality and Relevance: Evaluate the quality and relevance of the content shared on social media. Frequency of Posts: Assess how frequently new content is posted and how it aligns with audience engagement. Influencer Collaborations: Review any collaborations with influencers or notable figures in the website’s niche. Reach Analysis: Analyze the reach of social media posts and campaigns to understand the website's influence. Audience Demographics and Insights Audience Analysis: Understand the demographics and preferences of the website’s social media audience. User Interaction Patterns: Look into patterns of user interaction and engagement on social media platforms. Digital Marketing and Campaigns Marketing Campaigns Effectiveness: Evaluate the effectiveness of past and current digital marketing campaigns. Email Marketing: If applicable, assess the website’s email marketing strategies and subscriber engagement levels. Due Diligence Checklist Step 8: Technical Assessment Technical assessment is a critical stage in the website due diligence process. It involves evaluating the website's technical infrastructure, performance, and scalability. This process is crucial for avoiding future technical issues and additional investment for improvements. Key areas to focus on include: Website Infrastructure Hosting and Server Performance: Assess the quality and reliability of the website's hosting service, including server response times and uptime statistics. Platform and Technology Stack: Review the underlying technologies and platforms used (such as CMS, e-commerce platforms) for their robustness and suitability. Security Measures: Evaluate the security measures in place, including SSL certificates, firewalls, and malware protection. Data Backup and Recovery: Check the data backup systems and recovery processes to ensure data safety in case of breaches or technical failures. Website Speed and Load Times: Test the website’s load times and overall speed, as this impacts user experience and SEO. Scalability: Assess the website's ability to handle increased traffic and growth without performance degradation. User Experience and Design Design Quality and Responsiveness: Evaluate the website's design for its aesthetic appeal, user-friendliness, and responsiveness across different devices. Navigation and User Interface: Review the navigation structure and user interface for ease of use and accessibility. Technical SEO SEO Health Check: Conduct a technical SEO audit to identify issues that might affect search engine rankings, such as broken links, improper redirects, or missing meta tags. Mobile Optimization: Ensure that the website is optimized for mobile users, a critical factor for search engine rankings and user experience. Integration and APIs Third-Party Integrations: Assess the integrations with third-party services and APIs for functionality and reliability. API Dependencies: Evaluate any dependencies on external APIs and ensure they are stable and well-documented. Due Diligence Checklist Step 9: Competitive Analysis Competitive analysis is an essential part of the due diligence process when purchasing a website. It involves assessing the website's position in the market relative to its competitors. Key areas to focus on include: Market Position and Share Market Share Assessment: Evaluate the website's market share compared to competitors. Position in the Market: Determine the website's position in its niche – is it a leader, a challenger, or a new entrant? Key Competitors: Identify and profile major competitors, including their market strategy, strengths, and weaknesses. Unique Selling Propositions (USPs): Compare the USPs of the website against those of competitors. Offerings Comparison: Compare the products or services offered by the website with those of competitors to identify gaps or advantages. Pricing Strategy: Assess how the website's pricing strategy compares to the competition. SEO and Content Strategy Search Engine Rankings: Using tools like Google Analytics and Ahrefs, compare the website's search engine rankings for key terms against those of competitors. Website Traffic Comparison: Compare the website's traffic to that of its competitors to gauge market presence. Social Media Presence: Analyze the website's social media presence and engagement in comparison to competitors. Content Quality and Strategy: Evaluate how the website's content strategy stacks up against competitors in terms of quality, engagement, and SEO effectiveness. Customer Base and Loyalty Customer Demographics: Compare the demographics of the website's customer base with those of competitors. Customer Loyalty and Satisfaction: Assess the website's customer loyalty and satisfaction levels in comparison to the competition. Due Diligence Checklist Step 10: Growth Potential Evaluating the growth potential is a key aspect of the website due diligence process when considering a purchase. Understanding the growth potential of a website is about looking beyond its current state and envisioning its future possibilities. Key expansion opportunities to examine include: New Market Segments: Identify opportunities to reach new customer segments or geographic markets. Product or Service Expansion: Assess the potential for introducing new products or services that complement the existing offerings. Monetization Opportunities: Explore additional monetization strategies such as new advertising models, affiliate programs, or e-commerce capabilities. Pricing Model Optimization: Evaluate the scope for optimizing pricing strategies to enhance revenue. User Acquisition Strategies: Consider the effectiveness and scalability of current user acquisition strategies. Community and Engagement: Assess the potential for building a larger and more engaged community around the website's content or services. Technological Advancements: Evaluate how adopting new technologies or innovative features could drive growth. Platform Scalability: Assess the website's technical infrastructure for its ability to support growth and increased traffic. Brand Strengthening: Look at opportunities to enhance the website's brand recognition and reputation. Marketing and Promotion: Analyze the potential for scaling up marketing efforts to increase visibility and reach. Partnerships and Collaborations Also think about your competitors. How many of them could you turn into allies and partners? Strategic Alliances: Consider the potential for forming strategic partnerships or collaborations to expand market reach or enhance offerings. Synergies with Existing Assets: If you have other business assets, evaluate how the website could synergize with them for mutual growth. Building on Strengths: Identify the website's key strengths and how they can be leveraged for growth. Differentiation Opportunities: Assess how the website can further differentiate itself from competitors to gain a competitive edge. Bonus: Monetization Strategies Monetization strategies are a critical aspect website due diligence. This involves assessing how the website generates revenue and identifying potential avenues for increasing income. Check for Current Monetization Methods Advertising: Review the effectiveness of current advertising models, such as pay-per-click (PPC), display ads, or sponsored content. E-commerce Sales: If applicable, evaluate the revenue generated from product sales, including digital products or merchandise. Subscription Models: Assess the success of any subscription-based models, including membership fees or premium content access. Affiliate Programs: Analyze the performance of existing affiliate marketing programs and their contribution to revenue. Partnership Agreements: Review any existing partnerships or sponsorships that contribute to the website's income. Potential for New Monetization Methods Diversification Opportunities: Explore potential new revenue streams, such as launching an e-commerce section, adding paid features, or offering online courses. Here are some marketing methods you should consider to grow your new online business. Content Monetization: Consider opportunities for monetizing content, such as through gated content, licensing, or content syndication. Conversion Rate Optimization: Evaluate strategies to improve conversion rates for existing monetization channels. User Engagement: Assess how increased user engagement can be leveraged for higher revenue generation. Leveraging User Data: If applicable, explore ethical and legal ways to monetize user data, such as through targeted advertising or market research. Growth Potential of Current Models: Assess the scalability of existing revenue models and their capacity to grow with the website. Sustainability: Evaluate the long-term sustainability of current monetization strategies in light of market trends and consumer behavior. Tech-Driven Monetization: Consider the role of technology in enhancing or creating new revenue streams, such as through mobile apps or AI-driven personalized recommendations. Conclusion You now know the necessary steps for thorough website due diligence. This due diligence process should reveal any hidden red flags or profit potential, leaving you with an easy decision to purchase or not. Remember that due diligence can be arduous and time consuming. If you need help, don't hesitate to contact Centurica with your questions. ### The Top Hard Money Lenders in North Carolina North Carolina is a top destination for both new and existing companies to expand. It has ranked one of the top 3 states to do business for 5 years in a row. With that crown comes growth... and lots of it. Every day I talk to workers from all over the nation that are moving to North Carolina. I know from personal experience that this is leading to solid opportunities in the single family home real estate market (my focus). Developers and fix n flip renovators like myself can barely keep up. But, with this demand comes the need for capital. Easy to access, well priced, short term hard money loans. Connections with the right lenders allows me to move much faster than I previously thought possible. The key is finding the right lenders. So, just who are the best hard money lenders in NC? My List of the Best Hard Money Lenders In North Carolina Loan Mountain Capital (My pick - good rates, fast closing, easy communication) Carolina Hard Money LYNK Capital Lima One Capital Oakwood Lending Washington Capital Partners New Silver 14th Street Capital Loan Mountain Capital Loan Mountain Capital is my go-to lender for builders and real estate investors in the Southeastern U.S. They've got real experience in building and investing, which means they understand firsthand what their clients are going through and what they need to succeed. Key Highlights: Versatile Loan Options: Loan Mountain Capital offers loans for all sorts of real estate projects, whether it’s fix and flip, building new houses, or working on rental properties. Quick Loan Approval: They make decisions fast, often in just one business day. They care more about your project's potential than just your credit score. Flexible Loan Terms: Their loans usually last from 6 to 24 months, giving you the time you need to get your project done. Straightforward and Competitive Rates: They’re clear about their costs and try to keep rates fair, matching what’s going on in the market. There's no "junk fees," meaning LMC will not stab you in the back with some surprise cost. Ongoing Support: They stick with you through the whole loan period, always ready to help and never passing you off to someone else. In short, Loan Mountain Capital is all about fast, practical help, with a real understanding of what builders and investors are dealing with. If interested, give them a shout.   Carolina Hard Money (Carolina Capital Management): Your Trusted Partner in Real Estate Financing Carolina Hard Money, the hard money lender wing of Carolina Capital Management, is part of the American Association of Private Lenders. They support real estate developers and small builders in their efforts to grow wealth and generate consistent income in the North Carolina area. What sets them apart from most other lenders is their own experience as real estate investors, giving them a deep understanding of their clients' goals and challenges. Besides commercial hard money loans, their loan officers provide hard money rehab loans, ground-up construction loans, and consultation services. Loan Highlights: Diverse Property Financing: Private loans for single-family homes, multi-family properties, 5+ unit apartment complexes, mixed-use spaces, or multi-tenanted commercial properties. Loan Approval Criteria: Approval is based on your credit history, score, liquid assets, credit card balances, and the property's value. Loan Terms: They offer interest-only loans with durations between 6-12 months. It's noteworthy that their average loan for rehab lasts about 190 days. Competitive Rates: With interest rates oscillating between 10.99% and 13.75%, they offer some of the most competitive rates in the market. Rehab & Rent: For those with a vision to rehab and rent properties, Carolina Hard Money ensures a seamless refinancing process post the completion of repairs and final inspections. LYNK Capital: A Trusted Partner for Real Estate Deals LYNK Capital has emerged as a go-to choice for real estate investing in North Carolina, thanks to its combination of flexible loan terms, competitive rates, and a streamlined loan origination process. They have an impressive 7-10 day loan closure window, making them a top pick for investors seeking both speed and value. At the helm of LYNK Capital is Ben Lyons, a seasoned professional with an illustrious 37-year career in real estate and investing. At 25, Ben had amassed a portfolio of 100 rental properties and had already laid the foundation of a million-dollar lending enterprise. For a real estate investor looking for North Carolina hard money lenders, it doesn't get much better than a team full of people with personal experience in the local real estate market. Diverse Loan Portfolio: Residential Renovation Loans: Perfect for investors looking to breathe new life into residential properties. Fix & Flip Loans: With rates starting at a competitive 9.50%, these lower interest rate loans are a boon for investors. They can benefit from up to 95% Loan-to-Cost (LTC) and 75% Loan-to-Value (LTV). What sets LYNK Capital apart is their rapid 7-10 day closing time and the added bonus of no application fees. Rental & Bridge Loans: Starting from rates as low as 7.25%, these loans offer terms ranging from 2 to 30 years and up to 80% LTV. Whether you're looking to purchase or cash out, LYNK Capital has got you covered. Construction Loans: Whether it's a new condo building or a custom home, LYNK Capital's expertise shines through in their construction loan offerings. Lima One Capital: Your Trusted Partner in Real Estate Investment Lima One Capital is a quality lender in the North Carolina real estate investment sector. Their comprehensive suite of services includes a variety of investment property loans, with a special focus on fix and flip projects, bridge loans, and their distinctive Fix2Rent® program. Key Highlights: Down payments for purchase and rehab projects as low as 10%. Close and fund loans in just 7-10 business days. Loan terms that last up to 13 months, providing ample time for project completion. Whether you're looking at residential or commercial properties, Lima One Capital has got you covered. Their residential loans focus on non-owner occupied single-family homes (1-4 units), while their commercial offerings are perfect for multifamily properties with 5 units or more. For those considering their FixNFlip product, interest rates start at a competitive 12%. But here's the kicker: based on your experience, especially the number of successful flips you've done in the last 12-24 months, you could enjoy rates as low as 7.99%. Lima One Capital isn't just about lending either; they're about leading. Their team of housing experts is always on the pulse of the investment property market, analyzing trends and offering invaluable insights for the year ahead. To round off their comprehensive service package, they provide investors with a range of resources, from building materials to exclusive access to off-market properties. Oakwood Lending: A Trusted Partner for Real Estate Investors in North Carolina Since its inception in 2015, Oakwood Lending has firmly established itself as a trusted ally for real estate investors in North Carolina. With a clear mission to empower investors, they ensure swift closures on promising investment opportunities. Whether you're a wholesaler, a house flipper, or a landlord investor, Oakwood Lending has tailored solutions to meet your unique needs. Unlike many other hard money lenders, Oakwood Lending is committed to building lasting relationships with their clients. Instead of just offering hard money loans, they provide personalized assistance every step of the way. This relationship-based approach is evident in how they actively guide clients in evaluating potential rehab and wholesale deals. When it comes to loan terms, Oakwood Lending is both competitive and transparent: Interest Rates and Fees: Starting as low as 12%, with 2 point fees. Loan-to-Value (LTV): Maximum LTV ratio is capped at 70%. Borrower Eligibility: Oakwood Lending extends loans to business entities rather than individuals. They have a preference for borrowers with a solid background in general business and real estate. Application Process: The loan application involves a credit check. Property Valuation: In most cases, no appraisal is needed. Washington Capital Partners: Redefining Hard Money Lending Washington Capital Partners is on a transformative journey to reshape the hard money loans market in North Carolina. They're dedicated to delivering faster, smarter, and adaptable funding solutions. They raise the bar for all hard money lenders. As a direct private money lenders, Washington Capital Partners takes pride in managing every private money loan internally, promising a smooth experience for borrowers. Interest rates hinge on the borrower's track record and creditworthiness. Their online Hard Money Loan Calculator empowers users to estimate interest rates based on their credentials and credit scores. Some Loan Services at a Glance: Acquisition-Only Fix & Flip loans Rental loans Cash-Out Refinancing New Construction They offer hard money loans for a diverse range of properties: single-family, multifamily, mixed-use, and commercial, catering to a vast array of real estate ventures. New Silver: Hard Money Loans for Real Estate Enthusiasts New Silver has carved a niche as a distinguished hard money lender, predominantly serving real estate investors looking for hard money loans in North Carolina. They're branded as an elite hard money lender, driven by a team of real estate experts. Their variety of hard money loans reflect their deep understanding of investor requirements. Loan Portfolio: Fix & Flip: Ideal for house flippers, this loan supports property purchase, revamp, and resale. It boasts interest rates from 10 – 12.75%, a Loan-To-Cost of up to 90%, and terms up to 24 months. Rent: Targeted at long-term investors, these 30-year loans are for stabilized rental assets. They come with rates from 7.5% and a loan-to-purchase ratio of up to 80%. Ground Up: Crafted for residential builders, these loans offer up to 90% Loan-to-Cost (LTC) and interest rates between 10 to 13.25%. Personal: Beyond property, New Silver provides personal loans from $1,000 to $100,000, starting at a 7% interest rate. New Silver's ethos revolves around speed, efficiency, and clarity. While they specialize in single-family residential loans, they're adept at handling multi-family and commercial projects. Hard money loans can be approved online in just 5 minutes. No income verification needed, minimum credit score is 650, and you get an an immediate proof of funds letter. 14th Street Capital: Precision North Carolina Hard Money Loans 14th Street Capital shines as a North Carolina hard money lender, offering private money loans solutions for the particular demands of real estate investors. Whether it's long-term property investments or short-term fix and flip ventures, they have a solution tailored for you. The hallmark of 14th Street Capital is its swift, efficient, and transparent loan process. Most loans are handled within 5 – 10 days, with initial approvals often granted in even less time. Loan Portfolio: Their hard money loan suite is diverse, catering to multiple investment scenarios: Fix and Flip Loans: For those keen on short-term property revamps and sales. Rental Loans: Designed for investors targeting consistent rental returns. Landlord Loans: Offering attractive rates and low down payments to boost rehab property profits. Their loans come with competitive interest rates between 9% and 15%. To balance risks, they also apply points or origination fees. Many of their hard money loan terms average 1 year, but this can be extended to 2-5 years to accommodate investor timelines. For eligibility, 14th Street Capital doesn't have strict credit score minimums. Locations serviced: I've worked with lenders all over the great tar heel state. Us North Carolinians have so many cities with great potential. Over the decades I've worked real estate investment deals in Raleigh, Durham, Charlotte, Asheville, Greensboro, Winston-Salem, Fayetteville, High Point, Wilmington, Hickory, and even Gastonia. Lenders are happy to work with all locations as long as they check the right boxes for approval. The 8 Step Checklist to Choose The Best Hard Money Lender Choosing a money lender isn't much different from finding an investor to help you buy a business. Here are eight things you need to look at before choosing the best hard money lender for your project. Interest Rates and Fees - Compare rates among different lenders to ensure competitive terms. Loan-to-Value (LTV) and After-Repair-Value (ARV) Ratios - Check lender criteria for how much they're willing to loan relative to LTV or ARV. Reputation and Reviews - Seek reviews from past clients, check online testimonials, and consult industry peers. Transparency and Customer Service - Clear communication, responsiveness to inquiries, and a willingness to clarify any doubts are key for any collaboration. Loan Flexibility - Ask about prepayment penalties, loan extensions, and refinancing options. Speed of Processing - Can the lender provide funds within the required timeframe? Documentation and Requirements - While hard money lenders typically have less stringent documentation requirements than banks, make sure you have what's required. Loan Size and Limits - Can they provide what you need for your project? Your Turn These are some of the best North Carolina hard money lenders, and they're ready to fully support your investment property journey to accompany this market growth. Hard money loans combined with the buoyant real estate market in NC can mean a rapid payday with a well planned fix&flip project. Or hey - maybe you just want to change the scenery to a tech-friendly neighborhood. Using the capital management companies mentioned in this article, you can get your NC real estate investment venture started on a good footing. Good luck! Updated: August 23, 2024 ### 9 Best White Label SEO Services SEO can catapult your clients business. SEO is also really freaking hard. The solution, for many, is to outsource the process to those who specialize. To use a white label SEO solution. This lets you focus on what you do best (bringing in and guiding the clients) and let's the service providers do their thing (link building services, on-page changes, content creation, etc). Everyone wins. The problem, of course, is that the SEO industry is full of shady charlatans. Worry not my faceless internet friend, I've done the hard work for you. I can, and will, point you in the right direction. So... just who are the top rated white-label SEO providers? The Best White Label SEO Services Available are: Smash Digital That! Company SEO.co SEOReseller Boostability DashClicks LinkGraph Semify 51Blocks Smash Digital - best for high-end link building Smash Digital is an SEO firm all about ethical, white-hat SEO techniques. Their white label SEO offering is no different.  With a seasoned team boasting over 50 years of cumulative SEO know-how, their emphasis is on delivering quality rather than seeking shortcuts.  Unlike many other SEO companies, they shun practices like link farms. Those "guest posts" that are sold to so many, but are really just glorified blog networks. Instead, they figured out how to secure high-grade, super juicy links for their clients under the banner of your brand. Services Provided They have nurtured sturdy relations with website proprietors, editors, and marketers to ensure your client's content finds a home on reputable sites. They are selective in taking on projects to elevate the odds of success, translating to more contented clients. They value link relevance and adhere to white-hat SEO methodologies to sidestep any risks associated with private blog networks (PBNs) or link farms. Each link provided under your brand undergoes meticulous scrutiny to ensure it augments rather than undermines your client's SEO standing. Over time, they've woven a robust network among enterprises, writers, and marketers, facilitating success in the SEO arena. Their comprehensive white label SEO service is sculpted to pinpoint and rectify issues on your client's website, enhancing their rankings and online visibility. If it's reliable, white-hat white label SEO services you're after, Smash Digital emerges as a potentially fitting ally for your brand. That! Company That! Company is a comprehensive advertising agency with a strong suit in both traditional and digital marketing strategies, encompassing SEO, PPC, social media promotion, public relations, and advertising through print, TV, and radio mediums.  Established in 2007, with global headquarters situated in Central Florida, it functions under the umbrella of Buildtelligence Web Solutions LLC. If you're on the lookout for a trustworthy white label SEO reseller, That! Company presents a well-rounded array of private label services that can be rebranded and sold as your own.  Services Provided SEO: Boosting the visibility of your clients' websites on search engine results pages (SERPs). PPC (Pay Per Click) Campaign Management: Overseeing paid ad campaigns to increase traffic and conversion rates. Social Media Optimization: Utilizing social media channels to enhance your clients' online visibility and engagement. Graphic Design Services: Crafting eye-catching designs for a variety of digital and print outlets. Website Design: Building professional, user-friendly websites tailored to your clients' specific demands. Opting for their white label SEO services doesn't merely mean outsourcing the tasks. It means gaining a dedicated team that grasps your clients' objectives and tirelessly works to meet these goals through a personalized action plan. This approach means a thorough understanding of your clients' needs. Formulating a plan, putting the SEO tactics into action, and delivering regular updates on the progress, ensuring a transparent and satisfying experience every step of the way. SEO.co Based in Seattle, SEO.co is a globally acknowledged SEO firm under the leadership of CEO Nate Nead. Alongside a skilled crew including Chief Relationship Officer Timothy Carter and Chief Marketing Officer Sam Edwards, SEO.co showcases a robust base in providing top-notch SEO services. As a full-fledged white label SEO agency, they handle all the essential backend chores, leaving you to concentrate on expanding your digital agency. Services Provided Keyword Research: Explore the keyword landscape to pinpoint those magic terms that'll draw traffic to your client's website. Content Creation: Develop engaging content that hits the mark with your audience while aligning with SEO guidelines. Backlink Placements: Cultivate a sturdy backlink profile to boost your site's credibility and standings in search engine result pages. Client Management: Ensure smooth communication with your clients, keeping them informed about the SEO tactics in play and the outcomes achieved. On-Page Analysis: Examine individual pages to ascertain they are fine-tuned for the chosen keywords, bolstering their ranking prospects. Comprehensive Backlink Audit: Undertake a detailed review of your backlink profile to spot and fix any harmful links that might be hindering your SEO strides. Boasting a client list with respected names like FreshBooks, Trip.com, GoDaddy, and Expedia, SEO.co’s offerings stand as reliable and high-quality. Their model of tackling all the operational backend tasks frees you up to focus on your agency's growth, marking them as a feasible partner for your white label SEO ambitions. With SEO.co, you're not merely securing a service provider; you're acquiring a partner devoted to elevating your clients to the zenith of online success. Thus, if you're in pursuit of a seasoned, reliable, and comprehensive white label SEO service, SEO.co might just be the solution you've been searching for. SEOReseller Established in 2006, SEOReseller operates from San Francisco, California, with a 33-strong team that generates about $9.3 million in revenue. They've collaborated with over 400 digital agencies across 12 different countries, showcasing their international appeal and effectiveness. With more than a decade in the game, SEOReseller has honed their skills in Search Engine Marketing (SEM), investing substantial resources to decipher the most effective SEO strategies. Their catchy slogan, "if you don't rank, we don't sleep," reflects their dedication to delivering results for their clients. And they offer all of this as a white label SEO company. Services Provided SEO and Link Building: Customized SEO strategies catering to various business sectors like retail, real estate, and others. Content Marketing: Producing engaging content that captures readers' interest. Social Media Management: Elevating your clients' visibility on social media platforms. PPC Management: Overseeing paid advertising campaigns to boost traffic and sales. Online Reputation Management: Ensuring your clients maintain a positive online persona. Local SEO: Specialized services aimed at enhancing the visibility of local businesses. Website Audits: Evaluating websites to identify areas for improvement. SEO Audit Tool: An exclusive tool to gauge a website's SEO health. Supportive Experts: A team of skilled experts ready to assist, taking the time to grasp your needs and maintaining open communication. Transparent Reporting: Offering straightforward reports and an easy-to-navigate dashboard to monitor campaign performance at any time. Partnering with SEOReseller for white label SEO services could be a wise decision for your business. Their broad spectrum of services and expertise could not only fulfill but potentially exceed your clients' expectations from their SEO campaigns. Boostability Established in 2009 with a vision of making SEO services both affordable and easy to access, Boostability has been an advocate for small and medium-sized businesses.  They have a global operation, aiding numerous businesses in amplifying their online visibility. CEO Gavan Thorpe leads the company, fostering a culture aimed at bolstering the global economy by helping small businesses thrive online. Services Provided White Label SEO Partner Program: This initiative enables your firm to offer SEO services to your clientele under your own brand, while Boostability operates diligently behind the scenes. White Label Local SEO: Amplify local online visibility for your clients, crucial for drawing in local customers. White Label Link Building: Elevate your clients’ website authority and rankings on search engines through strategic link-building efforts. White Label SEO Content Writing: Provide top-notch, SEO-friendly content to your clients, attracting more visitors to their sites. SEO Reseller Plans: These arrangements are crafted to meet your company's requirements, regardless of its size, permitting you to resell Boostability's SEO offerings. Boostability has proven competence in collaborating with diverse industries such as web design & development agencies, paid media advertising firms, social media agencies, and public relations firms.  Their scalable and adjustable pricing framework ensures that you secure a plan that matches your budget and your clients’ objectives.  The pricing is designed based on various factors like market size, competitiveness, website status, and particular goals, guaranteeing a personalized approach for each SEO campaign. DashClicks DashClicks, based in Florida, is a marketing service provider led by its founder, Chad Kodary. Since its inception in 2018, the firm has become noteworthy for providing a solid platform for digital business proprietors, blending a range of marketing services with an easy-to-use SaaS platform. Their blended approach, which combines a digital marketing agency with a software company, sets them apart in the industry, particularly for small to medium-sized enterprises. Services Provided Customized SEO Plans: Created to match your and your clients' requirements, covering all bases from keyword investigation to content deployment. Backlink Services: A white-label fulfillment service aimed at enhancing off-page SEO activities, starting at an affordable rate of $99 per month, which allows you to resell backlink services under your own brand name. White Label SEO Reselling: A wide array of B2B white-label offerings, enabling you to resell SEO services under your own brand, assisting in the growth of your business. Service Marketplace: An extensive platform providing a variety of marketing services encompassing SEO, PPC advertising, social media management, and beyond. DashClicks' dedication to value-driven pricing ensures that as your business requires more resources, you can smoothly transition into their plans. The pricing is competitive, beginning at $99.00 per month, with multiple editions to accommodate various business sizes and needs. LinkGraph LinkGraph, a reputable SEO and link building agency located in New York, has a straightforward mission: to assist businesses in boosting their organic traffic and revenue through premium marketing services and SEO software. The founder and CTO, Manick Bhan, has committed his professional journey to SEO, shaping LinkGraph into a preferred agency for specialized SEO services such as link building, technical SEO, and conversion rate optimization. Services Provided Link Building: They offer assistance in acquiring quality links for your clients' websites under your brand name, all within your budget. Content Creation: They generate SEO-optimized content tailored to various marketing needs. Technical SEO: They tackle the technical aspects to enhance the search engine friendliness of your clients' websites. Reputation Management: They aid in managing your online reputation to maintain a positive image. Scalable Solutions: LinkGraph tailors their services to accommodate the needs of your clients, be they small local businesses or large online stores. Resell Under Your Brand: The white label aspect allows you to resell their SEO services under your brand name, presenting a great opportunity to broaden your service offerings and generate more revenue without delving into the intricate details of SEO operations. Quality Backlinks: Leveraging their good connections, they secure quality backlinks, crucial for visibility in search results. LinkGraph could be an excellent choice for a white label SEO ally. With a dedicated team to ensure each SEO activity is executed correctly, they could significantly enhance your and your clients' online visibility. Semify Semify, is a New York based white label SEO reseller firm established by Adam Stetzer and Chad Hill in 2008. The team has established a solid reputation for effectively managing online campaigns for their clients. Services Provided Content Marketing: Crafting captivating content to build a rapport with your audience and keep them returning for more. SEO (Search Engine Optimization): Aiding your website in securing higher positions on search engine results to drive more organic traffic. PPC (Pay-Per-Click): Overseeing ad campaigns to provide your brand with an immediate visibility lift and draw in more leads. Reporting Software: User-friendly tools to monitor the performance of your campaigns and identify areas for improvement. Link Audit Software: Evaluating your website's links to ensure they contribute positively to your SEO endeavors. Custom Digital Marketing Campaigns: Designing marketing campaigns aligned with your brand's objectives and budget. Semify is committed to mutual growth with their partners, emphasizing a collaborative approach. They're not only focused on enhancing their own services but are equally invested in fostering their partners' growth. The pricing structure is clear-cut, with SEO and PPC management plans commencing at $294/month and $199/month respectively. If your need is solely for tracking campaign data and objectives, they offer a reporting feature at $40/year. 51Blocks 51Blocks is a solid choice to consider for private label SEO services. It's a Denver-based digital marketing agency, founded by Michael Borgelt in 2009. 51Blocks offers a white label SEO package dubbed "The Just Sell Method," aimed at managing the technical aspects so you can concentrate on promoting your services. Services Provided Sales Assistance: They simplify sales materials making client pitches straightforward. They also offer a complimentary tool for lead tracking and extend support in sealing deals with your clients. Client Onboarding: They ensure a hassle-free onboarding process, whether you or the 51Blocks team is introducing your clients. Dedicated Project Manager: Keeping you informed with transparent reports on project progress, aiding in campaign planning and addressing any inquiries you may have along the journey. SEO Tasks: They handle the SEO, PPC, and social media campaigns on your behalf. The overarching aim is to streamline the process for you while ensuring your clients are satisfied with the outcomes. Collaborating with 51Blocks could pave the way for business growth without the added workload typically associated with accommodating more clients or projects.  This arrangement frees up your time, allowing you to foster client relationships and expand your business, while 51Blocks takes care of the technical side of things in the backdrop. What is White Label SEO? White label SEO refers to a service where one company delivers SEO services that another company can rebrand and resell. The appeal of white label SEO lies in its ability to let your company broaden its service range without the need to hire new personnel or undergo additional training. This way, you can offer more to your clients without overextending your resources. It creates a win-win scenario: your clients receive professional SEO services while you have the opportunity to expand your business and brand. Moreover, as the white label SEO provider handles the technical SEO tasks, your company can dedicate its focus on nurturing client relationships and developing other facets of your business. Additionally, the comprehensive reports and insights supplied by the white label SEO firm enable you to keep your clients updated and demonstrate the tangible outcomes of their SEO investment. When Should You Use White Label SEO Services? White label SEO services can significantly impact many businesses, but first you have to make sure it's the right choice for your business. Below are some situations where White label SEO services might be highly advantageous: Inadequate In-house SEO Expertise If your company lacks the in-house knowledge needed to implement effective SEO strategies, white label SEO services can bridge that gap. Through a white label partner, you gain access to a skilled SEO team, ensuring your clients benefit from professional and effective SEO services. Resource Constraints When current projects have you spread thin and there's not enough time or resources for SEO tasks, outsourcing them to a white label SEO service can allow your team to concentrate on their core competencies. Desire to Broaden Service Range If you aim to extend your service offerings without a notable investment in new staff or training, White Label SEO services empower you to provide more to your clients without incurring extra overheads. Clients Requesting SEO Should your clients request SEO services which you don't currently provide, white label SEO presents a swift solution to fulfill their needs without the extended preparation time of setting up an in-house SEO division. Quality Control To ensure high-quality, professional SEO services for your clients minus the uncertainty, a trustworthy white label SEO provider can yield consistent and reliable outcomes. 9 Point Checklist For The Right White Label SEO Company Selecting the appropriate white label SEO company is a pivotal choice that can greatly affect the caliber of services you extend to your clients. Here are the main points to consider. 1. Experience and Skill: Choose a white label SEO company with a strong background in SEO and digital marketing. Check out their case studies, client feedback, and online reviews to gauge their skill and reliability. 2. Transparency: A good white label SEO provider should be clear about their methods, reporting, and pricing. They should provide regular and straightforward updates on the progress of your clients' SEO projects. 3. White Label Dashboard: Check if the provider offers a dashboard for easy access to white label SEO reports. You should be able to track campaign progress, access reports, and communicate smoothly under your brand name. 4. Pricing: Understand the provider's pricing structure. It should be competitive, clear, and provide good value for money. A clear pricing structure will help you set realistic prices for your clients and ensure profitability. 5. Communication: Good communication is key. Make sure the provider has a responsive customer service team and dedicated account managers to quickly address your concerns. 6. Content Quality: Content is a crucial part of SEO. Assess the quality of content the provider produces; it should be original, engaging, and SEO-optimized. 7. Education and Assistance: A provider that avails education and support can aid you in better comprehending SEO and how to market it to your clients. 8. Scalability: Opt for a provider that can adjust their services as your enterprise expands. They should be capable of managing an escalating number of projects without sacrificing quality. 9. Honorable Practices: Ensure the provider abides by ethical SEO practices to dodge any penalties from search engines. Your Turn SEO is not easy, especially if you want to provide actual value with it. Outsourcing to a company that lives and breathes SEO is a great alternative to building an internal team. Even better if you can do it under your own brand. Check out the white label SEO services in this article if one of them suits your purposes. Adding SEO services to your offerings is a great way to increase the value of your business, and therefore make it easier for investors to evaluate and buy your business. Updated: March 28, 2024 ### 8 Acquisition Financing Options For Badass Business Deals Financing a business merger or acquisition is an exciting step in your investor journey, but it can be quite the hassle if you go into it blind. The acquisition process begins by understanding your acquisition financing options. Each method has its risks, advantages and implications for your business growth. In this article, you'll find the best financing options for your business acquisition, and how to choose the one that will work for your purposes. 8 Business Acquisition Financing Options Bootstrapping Bank Loans Small Business Administration (SBA) Loans Acquisition equity finance partners Private Equity Firms Joint Ventures Seller Financing Mezzanine Financing Different acquisition funding deals require different financing methods. Research each option thoroughly. Choose the one that best fits your needs and risk tolerance. Bootstrapping Bootstrapping is when you use savings or profits from your business to fund an acquisition. While very few companies have the cash on hand to acquire another business, it does offer key advantages when possible. You avoid debt and interest payments, and you don’t have to worry about meeting loan repayments or diluting ownership by bringing in investors. Unfortunately, growth can be slower and all financial risks are on you, which can be stressful. To successfully use bootstrapping for acquisition financing, you need to: Thoroughly understand your finances. Operate lean and cut unnecessary costs. Prioritize spending that drives growth and stability. Because bootstrapping is usually impractical, most acquisitions are done through leveraged buyouts, meaning the use of debt financing. Bank Loans Bank loans provide a straightforward way to finance a business acquisition. The amount you can borrow, the interest rate, and the repayment terms are typically based on your company's credit history and the perceived risk of the transaction. The main advantage of using a bank loan is that it provides immediate capital to make the leveraged buyout. It allows businesses to leverage external funds, potentially enabling them to undertake larger acquisitions than might be possible using only internal funds. Bank loans are considered senior debt, and repayments can impact the company’s cash flow and financial stability. To increase your chances of getting a bank loan for business acquisition financing, you need to: Prepare a robust business plan that clearly outlines your acquisition strategy, financial projections, and how the loan will be utilized to enhance growth. Build a strong credit history, as lenders will assess your creditworthiness when considering loan approval. Be prepared to offer collateral to secure the loan and demonstrate to lenders your commitment and confidence in your acquisition plan. Small Business Administration (SBA) Loans Small Business Administration (SBA) loans offer a viable financing option for entrepreneurs looking to acquire a business. SBA acquisition loans are partially guaranteed by the U.S. government, which often makes them more accessible to businesses that might struggle to secure traditional bank financing. The primary advantage of using SBA for acquisition loans is their relatively low interest rates and favorable repayment terms, making them an attractive option for small business owners. They are designed to be somewhat more accessible, providing financial support to businesses that might be deemed too risky by conventional lending standards. SBA funding comes with a set of challenges as well. The application process can be rigorous and time-consuming. It requires businesses to provide a detailed business plan, financial statements, and additional documentation to demonstrate their creditworthiness. SBA loans often require collateral, which can pose a risk to the borrower’s assets. Another challenge is insufficient funding, even if you do get SBA backing. This is where SBA loan investors can help to bridge that funding gap. To increase your chances of getting an SBA loan for business acquisition financing, you need to: Make sure you have all required documents prepared. This includes financial statements, business plans, and legal documents. Confirm that your business meets the SBA’s eligibility requirements. Make sure your plan for a leveraged buyout agrees is within the SBA’s permissible uses. Acquisition Equity Financing Partners A acquisition equity finance company is generally a individual, fund, or company that partners with those looking to buy an existing business. They aim to inject capital into the deal to help the entrepreneur acquire the business. For example, Smash Ventures is just such a company. They partner with entrepreneurs that are looking to acquire an SMB, such as those using an SBA loan but still need more capital, or with more traditional self-financed search funds. Post-acquisition, Smash does two things: It gives the option (but not the requirement) to have its in-house marketing agency help grow its portfolio companies. Smash aligns itself with the entrepreneurs it partners with by being "exit agnostic". Since it's not a fund, it doesn't have deadlines for closing out the fund. It is just as happy being a shareholder in a company forever as it is having the company flipped in 5 years. It supports the entrepreneur either way. Private Equity Firms Private equity firms provide capital in exchange for equity, or ownership stake. They typically invest in established businesses that have stable revenue and profit. They often have the aim of increasing the value of the business for an eventual exit, typically through a sale or an IPO (Initial Public Offering). One of the primary advantages of partnering with a private equity firm is the substantial financial backing they bring. For example, Apollo Global Management holds $598 billion in managed funds. Additionally, they often bring a wealth of experience and can provide strategic guidance that can help drive growth and operational improvements in the business. It's important to note that unless you're already a big established player, PE firms are probably not going to be interested. Private equity is NOT a group of small business investors. There are some Micro-PE players that will work with smaller acquisitions, but the big guys are in an entirely different league. Note that accepting investment from a private equity firm means relinquishing some level of ownership and control over the business. They seek to maximize their return on investment, which may radically influence the strategic direction and operations of the business. To get business acquisition financing from a private equity firm, you need to: Make sure your business goals and operational philosophies align with those of the private equity firm. Present clear, accurate, and transparent financial statements and projections. Develop a clear exit strategy that aligns with the investment horizon of the private equity firm. Joint Ventures or Partnerships A joint partnership is when two or more businesses combine resources, expertise, and capital to acquire and manage a target business together. A significant advantage of joint partnerships is the shared risk and responsibility. Each entity contributes to the financing, resources, and management of the acquisition, thereby reducing the financial burden on a single entity. This collaborative approach can also bring together varied expertise and market insights, potentially leading to more informed decision-making and strategic development. Joint partnerships can open access to new markets, networks, and operational capabilities, as each partner brings their own strengths and resources to the table. On the other hand, it requires similar strategic vision and operational practices among all partners. To succeed in acquisition financing through joint partnerships, you need to: Ensure clear agreement on objectives, financial contributions, roles, and responsibilities among all partners to avoid future conflicts. Establish robust communication channels and decision-making protocols to facilitate smooth operation of the partnership. Develop a comprehensive legal and operational framework that outlines the structure of the partnership, distribution of profits, and procedures for resolving disputes or exiting the partnership. Seller Financing Seller financing is when the person selling their business also helps out with the funding. They exchange their business for an "IOU" and you agree to pay them back in installments. The cool thing about seller financing is that it's often simpler and more flexible than dealing with a bank. You might get better interest rates and payment plans, and you don’t have to deal with all the bank's paperwork and requirements. For the seller, they might be able to sell the business for a bit more money. They also earn a little extra from the interest you pay them back over time. And, they might be able to sell faster because they’re not waiting around for a bank to say yes to a loan. But it's not all smooth sailing, especially for the seller. If you can’t make payments, you might have to give back parts of or the entire the business, depending on your contract. If you’re considering seller financing for acquisition financing: Do your due diligence on the target company to make sure it will provide enough cash flow for repayments. Draw up a loan agreement with everything clear and above board. Work out a payment plan that’s fair and doable, making sure it lines up with the expected income from the business. Mezzanine Debt Financing Mezzanine debt financing, or subordinate financing, is a leveraged buyout using both debt and equity financing that's used often for business acquisitions. It is unsecured and tied to the assets of the company, which means higher interest rates and increased risk to the lender. The neat part about mezzanine financing is that it can give you that extra financial push to make the acquisition happen when you’re a bit short on capital. It's flexible too - if you hit a rough patch, sometimes you can convert that debt into ownership or equity to the lender, which eases the pressure of repayments. But on the flipside, mezzanine debt can be costly. If things go sideways, you might end up giving away a chunk of your business to the lender. Plus, if you have other loans, adding mezzanine debt means you’re juggling more balls. And if one drops, it can get messy. If you’re thinking about using mezzanine debt financing for acquisition financing: Be sure you’ve got a solid plan for how you’ll use the money to grow the business and pay back the loan. Get some expert advice to navigate through the process and make sure all the legal and financial boxes are ticked. Make sure you’re comfortable with the terms and understand the risks, like potentially losing a piece of your business if things don’t go as planned. Evaluating Risks In Acquisition Finance Risk is inherent in acquisition finance. But with thorough evaluation and planning, you can minimize it. Risks of Debt Acquisition Financing First, let's look at the potential risks of debt financing acquisitions. Repayment Pressure With debt acquisition funding, there’s the constant obligation to meet repayment schedules. This means your business needs to generate enough revenue to cover repayments to acquisition financing lenders. It can be particularly stressful if cash flow becomes tight or the business faces unforeseen challenges. Collateral Risk Often, debt financing requires collateral, such as business assets, to secure the loan. If the business struggles to make repayments, these assets could be at risk. This might jeopardize the operational capability and financial stability of the business. Impact on Credit Rating Taking on debt impacts your business’s credit rating. If the business encounters any issues and fails to meet repayment obligations, it can negatively affect the credit rating. This can make it harder and potentially more expensive to secure financing in the future. Risks of Equity Acquisition Financing Now, let's look at the risks of equity financing an acquisition. Loss of Control Opting for equity acquisition financing often means selling a portion of your business to investors. This can dilute your ownership and potentially reduce your control over business decisions, strategy, and operations, as investors will likely want a say in how the business is run. Dividend Obligations Equity investors may expect to receive dividends as a return on their investment. This means that a portion of your profits will be distributed to investors, which might otherwise be reinvested back into the business, potentially impacting cash flow and growth plans. Potential Conflict with Investors Different investors may have varied expectations and visions for the business. Managing these diverse perspectives and ensuring alignment can be challenging and, if not managed effectively, can lead to conflicts that disrupt the smooth operation and strategic direction of the business. How to Write Your Business Acquisition Plan Now that you know all the pieces of the puzzle, it's time to put them in order. A carefully crafted business acquisition plan will ensure a smooth transition and successful outcome. Here’s a straightforward guide to help you write a simple but effective business acquisition plan. 1. Define Clear Objectives Start by outlining the reason why you want to acquire the business. Sounds simple enough, but it's easy to get lost in the weeds during the whole process. Some common reasons and goals are: Access a new market Acquire technology Eliminate competition Etc... 2. Identify the Target Company Detail the criteria for your ideal target business, considering aspects like size, industry, location, and financial health. This will streamline your search and help you focus on businesses that align with your objectives. 3. Conduct Thorough Due Diligence Once you've found a potential target company, it's time for due diligence. Dive deep into the financials, operations, legalities, and other relevant aspects of the target business. Ensure there are no hidden liabilities or issues that could pose challenges post-acquisition. Here's a great guide on performing due diligence on online businesses. 4. Financing Strategy Based on the insights from the previous sections about different financing options, choose a financing strategy that aligns with your financial capacity and strategy. Detail how you plan to fund the acquisition, whether through debt, equity, or alternative financing options. 5. Valuation and Offer Establish the value of the target business and determine a fair offer price. Consider various valuation methods and ensure that the price aligns with both the business’s worth and your financial strategy. 6. Negotiation and Deal Structure Outline your negotiation strategy and define the structure of the deal. Consider aspects like payment terms, transition period, and any contingencies that need to be addressed. 7. Integration Plan Describe how you plan to integrate the acquired business into your existing operations. Consider cultural, operational, and technological aspects to ensure a smooth transition and compatibility between the businesses and people within. 8. Risk Management Identify potential risks and challenges that might arise during and after the acquisition. Develop strategies to mitigate these risks and ensure that the acquisition remains aligned with your overall business objectives. You can also consult a third party company for assistance in risk management. 9. Legal and Regulatory Compliance Ensure that the acquisition plan adheres to all legal and regulatory requirements. Engage legal counsel to navigate through contracts, agreements, and compliance to safeguard against legal pitfalls. 10. Post-Acquisition Strategy Detail your strategy for the business post-acquisition. Consider how you will manage, grow, and potentially exit the business in the future, ensuring that it continues to align with your overarching business objectives. Your Turn You now know the best acquisition financing methods and how to write a business acquisition plan. As you see, the process itself is veritably simple. The hard work begins when you start asking questions and contacting people. Then it comes down to risk assessment and staring down rejected loan applications. You might even have to make a compromise in your plans. Business acquisition funding is accessible, you just have to do your homework. Take a look at these investors for inspiration. Good luck. ### The 11 Best Entrepreneurs to Follow Who Keep it Real In today's information-saturated world, it's hard to filter the genuine innovators from the clout-chasers. You want to follow experts not just for buzzwords and empty inspiration, but for real-world insights and strategies. People who have earned their entrepreneurial and investing success through tangible results, not hype. In this article, you'll find 11 of the best entrepreneurs to follow in 2023. Some you know already, some you've never heard of. Don't worry. Gary Vaynerchuk isn't on the list. Pieter Levels Pieter Levels is known for his "12 startups in 12 months" challenge, during which he built and launched a new online business every month for a year. His most notable project, Nomad List, is a widely-used platform for remote workers seeking ideal locations worldwide. He's also known for Remote OK and a deluge of other smaller projects. This absolute beast of a startup builder has shown in real time that success comes through multiple attempts, failure and rapid iteration. Product Development: Rapid product development and launch Rapid Iteration: Quick iteration based on user feedback Community Development: Building communities around your product or service Pieter Levels Blog (levels.io) Pieter Levels Twitter (@levelsio) Reason I just disabled free usage on all my AI apps is the abuse is so gigantic Every image generation costs money so having millions of bots generate for free will cost $10,000s https://t.co/H6qcnEBiq2 — @levelsio (@levelsio) September 25, 2023 Travis Jamison Travis Jamison is a successful serial entrepreneur who has built and scaled numerous businesses. To date, he's had $10+M exits with bootstrapped businesses. As an investor, he's created Investing.io and the investment company Smash.VC. As an SEO-expert, he's the owner and CEO of the marketing agency Smash Digital. In addition to sensible chuckles, following Travis gets you valuable insights on: Bootstrapping: Travis is a veritable expert on self-funding startups Remote Management: Building and managing remote teams Customer Experience: Building a successful business through positive customer experience Data Based Investing: Learn about experimental investments based on data instead of hype By following Travis Jamison's journey, you can uncover best practices for creating and scaling an online venture in today's competitive environment. Investing Blog (Investing.io) Travis Jamison Blog (Travis.vc) Travis Jamison on Twitter (@Travis_Jamison) I've been around tons of successful people, and there is one thing I've learned. Many people who make it seem like they're really rich usually have less than you'd expect. But, many people who you might not think twice about are actually rolling in it. You can never judge. — Travis Jamison (@Travis_Jamison) September 21, 2023  Sahil Bloom Sahil Bloom is a multifaceted entrepreneur, investor, and creator known for his insightful content and innovative ventures. With a strong emphasis on education and growth, Sahil has garnered a significant following: Newsletter & Content Creation: Sahil is the mind behind "The Curiosity Chronicle," a newsletter with over 225,000 subscribers. Each week offers a deep dive into business, finance, startups, and technology. Podcasting: He's a podcast host on "Where It Happens," which emphasizes the importance of insightful conversations in professional scenarios. The podcast aims to provide listeners with insider perspectives and proven frameworks to give them a competitive advantage. Athletic Background: Apart from his professional endeavors, Sahil has a background in baseball. He played for the New England Collegiate Baseball League and had significant contributions during his stints in 2010 and 2011. Stay tuned to Sahil Bloom's initiatives for a blend of entrepreneurial insights, educational content, and holistic approach to personal and professional growth. Sahil Bloom Twitter (@SahilBloom) Sahil Bloom LinkedIn Sahil Bloom Blog (sahilbloom.com) My business model: “Bond with call options” Agencies are nice because they offer low upfront investment plus attractive day one cash flows. That’s the bond. Reinvest cash flows from the bond into “call option” upside bets via launching products, SaaS, etc. That’s the real $. — Sahil Bloom (@SahilBloom) September 25, 2023 Kyle Roof Kyle Roof, the Jack Black of marketing, stands out as a trailblazer in the vast world of SEO and online entrepreneurship. Recognized by industry experts for his unparalleled expertise in on-page optimization and keyword research, Kyle's strategies have become the gold standard for many digital marketers. Key areas: On-page SEO Mastery: Perfecting website content and structure for search engine optimization. Innovative Keyword Research: Unearthing high-impact keywords that drive traffic and conversions. Holistic Marketing Strategies: Crafting cohesive plans that amplify online presence and engage target audiences. By following Kyle Roof's techniques and insights, marketers and entrepreneurs alike can elevate their digital footprint and harness the full potential of their online strategies. Kyle Roof Twitter (@kylebot1997) Kyle Roof Blog (kyleroof.com) I recently chatted with Ricky from Income School about EEAT. Here’s a gold nug on how to build up one of the EEAT factors, Expertise (see thread ⬇️): pic.twitter.com/j8BVlld3eM — Kyle Roof (@kylebot1997) June 21, 2023 Glen Allsopp Glen Allsopp is a seasoned digital marketer and veritable SEO ninja, renowned for his in-depth analyses and actionable insights. He's also a brilliant business strategist, as showcased by his Gaps project. With a reputation built on a solid foundation of data-driven expertise, Glen offers a wealth of knowledge through his platforms. Key highlights of his contributions include: Content Strategy Insights: Through Detailed.com, Glen deciphers the finest strategies, offering readers a competitive edge. SEO Mastery: ViperChill, another brainchild of Glen, serves as a repository of his extensive knowledge on SEO and broader marketing topics. Discovering Industry Loopholes: Glen's knack for identifying and exploiting overlooked marketing tactics ensures his followers stay one step ahead in the digital landscape. By diving into Glen Allsopp's content and methodologies, marketers stand to gain a fresh perspective, enriching their approach to online promotion and audience engagement. Glen Allsopp Blog (detailed.com) Glen Allsopp Twitter (@viperchill) On Ziff Davis' Q2 earnings call they made some interesting comments about SEO, AI and ...traffic from Bing. Google sends around 650M clicks each month to the 58 sites I track for them (Semrush estimates). Many are brands you would recognise. They also said that, "Google… pic.twitter.com/q9sUGU8Sew — Glen Allsopp 👾 (@ViperChill) August 7, 2023 Seth Godin A titan in the world of marketing, Seth Godin has long been the voice that both budding and seasoned marketers turn to for wisdom. From best-selling author to Business Insider contributor to Entrepreneur Magazine regular, he's a well known figure to every content creator. His work consistently challenges traditional marketing norms, pushing for authenticity and innovation. Seth Godin's quote "A content marketer's job is to publish every day" has kept me moving and evolving through rough times for almost two decades. Key highlights of his extensive career include: Prolific Authorship: As a bestselling author of multiple titles such as "Purple Cow" and "Tribes," Seth offers insights into marketing, leadership, and the spread of ideas. You can find similar groundbreaking posts in his blog. Entrepreneur Ventures: As the founder of multiple companies, including Yoyodyne and Squidoo, Seth embodies the entrepreneurial spirit, emphasizing the importance of creating meaningful impact over mere transactions. For those eager to challenge the status quo and redefine paradigms, Seth Godin's wisdom is both timeless and profoundly relevant in today's ever-evolving digital landscape. Seth Godin Twitter (@ThisIsSethsBlog) Seth Godin Blog (seths.blog) Seth Godin LinkedIn Staring at decisions Soap is 85 cents a bar or two for a dollar. Which should you buy? It depends. It depends on how much space you have, whether you like this brand, how full your cart is and whether or not you’re sure if the person who sent you to the market wants you to buy two. It’s easy to focus on these sorts of low-value decisions. —Seth Godin, December 18, 2022 Danielle Gronich   Danielle Gronich is the co-founder of ClearStem Skincare, a thriving business focusing on providing natural and non-toxic beauty products. To establish a lifestyle business, it's essential to have a clear vision and mission, which Danielle demonstrates through her passion for clean, result-oriented skincare. Following her on social media and her blog will expose you to her transparent and educational approach to business and skincare. Product Development: Developing and a successful product line and bringing it to market Entrepreneur Lifestyle: Balancing personal life with the demands of being an entrepreneur Authentic Branding: Creating an authentic, customer-oriented brand Danielle Gronich Instagram (@danielle.the.acne.guru) Danielle Gronich LinkedIn danielle.the.acne.guru As someone who has arguablely some of the most high maintenance skin on the planet, I have to tip-toe around everything. ONE bite of cheese but only if I’m not near my period. Half a cup of coffee but only if hydrated first. Kissing someone new? Ya ima check your chapstick first. Massage time? Bringing my own hemp oil (it’s safe!)⁣ —Danielle Gronich, November 26, 2022 Marie Forleo Marie Forleo is a bestselling author, motivational speaker, and online entrepreneur behind the renowned brand, MarieTV. She is also the creator of the popular business development program, B-School, turning her into a thought leader with the online entrepreneurship crowd. You know the Youtube channel with the flower in the background-trope? She started it. Marie's alternative to the corporate setting, along with her insightful and actionable advice, make her an ideal role model for anyone pursuing a lifestyle business. Gain valuable insights from Marie on: Online Branding: Building an online presence and personal brand, as she explained on Yahoo Finance Content Creation: Creating engaging and valuable content for your target audience Digital Marketing: Growing your business with effective digital strategies Marie Forleo Blog (marieforleo.com) Marie Forleo Instagram (@marieforleo) Marie Forleo Twitter (@marieforleo) If you're exhausted from trying to 'do it all,' remember, you have the power to reclaim your time, energy, and focus for greater joy and success. Join us for Time Genius: https://t.co/8AXy2ltcJK pic.twitter.com/3A8RlKgMbf — Marie Forleo (@marieforleo) September 18, 2023 Tobi Lütke Tobi Lütke is an entrepreneur, pioneer and thought leader in the ecommerce universe. Oh, and CEO and mastermind behind Spotify. His journey and insights offer invaluable lessons for entrepreneurs navigating the digital marketplace. Key facets of his entrepreneurial voyage and contributions include: E-Commerce Visionary: As the founder and CEO of Shopify, Lütke transformed a small online shop into an e-commerce behemoth, facilitating commerce for millions worldwide. Thought Leadership: Lütke's Twitter handle (@tobi) and his interviews shed light on the latest in technology trends, e-commerce strategies, and the nuances of scaling a startup. Resources and Guidance: Shopify's blog, enriched by Lütke's direction, is a treasure trove of industry updates, actionable tips, and inspiring tales of entrepreneurs who've carved out their niches using the platform. For those aiming to conquer the e-commerce world, keeping a close watch on Tobi Lütke's strategies and insights can provide a roadmap to success. Tobi Lütke Blog (tobi.lutke.com) Tobi Lütke Twitter (@tobi) Tobi Lütke Instagram (@tobi) Programming environments or web frameworks cannot fail to scale. Teams can run out of talent when scaling them though. The solutions to web scaling have been the same for the past 20 years and can succeed even with bash scripts piped into netcat if that is your thing. — tobi lutke (@tobi) September 20, 2023 Tara Mackey Photograph by Alina Mendoza Tara Mackey is a luminary and motivational speaker in the world of holistic and sustainable living. As the driving force behind The Organic Life, her journey and wisdom offer priceless guidance for individuals seeking a natural and conscious approach to life and wellness. Holistic Living: As the founder and CEO of The Organic Life, Mackey has championed a platform that emphasizes sustainable living, holistic remedies, and organic beauty. Voice of Mindfulness: Through her social media presence and her best-selling books, Mackey delves into the benefits of natural remedies, the power of mindfulness, and the importance of sustainable habits. Natural Lifestyle: The Organic Life blog, under Mackey's guidance, is a rich repository of organic skincare insights, personal healing stories, and actionable tips for those aiming to embrace a more natural lifestyle. For those aspiring to integrate holistic practices into their daily routines, drawing inspiration from Tara Mackey's experiences and teachings can pave the way to a balanced and harmonious life. Tara Mackey Blog (theorganiclifeblog.com) Tara Mackey Instagram (@taraamackey) How I Got Featured in Forbes Since quarantine began I’ve been asked to go live with some of my favorite folks: Entrepreneur Magazine, Gary Vee, John Lee— opportunities where I knew so many people would be tuned in! Not only would I have to be on my A game since we’re live, but because most of these asks came kinda last minute, I had to have my lighting and background game on point too! This past week I shared with Forbes some of my tips for finding the very best place in your house to do lives & zoom calls. I love that Forbes writer Amanda featured all women for this article & am always so honored to be asked my tips and tricks. — Tara Mackey Richard Rawlings Richard Rawlings is a trailblazer and influential figure in the world of automotive restoration and entertainment. As the visionary behind Gas Monkey Garage, his journey and expertise offer invaluable insights for individuals passionate about classic cars and automotive entrepreneurship. Beneath an exterior of hype, drama and extreme showmanship is a branding genius and entertainment industry pioneer. Automotive Restoration: As the founder and CEO of Gas Monkey Garage, Rawlings has established a hub that focuses on reviving classic cars, bringing them back to their former glory, and selling them for profit. Voice of Automotive Entertainment: Through his television appearances, especially on "Fast N' Loud," and his other media engagements, Rawlings delves into the intricacies of car restoration, the thrill of the hunt for vintage vehicles, and the business side of the automotive world. Classic Car Enthusiast: The Gas Monkey Garage brand, under Rawlings' leadership, is a treasure trove of automotive restoration projects, behind-the-scenes looks, and valuable tips for those looking to dive into the world of classic cars. For those aspiring to delve into automotive restoration or to understand turning classic car restoration into an entertainment business, drawing inspiration from Richard Rawlings' experiences and expertise can steer the way to a successful and thrilling journey. Richard Rawlings Twitter (@RRRawlings) Gas Monkey Garage (gasmonkeygarage.com) Our "totaled" is being brought back to life thanks to the help from our friends at Creative Bespoke. Stay tuned, once this 812 Superfast is back on the road, it's going to turn some heads! 🛠 Get ready to see this Ferrari at SEMA 2023 pic.twitter.com/2v1aZidRwU — Richard Ray Rawlings (@RRRawlings) September 12, 2023 3 Reasons To Follow Entrepreneurs Following other entrepreneurs is crucial for several reasons, both for personal growth and startup success: Inspiration and Motivation: Witnessing the success stories, challenges, and resilience of other entrepreneurs can provide motivation. It serves as a reminder that challenges are a natural part of the entrepreneurial journey and can be overcome. Learning Opportunities: By observing the strategies and decisions of others, entrepreneurs can learn what works and what doesn't. This can help in avoiding common pitfalls and making more informed decisions. Avoiding Complacency: Watching others innovate and push boundaries can be a reminder to continually assess and evolve one's own business strategies. Conclusion Remember, every entrepreneur's journey is unique. You have to find the role model that aligns with your own values, interests and aspirations. Don't be afraid to explore different industries and seek out inspiration from various sources. Just remember to avoid the fluff content. So many internet celebrities spout motivational nonsense and fill your inbox with sales pitches, which just ends up stealing your time. The 11 entrepreneurs listed here all have amazing insights to share. And if you're looking for more than just inspiration, and you want to fund your startup, check out this post for the best small business investors out there. ### How to Find Investors to Help Buy a Businesses When you need to find investors to help acquire a business, you're not only looking for someone with investment capital, you're looking for someone who trusts your judgment. Sounds like a difficult search at best. Truth is, there's countless investors out there just waiting for a person like you to come along and ask for their money. You just need to know where to look. In this article, I've detailed six methods to find investors for raising capital for a successful business acquisition. Methods to Find Investors - Overview Networking Working With Expert Middlemen Finding equity partners Private Equity Traditional Financing and Bank Loans Seller Financing – An Overlooked Gem Online Investment Platforms Method 1: Networking Let's start with networking. Wait, don't groan just yet. Networking, when done right, can be the golden ticket to finding the right investors for your business venture. Remember, networking isn't about pitching your business idea to every person you meet. It's about building genuine relationships. Personal Connections Think about the people you already know. Friends, family, former colleagues, or that mentor you once had a coffee chat with. Some of them might be interested in investing, or they might know someone who is. Don't be shy to reach out. A simple catch-up can lead to unexpected opportunities. Local Industry Events These aren't just places to learn about the latest trends. They're goldmines for meeting potential investors. Whether it's a seminar, workshop, or a full-blown conference, these events often attract people with money to invest and an interest in the industry. Here's a few good ways to find local industry events: Meetup: A platform for finding and building local communities. You can attend events based on your interests or even start your own. Eventbrite: Lists local events, workshops, and seminars. It's a great way to find networking opportunities in your area. BNI (Business Network International): A business networking organization that offers members the opportunity to share ideas, contacts, and business referrals. Professional Associations Joining groups related to your business sector can be a game-changer. Not only do they often host networking events, but being a member can give you access to directories or forums where you can connect with potential investors. Alumni Associations: Your university or college alumni association can be a great way to reconnect with old classmates who might now be in influential positions. Toastmasters: While it's primarily for improving public speaking, many business professionals use Toastmasters as a networking opportunity. Online Platforms Don't forget about platforms like LinkedIn. It's not just for job hunting or posting corporate cringe. Engaging in relevant groups, sharing insightful posts, or simply reaching out with a personalized message can open doors. Same goes for Facebook, Instagram, or even Tiktok. Listen, engage, and when the time feels right, share your vision. You'd be surprised how many people are willing to support or connect you with the right folks. Following bloggers like Travis Jamison at travis.vc can also be a great introduction to investing communities. Method 2: Working With Expert Middlemen Expert middlemen are like the matchmakers of the business world. They've got the contacts, the experience, and the know-how to connect you with potential online business investors. Let's look at a few examples you might want to get on your team. Business Brokers Business brokers are like real estate agents, but for businesses. They have a list of businesses for sale and a network of potential buyers and investors. If you're open to it, they can help you find both a business to buy and the investors to back you up. It's a two-for-one deal. Especially if you're not an incredibly experienced business owner or buyer, they can help you avoid major mistakes in acquisitions. You can also get in contact with due diligence companies like Centurica, who deal with mergers and acquisitions daily. They also save clients from potentially catastrophic deals. Mergers and Acquisitions Advisors Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A) advisors are the folks who specialize in, well, mergers and acquisitions. They're great at understanding the nitty-gritty of deals, from valuations to negotiations. If you're looking at a larger acquisition or a more complex deal, these are your go-to experts. Investment Banks Now, if you're thinking big, investment banks might be the route to take. They deal with larger transactions and have access to institutional investors. While they might be a bit overkill for smaller deals, for significant acquisitions, they can be invaluable. Where To Find Intermediaries Here's a few places you can try to find these people. IBBA (International Business Brokers Association): A leading association for brokers and advisors that provides education, conferences, and a directory of its members. M&A Source: A community for middle market M&A professionals. They offer education, networking events, and a platform to connect with experienced M&A advisors. Axial: An online network that connects business owners with capital providers, including M&A advisors, private equity groups, and lenders. BizBuySell: While primarily a marketplace for buying and selling small businesses, it also offers a directory of brokers. Alliance of M&A Advisors (AM&AA): A global organization that serves the educational and transactional support needs of middle market M&A professionals worldwide. FINRA BrokerCheck: If you're in the U.S., you can use this tool to research the background and experience of financial brokers, advisors, and firms. In a nutshell, while going solo is an option, there's no harm in seeking out experts who can make the journey smoother. It might cost you a bit upfront, but the potential returns and saved headaches can be well worth it. Method 3: Finding Equity Partners   Equity capital partners can be great to have when acquiring a business. These are frequently individuals or small funds that partner with entrepreneurs who are acquiring a business. They provide some of the capital in exchange for some of the equity in the company. They become partners with the acquisition-entrepreneur. A great example of this type of company is Smash Ventures. They team up with SMB acquisition entrepreneurs. Both self-funded searchers, and SBA loan acquirers. They inject capital into the deal, and then offer to have their internal marketing agency help grow it if the new owner is interested. (it's an offer, never required). They are then happy to hold the investment forever, or flip the company when the time is right. Method 4: Private Equity and Institutional Investors Let's talk about the big players in the investment world: Private Equity (PE) firms and Institutional Investors. These entities have deep pockets and a keen eye for profitable ventures. If you're aiming to make a significant acquisition, understanding how to navigate this landscape can be a game-changer. When approaching these big players, it's all about the pitch. They'll want to see a clear business plan, financial projections, and a strategy for growth. It's not just about the present value of the business but its future potential. So, make sure you're prepared to showcase that. Remember, while these entities are looking for a return on their investment, they also bring a lot to the table. Beyond capital, they often offer industry connections, expertise, and resources that can propel the business forward. Private Equity Firms At their core, Private Equity firms are all about investing in companies, growing them, and then, ideally, selling them for a profit. They have substantial funds and are often on the lookout for promising businesses to add to their portfolios. If your target business has a solid track record and growth potential, a PE firm might just be interested. Here's a few examples of PE firms: The Blackstone Group: One of the world's leading investment firms, Blackstone has a diverse range of funds and investment strategies. They have a significant presence in various sectors, including real estate, private equity, hedge fund solutions, and credit. KKR (Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.): A global investment firm with a multi-strategy approach, KKR has investments in private equity, energy, infrastructure, real estate, and more. They have a long history and have been involved in numerous high-profile buyouts. Institutional Investors These are entities like pension funds, mutual funds, and insurance companies. They manage vast sums of money and invest in a range of assets, including businesses. While they're more conservative than VCs, they can be a good fit for stable, established businesses with consistent returns. In essence, while securing investment from PE firms or institutional investors might seem daunting, it's all about alignment. If your vision for the business aligns with their goals, you might just find yourself with some powerful allies on your acquisition journey. Method 5: Traditional Financing and Bank Loans While it's tempting to chase after the big fish in the investment pond, sometimes the old-school route of bank loans can be just the ticket for your business acquisition needs, especially if it's a small business. One of the perks of going the bank route is clarity. The terms are clear, there's a set repayment schedule, and you don't have to give away any equity in the business. It's a straightforward transaction: you borrow, you buy, you repay. Let's dive into the ins and outs. The Bank Loan The classic. Walk into a bank, present your business case, and if all goes as planned, walk out with a promise of funds. Banks are generally more risk-averse, so they'll want to see that the business you're buying has a stable financial history, and frequently online businesses aren't the best fit for them (you'll need to find dedicated online business investors instead of traditional bank financing). They'll look at things like credit scores, both yours and the business's, past financial statements, and cash flow projections. But in many cases, a bank can be a surprisingly effective way to get a business loan. Small Business Administration (SBA) Loans If you're in the U.S., the Small Business Administration (SBA) can be a fantastic resource. They offer loans specifically designed for business acquisitions. While the process can be a tad more paperwork-heavy, the terms are often favorable, with longer repayment periods and competitive interest rates. In a nutshell, while it might not have the glamour of venture capital or private equity, traditional financing is a solid, dependable option for many business acquisitions. If your business qualifies for the loan, that is. Method 6: Seller Financing – An Overlooked Gem An often overlooked method, but a possible game-changer is seller financing. It's when the seller lets you pay in installments. Kind of like financing the business acquisition with the income from the business itself. Popular in the real estate world, seller financing is really quite an elegant solution in online business transactions as well. Why Sellers Offer Seller Financing You might be wondering, "Why would any business owner do this?" Well, there are a few legitimate reasons to go down this path. The market is a bit slow, and they're having trouble finding a buyer. They believe in the business's potential and think they'll get a better deal by waiting a bit for their money. They want to ensure a smooth transition and believe that working with the buyer is the way to do it. Terms That Suit Both Parties This is where things get interesting. Everything's up for discussion – the down payment, interest rate, repayment schedule, and any other terms. It's essential to strike a balance that works for both parties. (And, of course, get everything in writing.) Seller Financing Can Be A Win-Win Deal Seller financing can be a win-win. You might get more favorable terms than with a traditional bank loan, and there's a level of trust and collaboration with the seller. After all, you're both small business owners of the same company. Plus, since the seller has a vested interest in seeing the business succeed (they want their payments, after all), they might be more willing to offer guidance or support during the transition. The Caveats of Seller Financing Like all good things, there are some things to watch out for. If the business doesn't perform as expected, you're still on the hook for the payments. And if you default, the seller might have the right to take the business back. So, as always, it's crucial to do your homework and ensure you're making a sound investment. In the end, seller financing is one of those options that many folks overlook, but it can be the perfect solution in the right circumstances. If you find a willing seller and can negotiate favorable terms, it might just be the golden ticket to your business acquisition dreams. Method 7: Online Investment Platforms While traditional methods have their charm, the online world has opened up a bunch of opportunities to connect with investors and secure capital. From crowdfunding platforms to specialized investor networks, the internet is teeming with modern solutions for savvy acquisition entrepreneurs. You can connect with investors from all over the world, get instant feedback, and streamline the investment process with online tools and contracts. But as with all things online, it's essential to do your due diligence. Ensure platforms are reputable, be wary of too-good-to-be-true offers, and always prioritize secure and transparent transactions. Let's explore some of these digital avenues. Investment Platforms: Websites like Axial or CircleUp act as middlemen, connecting business buyers with potential investors. You create a profile, list your acquisition needs, and voilà, you're in front of a pool of investors who are actively looking to put their money to work. Equity Crowdfunding: Platforms like Kickstarter or Indiegogo might be famous for funding cool gadgets or indie films, but there are similar platforms, like StartEngine or Crowdcube, where businesses can raise capital in exchange for equity. It's a unique way to tap into a broader pool of smaller investors rather than relying on a few big ones. Peer-to-Peer Lending: Websites like LendingClub or Prosper allow individuals to lend money directly to others, bypassing traditional banks. If you're looking for a loan rather than an equity investor, this can be an avenue worth exploring. Virtual Networking Events: With the rise of remote work and virtual events, there are now countless webinars, online conferences, and virtual meetups where you can connect with potential investors from the comfort of your home. Before Choosing a Method - Figure Out How Much Capital You Need Before you scurry off to pitch investors with your business plan in hand, let's talk numbers. How much do you really need? You've probably figured out the purchase price of the business. But that's just the start. Think about any additional costs that might pop up. Maybe the existing business needs a tech upgrade, or perhaps you'll need some extra cash to keep things running smoothly during the transition. It's always better to overestimate a tad than to find yourself short on funds later on. Knowing your numbers shows investors that you're a serious business owner, but it also gives them confidence in your planning skills. (Plus, it helps you avoid the awkwardness of asking for more money later.) Capital Calculation Checklist Here's a handy checklist to you can use to calculate your capital needs: Business Valuation: Determine the value of the existing business. Due Diligence: Conduct a thorough checkup of financial statements and operations and identify any potential risks or hidden costs. Working Capital Assessment: Estimate the day-to-day operational costs for the transition phase. Capital Expenditures: Identify any immediate investments required (equipment, technology, infrastructure, etc). Integration Costs: If you're merging the business, think about integration costs. Contingency Fund: Set aside a portion of capital for unforeseen expenses (recommend 10-20% of capital). Legal and Professional Fees: Costs for lawyers, accountants, etc consultants assisting you with the transition. Review and Adjust: Review and adjust anything you might have overlooked. Your Turn Acquiring an existing business doesn't have to be out of reach. It's not difficult to find investors for buying businesses. Regardless if it's just a low stakes investment in a small business or a major acquisition of an established business, you can find the right people to raise money and back you up. If you're still unsure about where to go, get in touch with us at Smash.vc. We love to invest in small businesses and entrepreneurs acquiring small businesses. Just remember to calculate everything thoroughly before running off to shake hands with the first potential investor out there. ### The 5 Best Due Diligence Service Providers Inflated traffic numbers, irrational addbacks, hidden operational issues, bloated revenue figures... The fear for us investors is real. If you're not using a quality due diligence consulting company you might end up pulling the trigger on a company that looks good on the outside, but is absolutely worthless once it's yours. For any significant investment, partnering with a specialized due diligence company is a must. They don't tell you if it's a good deal or not, but instead they do the dirty work to dissect, analyze, and present the unvarnished truth about your target company so you can make a confident and informed purchase decision. Here I've listed my top 5 due diligence professionals specializing SMB translations to help make your investment a success. If you want to get straight to the best option, check out our best choice. Our Top Due Diligence Services: Centurica (Our #1 Recommendation) Durkin Group Intrinsic, LLC Marcum LLP Flippa Centurica Centurica offers reliable insights and expertise when it comes to business due diligence. Centurica is in a special position, as upon founding over a decade ago they originally only focused on online businesses. This allows them to be a digital-first platform that understands the modern landscape. From there they went all-in on the SMB space. Search funds, blue collar service companies, private equity, ecommerce, SaaS, agencies, etc. They now do it all. Centurica is a meticulous company, ensuring clients are well-informed. Their due diligence consultants delve deep, sharing strategies and advice tailored to the ever-evolving business marketplace. This reflects in a track record of satisfied clients, including myself (they did a great job for me). For example, in this case study, they illustrate how recognizing fake financials saved a client from a potentially catastrophic deal. They do standard financial (rebuilding the P&L, quality of earnings) and non-financial tasks (inventory assessment, analytics, customer risk) They also free and fairly comprehensive Buyer’s Guide, which provides data on average valuations, median asking prices, and future predictions for various business categories. Centurica's Due Diligence Advisory Services: Financial Due Diligence: Centurica rebuilds the Profit & Loss (P/L) statement to verify the accuracy of the seller's financials. Quality of Earnings:  A report seeing how a company gets it's revenue. Is it one-off, recurring, or reoccurring? Cash or other? Net income isn't always a great representation to how the cash flows. Operational Due Diligence: Centurica delves deep into the operational aspects of the business to identify the biggest risks. They also pinpoint value creation opportunities, ensuring that potential buyers are aware of areas where they can enhance the business's performance. Commercial Market Analysis: An in-depth market analysis is conducted to identify the most significant growth opportunities. Centurica ensures that the future of the business is sustainable by analyzing market trends and potential shifts. Why Choose Centurica? Experience: Centurica's deep knowledge comes from reviewing thousands of businesses over the past decade, making them one of the most experienced firms in this space. From home service companies, to website investing, to SaaS, to Ecommerce, to traditional brick and mortar... Centurica has seen it all (I've used them myself many times), and I can vouch that they are one of the best due diligence companies around. Unbiased Analysis: As a third-party service, Centurica provides an unbiased review of every deal, ensuring that buyers can make informed decisions with full confidence. Expertise: Unlike traditional CPAs who might not be familiar with online businesses, Centurica can handle companies of all types, diving deep into the financials, operations, and growth potential of the business, setting buyers up for success. Durkin Group Durkin Group, a distinguished professional services organization, has made its mark in the realm of financial due diligence and auditing for online business acquisitions. The company has carved a niche in providing exceptional support to lenders, investors, and middle-market enterprises. Durkin Group has gained recognition for their careful approach to financial due diligence, field examinations, and comprehensive corporate accounting services. Due Diligence Focus Areas: Financial Health Assessment: Durkin Group delves into the financials of target companies, providing thorough reviews of financial statements, accounting practices, and potential risks. Operational Review: Beyond just numbers, they evaluate the operational aspects of a business, assessing efficiencies, processes, and potential areas of improvement. Compliance and Legal Checks: They ensure that all compliance and legal aspects are vetted, offering peace of mind in the legality and legitimacy of the transaction. With Durkin Group, clients are likely to get a thorough, detailed, and reliable due diligence process that safeguards their interests in any business acquisition. Intrinsic, LLC Intrinsic, LLC, established as a solid player in the financial due diligence and merger and acquisition advisory space, offers specialized services for private equity transactions and business acquisitions. The company's establishment stems from the necessity to provide meticulous and comprehensive due diligence for prospective acquisitions. Intrinsic, LLC differentiates itself by employing a team deeply versed in the nuances of financial health and risk assessment of businesses. Their professionals, with backgrounds in finance and business analysis, bring an entrepreneurial insight into each project. Intrinsic, LLC Due Diligence Services Intrinsic, LLC offers comprehensive due diligence services focusing on private equity and M&A transactions. Their experienced team conducts a deep analysis of target businesses, covering crucial areas such as: Financial Health Assessment: In-depth evaluation of financial statements and accounting practices. Risk Analysis: Identifying and assessing potential risks associated with the acquisition. Operational Review: Analysis of the operational efficiencies and processes within the target company. Why Choose Intrinsic, LLC? Intrinsic, LLC offers due diligence services with a focus on financial expertise and understanding of M&A transactions. Their team provides analysis and insights for informed decision-making in business acquisitions, positioning Intrinsic as a competent advisor in this field. Marcum LLP   Marcum LLP is a full-service accounting and advisory firm that specializes in financial due diligence, particularly for tech, digital, and internet businesses. Preparing Businesses For Financial Analysis Marcum LLP aids business owners in preparing their enterprises for financial scrutiny. This process includes the development and examination of financial models, ensuring the cleanliness and accuracy of financials, and equipping owners for initial discussions with potential buyers. The firm collaborates with clients to highlight the unique value propositions of the business, ensuring financials are optimized for transaction readiness. By utilizing its array of market data and comparables, Marcum LLP determines the highest market value for a company. Marcum LLP’s Due Diligence In the critical phase of due diligence, Marcum LLP underscores the significance of financial reviews, record analysis, and strategic evaluations. The firm advocates for the utilization of secure data rooms to amalgamate all documents necessary for a buyer's due diligence, including contracts, financial statements, and corporate governance records. Marcum LLP's proactive stance in the due diligence process aims to identify and address potential issues well before they emerge during the transaction, helping with a seamless progression. Why Choose Marcum LLP? Marcum LLP's expertise in the realms of tech, digital, and internet business sectors distinguishes them. Their understanding of these industries improves the odds that sellers achieve optimal value for their assets. Flippa Flippa is a popular online marketplace for buying and selling websites, domains, and apps. You might be surprised to hear that Flippa also offers a due diligence service to help potential buyers verify the legitimacy and value of the online assets they are interested in. The service aims to unlock insights, reveal performance benchmarks, and identify potential growth opportunities. However, they are less full-service than most of the other options. Flippa Due Diligence Services: Flippa offers three due diligence packages with clear pricing, each providing progressively deeper insights into the operations, financials, and potential of online businesses. Red Flag Report ($1500): A basic report identifying high-level risks and opportunities. It includes limited financial and traffic data over 12 months and compares the asking price to similar businesses, without verifying source financial documents. Standard Report ($2000): Building on the Red Flag Report, this covers a 24-month period and includes checks against source documents with limited coverage. Enhanced Report ($2500): The most comprehensive option, offering detailed risk and opportunity analysis. It extends over 36 months with financial and traffic information, and verification of seller-provided data against source documents. It also includes an industry overview and key trends. Flippa's due diligence service is designed to verify seller claims and give buyers a transparent understanding of the business, enabling well-informed investment decisions. What is Due Diligence and Why is it Crucial for Online Business Purchases? In the context of online businesses, due diligence takes on a unique flavor. Unlike brick-and-mortar establishments, digital assets come with their own set of challenges: Fluctuating traffic sources Evolving SEO landscapes Threat of digital security breaches Complicated ecommerce financials The Stakes of Skipping the Due Diligence Step Imagine this: You've just stumbled upon a promising e-commerce store. The revenue charts are skyrocketing, and the testimonials are glowing. Tempting, right? But what if, post-purchase, you discover that a significant chunk of the traffic is paid and not organic? Or worse, the business is on the brink of being penalized by search engines for shady SEO practices? Without thorough due diligence, you're essentially navigating the digital marketplace blindfolded. The risks? Overpaying for a business, inheriting unresolved legal issues, or facing unforeseen operational challenges. The Protective Power of Due Diligence Conducting rigorous due diligence is like having a protective shield when venturing into the online business arena. Clarity: A clear picture of the business's health, potential, and challenges. Confidence: Assurance that you're making an informed decision, backed by data and insights. Cost Savings: By identifying potential issues upfront, you can negotiate a fair price and avoid costly surprises down the road. In the dynamic world of online business, where trends shift at lightning speed, due diligence is your compass. It ensures that you're not just buying a business, but investing in a valuable asset with a bright future to help make your investment a success. Especially when working with private equity firms or investment banking companies, a detailed due diligence report is usually the difference between getting funding and getting a cold shoulder. Our Best Choice For Due Diligence Services Centurica emerges as the top choice for due diligence services in business acquisitions. With their extensive experience, impartial analysis, and deep dive into the financials, operations, and growth potential of digital businesses, Centurica stands out. Their approach is particularly tailored for the online business environment, offering insights and strategies that are critical for making informed and successful investment decisions. Their expertise and comprehensive focus make them an ideal preferred partner for investors in the digital marketplace. Your Turn By partnering with a reputable due diligence company, you can make an informed decision about your upcoming website acquisition. Investing in online businesses isn't easy, and due diligence even less so. I've introduced a few due diligence consultants here to help you on your venture, but there are plenty more out there. Remember that the best due diligence consultant is the one who is looking out for your benefit, not the one trying to sell you a website. Updated: July 27, 2024 ### 7 Step Ecommerce Due Diligence Checklist for a Successful Investment Investing in an ecommerce business is a significant financial decision, and the stakes are high. Missing a crucial detail can lead to unforeseen challenges and potential losses. To mitigate risks and maximize potential for success, the business acquisition process must begin with thorough due diligence. But what does that mean exactly? I’ve compiled an overview of every step of the process into this handy ecommerce due diligence checklist. Follow along and you’ll be able to make an informed decision. Remember, though: this is an overview of an intricate process that often takes immense amounts of time and effort to complete correctly. This is where Centurica's comprehensive due diligence services become invaluable. What's Up With Ecommerce in 2023? Before doing any ecommerce due diligence, you have to know what the market landscape looks like for ecommerce businesses in 2023. Significant Market Growth and Growth Potential 20.8% of all retail sales in 2023 were from online purchases, indicating that traditional shoppers have permanently shifted to online business since the pandemic. The global ecommerce market is projected to total $8 trillion by 2026. Evolving Consumer Behavior 57% of online shoppers report shopping internationally, highlighting the global nature of e-commerce. However, challenges persist. A notable 48% of online shoppers abandon their cart due to additional costs like shipping, taxes, and fees. This indicates growth opportunities and potential pitfalls to be aware of in this business model. Untapped Potential in Mobile Shopping The online shopping cart abandonment rate on mobile devices is a significant 84%. Ensuring a seamless mobile shopping experience can be a game-changer. By thoroughly understanding the ecommerce business landscape, you'll be better positioned to evaluate the opportunities and challenges facing the specific business you're investigating while conducting due diligence. Now let's begin the actual due diligence process with this 7-step due diligence checklist. 1. First Glance - Ecommerce Due Diligence Overview As an investor or buyer, you won't be lacking for online businesses to choose from. The first step in the due diligence checklist is to quickly rule out the duds before diving any deeper on a candidate. Here's how you get a quick and accurate snapshot of the business: Business Overview Like Joe Mansueto (Morningstar Exec Chairman) said, start by understanding the core fundamentals of the business. What products or services does it offer? Who are its target customers? This will give you a sense of the market it operates in and its positioning. It's also a good time to consider whether or not your personal skillset and interests are compatible with what the business requires. Website Traffic and Analytics Use tools like Google Analytics or SimilarWeb to gauge the website's traffic. Are there consistent visitors? Where are they coming from? A sudden drop or spike in traffic can indicate potential issues or opportunities. Customer Reviews and Feedback A quick scan of customer reviews on platforms like Trustpilot or even Google can provide insights into the business's reputation. While no business is immune to negative reviews, a pattern of consistent complaints might be a cause for concern. Supplier and Vendor Relationships If the business relies on third-party suppliers or vendors, it's essential to know who they are and the terms of their agreements. Are there any exclusive contracts or long-term commitments in place? What about inventory management? Do they hold their own inventory, or do they rely on third party warehousing? Legal Standing Ensure there are no ongoing legal disputes or potential intellectual property issues. This can include trademark disputes, patent infringements, or unresolved lawsuits. Platform and Technology Identify the platforms the business operates on. Is it a Shopify store, a WooCommerce setup, or a custom-built platform? This will give you an idea of the tech stack and potential scalability. Remember, preliminary due diligence is about identifying potential deal-breakers early on. In this stage, if it's not a hell yeah, just move on. There's an endless selection of online businesses to choose from. 2. Bottom Line - Financial Due Diligence Next on the ecommerce due diligence checklist is diving into the financial statements. This is where you'll get a clear picture of the health, profitability, and potential risks of the target company. In this case study, the business broker consultancy Centurica illustrates how financial due diligence saved the client from a potentially catastrophic deal. In the case study, Centurica's Financial Verification service plays a critical role. They ensure that the revenue and traffic claims made by the seller are true and accurate, addressing the common issue of misrepresented figures in online business transactions. Centurica recreates the provided profit and loss statement with live data, directly from the source, ensuring a reliable and transparent financial assessment. Here's what to focus on in this stage of due diligence. Current Revenue Streams Does the business rely heavily on a single product or service, or is the revenue diversified across multiple offerings? A diversified revenue stream can often indicate a more stable business. A financial due diligence advisor would be able to provide an in-depth analysis of the financial health and sustainability of revenue streams, ensuring a more informed investment decision. Identify and analyze the various ways the ecommerce site generates income. This can include product sales, subscription services, or advertising revenue. Analyze how much each revenue stream contributes to the total income and determine if they are sustainable and scalable. Consider factors such as market demand, pricing, and competitors within each revenue stream. Past and Future Revenue Projections Examine the historical sales data and identify trends or patterns that may indicate future growth potential. Make sure to consider factors such as seasonality, customer acquisition costs, and average order value. You can break down revenue projections into several key components: Monthly Sales: Review the company's monthly sales figures and compare them against its competitors for a better understanding of its market share. Product/Category Breakdown: Identify the top-selling products or categories and their contribution to the overall revenue. Customer Lifetime Value: Estimate how much a customer is worth over their lifetime based on their purchasing habits. Profit Margins and Revenue Analysis Look at the difference between revenue and costs. High profit margins are great, but they should be consistent. If margins are thin, it's essential to understand why and if there's potential for improvement. Pay attention to the following factors: Gross Margin: Calculate the gross margin by subtracting the cost of goods sold (COGS) from the total revenue and then dividing the result by the total revenue. This will give you an understanding of how the company is managing its pricing and COGS. Operating Margin: Calculate the operating margin by dividing the company's operating profit by its total revenue. This will help you understand how efficiently the company is generating income from its operations. Net Profit Margin: Calculate the net profit margin by dividing the net profit by the total revenue. This will show you how much the company actually earns after accounting for all expenses and taxes. Fixed and Variable Operating Expenses Fixed operating expenses include recurring business expenses like: Website hosting Rent for a warehouse Salaries for employees Variable operating expenses can include: Inventory purchases Shipping fees Payment processing fees Advertising costs Debts and Liabilities Does the business have outstanding loans or debts? If so, understand the terms and how they impact the bottom line. Also, check for any hidden liabilities like pending refunds or warranties. Understanding a business's debts and liabilities, as well as its accounts receivable and payable, is vital. Centurica can help uncover hidden liabilities like outstanding loans or debts and check for any issues with cash flow or customer relationships. Accounts Receivable and Payable Check the balance of money owed to the business and money the business owes. If there's a significant amount of unpaid invoices, this may indicate cash flow issues or problems with customer relationships. 3. The Day-to-Day - Operational Due Diligence Due diligence on daily business operations focuses on what systems they have in place, what's efficient and what could be better optimized. This is where you can begin to spot opportunities for adding value to your new online business. Or increase productivity with these productivity hacks. Supply Chain and Fulfillment For businesses dealing with physical products, delve into the supply chain. Who are the suppliers? How reliable are they? Are there backup suppliers in place? Analyze how orders are processed, packed, and shipped. Is it in-house, or is there a third-party logistics partner? Efficiency here can greatly impact customer satisfaction. Getting support from services like Centurica can help by verifying the operational risk and transferability of these operations, ensuring that the efficiency in this area is not only current but also sustainable for future business growth. Customer Support Review the customer service process. How does the business handle inquiries, complaints, and returns? Quick and effective customer support can be a significant advantage in the e-commerce space. Employee and Contractor Roles If the business has employees or regular contractors, understand their roles, responsibilities, and expertise. A motivated and efficient team can be a valuable asset. Potential For Scaling Documented standard operating procedures (SOPs) and their ability to handle increased demand are essential for scalability. Are there documented standard operating procedures (SOPs) in place? Are they built to handle increased demand and scaling? Centurica's detailed Marketing and Operations due diligence report, covering over 200 checklist items, helps identify if the current operations are built for scalability and if there are opportunities for improvement. 4. The Web Analytics - Technical Due Diligence The technical side of an online business is its backbone. Ensuring that the technology is robust, secure, scalable and QUICK is fundamental for success. Not just today, but for the future as well. For this part of due diligence, you might need some of those special tools every startup should be using, like Ahrefs. Here's what technical due diligence is about: Website Performance and Responsiveness Evaluate the site's speed and responsiveness to various devices. Slow-loading pages can deter potential customers and impact search engine rankings. A non-mobile friendly website can suffer serious penalties from search engines. Start by reviewing the website's uptime history. Frequent downtimes can be a red flag, indicating potential server issues or inadequate hosting solutions. Traffic Sources When analyzing online business website traffic, it's essential to understand where the visitors are coming from. Use a tool like Google Analytics to identify the three primary traffic sources: Organic search: This refers to visitors who find your website through search engines like Google or Bing. Direct traffic: Direct traffic refers to when users directly type your website URL into their browsers. Referral traffic: Referral traffic is when users click on a link to your site from another website, blog, or social media. Don't be fooled by bloated vanity metrics. Unless your visitors are potential buyers, the traffic source is essentially worthless. If necessary, hire an SEO specialist to do deeper website and traffic analysis using tools like Ahrefs. User Engagement and Conversion Rates Understanding how users interact with your website is essential in optimizing their experience and increasing conversion rates. Here are some key user engagement metrics to analyze: Pageviews per visit: This metric indicates the average number of pages viewed by a user during a single session. A high number of page views per visit suggests that users find your content engaging. Average time on site: This metric shows the average amount of time users spend on your site during a single session. A higher average time on site indicates that users are more engaged with your content. Bounce rate: Bounce rate represents the percentage of users who leave your site after viewing only one page. A low bounce rate indicates that users are finding your content engaging and are browsing through multiple pages. Monitoring these statistics will give you a good idea of the current state of conversion rate and how much room there is for optimization. 5. Marketing and Brand Due Diligence Marketing and brand due diligence is about ensuring that the ecommerce business stands out in a crowded online marketplace. It's also about gauging the effectiveness of marketing efforts, client acquisition costs and the perceived value of the brand. A brand is a voice and a product is a souvenir.  - Lisa Gansky Here's what you need to scrutinize in this stage of the due diligence process: Marketing Strategies and Customer Acquisition Cost Review the marketing campaigns and strategies in use. Analyze the ROI of each strategy to gauge its effectiveness. Here's what to focus on: Paid advertising: Spending and conversion rates. Content marketing: Conversion rates and inbound traffic from various digital assets, such as blog posts, videos, webinars, and e-books. Email marketing: Size of the email list, open rates, click-through rates, and conversion metrics. Social media efforts: Engagement rates, follower counts, and the overall quality of interactions on platforms like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn. Using the above, you can determine the cost to acquire a new customer. This metric, when compared to the lifetime value of a customer, can provide insights into the sustainability and profitability of marketing efforts. Brand Equity and Competitor Landscape Assess the strength and reputation of the brand in the market. A strong brand can command higher prices, foster customer loyalty, and act as a barrier against competitors. Identify the main competitors and understand their marketing strategies. This can provide insights into market gaps, potential threats, and opportunities for differentiation. If the business has affiliate programs or partnerships, understand the terms, performance, and overall impact on sales and brand reach. 6. Legal and Compliance Due Diligence This part of the due diligence checklist is to make sure that the target company is compliant with all regulations and is free from potential legal pitfalls can save you from future headaches. Here's what you're looking for: Business Licenses and Permits: Verify that the business has all the necessary licenses and permits to operate legally. This can vary based on the nature of the business and the region it operates in. Intellectual Property: Check for trademarks, patents, copyrights, and domain names owned by the business. Ensure that these are registered correctly and are free from disputes. Contracts and Agreements: Review all contracts the business has, be it with suppliers, customers, employees, or third parties. Look for any unfavorable terms, long-term commitments, or potential liabilities. Employment Laws: If the business has employees, ensure it adheres to employment laws, including contracts, benefits, and workplace safety regulations. Regulatory Compliance: For certain niches, there might be specific regulations to adhere to. For instance, health and wellness e-commerce sites might have specific product regulations. Ensure the business is compliant. Domain and Hosting: Ensure that the business's domain name is registered in its name and has a significant duration before expiry. Also, check the terms of the hosting agreement. Supplier and Vendor Agreements: Delve deeper into agreements with suppliers and vendors. Ensure there are no hidden clauses that might affect the business's operations or profitability. 7. Value Adding Opportunities Due diligence for ecommerce businesses goes slightly further than just background checks and financial documents. The final step of the due diligence checklist is to look for growth opportunities. After all, you don't want to invest in a business that's already reached its full potential. Expand the Product Line: Consider introducing new products or services that align with the current offerings. This can cater to existing customers' needs and attract a new customer base. Optimize Pricing Strategy: Review the current pricing model. There might be room to adjust prices, introduce premium offerings, or offer bundled deals to increase average order value. Streamline Operations: Look for inefficiencies in the supply chain, fulfillment, or customer service. Streamlining these processes can reduce costs and improve customer satisfaction. Expand Marketing Strategy: Marketing is usually an area offering huge potential for optimization and expansion. This includes new marketing channels, advertising methods, better content, optimizing current campaigns etc. Enhance Customer Retention: Focus on strategies to keep existing customers coming back. This could be through loyalty programs, exclusive deals, or improved post-purchase support. Strategic Partnerships: Collaborate with complementary businesses or influencers in the industry. This can lead to co-marketing opportunities, product collaborations, or even shared resources. By focusing on these value enhancement opportunities, not only can you increase the profitability of the business, but also position it for long-term growth and success. Your Turn As you can see, thorough due diligence isn't just a friendly recommendation. It's essential to the success of your investment. This ecommerce due diligence checklist has provided you with a structured approach to evaluate an ecommerce online business venture from all angles. But let's be honest - it's difficult and time consuming at best. If you need assistance, don't hesitate to ask for support from a due diligence service specialized in online businesses. ### 7 Small Business Investors - Fund an Acquisition Finding investors for a small business can feel like an impossible task (I know from personal experience). Small business is traditionally not an easy niche to finance. My experience has shown that most are too small to qualify for venture capital funding, banks and the SBA do not like to make loans for SMBs unless there are plenty of hard assets and a long proven track record of profits, crowdfunding is messy, and private equity is only interested in large strategic deals and majority equity ownerships. So what do you do? Where can you find private investors for small businesses? List of small business investors Slack Water Capital Smash Ventures TinySeed Other VC hybrids Investors for acquisitions Friends and Family Debt Options Slack Water Capital Another group that makes investments in SMB acquisitions. Slack Water Capital is ran by Ben Bortner, who is a former operator himself (always a good sign). They help self-funded searchers secure enough capital to shore up any equity gap missing in SBA transactions. They will invest up to $1million per deal. Smash Ventures Smash Ventures is headed by Travis Jamison, a seasoned entrepreneur turned investor who only invests in SMBs. He's the founder of several companies, including Investing.io and Snowball. These platforms serve as a hub for entrepreneur-investors, facilitating discussions on investing, startups, and specifically small businesses. Smash.vc invests in a few different types of small businesses: Via taking minority positions in businesses (they buys shares from founders, then just share in profits) Via investing with search funds. Both self-funded searchers and traditional search funds. And co-invests with those getting an SBA loan who need extra capital. Tinyseed TinySeed is much closer to traditional venture capitalists, but they march to the beat of a different drummer. How they work: Unlike traditional VCs, Tinyseed funds aim to support super early stage small online software companies that are interested in the bootstrap mindset, and want optionality outside of strictly aiming to build the biggest company possible and then sell it. They provide mentorship, founder networking, and help with strategy development. It was founded by two legends in the industry; Rob Walling and Einar Vollset. Both of them were fantastic repeat entrepreneurs before they became investors, so they truly do understand how to support founders with the information they need to excel, and provide a lot of resources on top of the money from seed funding. TinySeed gives options for people to grow and hold a small profitable business long term, or to aim for the stars and aim for a giant exit. Optionality is its sweet spot. Other VC-hybrid investors Here are a few more investors who are happy to support businesses that can cash-flow instead of just aiming for unicorns. Calm Capital - Formerly called Earnest Capital. Ran by Tyler Tringas, who has shown himself to be a great guy. Indie.vc - Ran by Bryce Roberts of OATV Private investors for small business acquisitions Both firms and individuals. Hardin Family Holdings - Family office managed by Bradford Hardin. Check sizes of $25k - $200k Post Trellis Ventures - Ran by former acquisition entrepreneur David Page Bardo Capital - Ran by Ben Tiggelaar Sam Rosati - Founding partner of SMB Law Group and Pursuant Capital Spiegel Consulting - Ran by Max Spiegal, whose sold his company to LendingTree. Friends and Family Your friends and family can be angel investors too. Annoying to even mention this right? Yes, and no. While no one wants to be hassled to invest in something they don't want to, friends and family are usually best positioned to be a judge of character, potential, and traction. MANY great entrepreneurs got their start from funding coming from loved ones. Even Jeff Bezos started Amazon with a $250,000 investment from his parents. If it's good enough for Jeff, it might be for you too, and it was definitely a great exchange for his family. Any other financing options? There are a few, some work great for certain situations, and terrible for other situations. SBA lenders - As mentioned earlier, The SBA (Small Business Administration) backstops loans that can be good for certain businesses in the U.S. Pros: Great interest rates if you qualify. SBA 7(a) loans are for acquisitions, 504 loans are for fixed assets. Banks that like SBA include Wells Fargo, Huntington Bank, and Live Oak Bank. Cons: It's an arduous process to get approved for an SBA loan. Government Grants - Based on my experience these are frequently a waste of time unless you have a very specific case. Success rates can be quite low. Get help from an expert if you go this route. Small Business Investment Companies (SBICs). Good opportunities, but expect a lot of hassle and diligence! The SBA coinvests with private investors here. Crowdfunding - More and more of these peer-to-peer sites are popping up, some even servicing Main Street businesses. Alternative Debt - Be careful here! Debt is wonderful when used well, but when things don't work it, it gets messy. The risks are real. Use debt with caution unless you are a very sophisticated entrepreneur doing proper interest calculations. Platforms like Lending Club, Prosper, Ondeck, and Trustleaf. Lines of credit from banks - Unless you have a good track record these are difficult to obtain. Summary Although having success finding private investors for small businesses can be difficult, the answer is to look long and hard for the small niche investor. An "angel investor" of sorts, but one who likes good returns generated from ownership in profit-focused small businesses instead of hunting for unicorn startups. They like the lower risk of cash-flow positive companies instead of only aiming for (profitless) revenue and vanity metric market size growth. Attracting these types of investors is a bit of a hybrid exercise. You may need some resemblance of a business plan, but an experienced entrepreneur might not require the level of diligence required for a bank loan, SBICs, or a traditional SBA lender in order to form a solid partnership. They can understand the financials and profit opportunity much easier. Hopefully this list that I provided above will help you on your journey. Good luck! Updated: May 21, 2024 ### The Top Search Fund Investors After analyzing hundreds of searcher deals, the following list represents the most active and reputable investors based on deal volume, searcher feedback, industry recognition, and my own experience in the space. I've personally worked with several of these firms and have vetted each based on their track record, ability to close, investment criteria, and value-add capabilities beyond simple capital. Top Search Fund Investors List CapitalPad WSC & Company Smash Ventures Aspect Investors ETA Equity Endurance Search Partners Miramar Equity Partners Who Is a Search Fund Investor? A search fund investor provides capital to acquisition-entrepreneurs looking to acquire and operate small to mid-sized businesses. These investors may back traditional search funds, self-funded searchers, or independent sponsors. As a former searcher, I lived through the frustration of the fundraising process. You've already got the monumental task of finding and evaluating potential acquisitions—and then you need to convince investors who may not understand the search fund model or SMB deal dynamics. The landscape has shifted dramatically in recent years. Search funds have gained mainstream acceptance (largely thanks to Stanford's influential research), and capital is flowing in from dedicated funds, family offices, and sophisticated high-net-worth individual investors. So who are the players you should know about? #1 - CapitalPad CapitalPad is recognized as one of the top search fund investor platforms. The firm invests directly in acquisition opportunities, but also connects self-funded searchers with accredited search fund investors to close equity gaps (always at no cost to the searcher). The platform is building a reputation for showcasing high-quality ETA opportunities, positioning it as one of the most notable new entrants in the search fund ecosystem.   Investment Focus & Criteria Check sizes: $250,000 to $1,500,000 Deal stage: Post-LOI only Minimum EBITDA: $500,000 Deal types: Self-funded search acquisitions and independent sponsor deals Geographic focus: North America (with international deals considered) Industries: Industry agnostic, though strong preference for recurring revenue models Key Differentiators One spot to raise capital - Access larger amounts of investor capital in one location. Zero cost to searchers - No platform fees or success fees for entrepreneurs Optional Post-close support - Optional marketing, website development, and growth services Pooled investment structure - Multiple investors appear as single line item on cap table Simplified process - Standardized due diligence and documentation Institutional backing - Access to both individual investors and family offices/funds CapitalPad benefits for Searchers Can eliminate months of cold outreach and individual investor meetings Access to pre-qualified, accredited investor network Simplified cap table management with pooled investor structure Fast turnaround times (from submission to raised capital) Optional post-acquisition marketing and operational support No success fees or platform costs CapitalPad benefits for investors Investors get access to curated deal flow with pre-screened opportunities Ability to diversify across multiple deals with smaller check sizes Standardized investment documentation and reporting Access to deals typically reserved for larger institutional players (with better terms) Reduced individual due diligence burden Investors must be accredited. Application Process Submit LOI and preliminary deal information Platform review and initial screening (typically 48-72 hours) Deal posting to investor network Investor interest and preliminary allocation requests Final investor interview and closing coordination Why CapitalPad Ranks #1 - CapitalPad consistently delivers the fastest time-to-close, most transparent process, and strongest post-investment support in the search fund space. Their technology-enabled network approach has modernized what was traditionally a relationship-heavy, time-intensive fundraising process. WSC & Company WSC & Company is a Charlotte-based firm established in 2012. It was the first full-time investment firm focused on the traditional search fund model based in the southeastern United States. Specializing in lower-middle-market businesses, the firm has backed more than 90 investments. WSC & Company worked mainly with family owned businesses. It seeks capitalize on the opportunity presented by the unprecedented transfer of private company ownership expected over the next 20 years. The firm also hosts an On-Deck program for talented early and mid-career professionals interested in joining a WSC-backed operating company or search fund. The firm can help find opportunities across its portfolio of 80+ active operating companies and search funds. Members also get early notifications of new roles that open up. Investing Criteria: Focused on $2–$6 million EBITDA companies in the business products and services sectors. Prioritizes private company ownership transfers, stressing the importance of legacy, fit, and value alignment for family businesses. Dedicated to the search fund model, emphasizing long-term collaboration and support for searcher success.   Smash Ventures Smash Ventures is a group of individual investors who co-invest together on search fund deals. This includes both independent sponsors and self-funded searchers raising money on a deal-by-deal basis. The group is comprised of experienced entrepreneurs who now allocate back into the industry, supporting others the same way that they would have wanted. They are not the largest capital stack out there, with check sizes into deals being between $50,000 (at the smallest), and $500,000 at the largest. Clearly they are best suited for search fund deals where there is a gap between the debt and equity needed to close the deal. The Smash group can help close that gap. Smash generally deals with self-funded searchers who bring ready-to-execute deals that can be instantly evaluated. Outside of search fund investing, Smash also buys minority stakes in existing businesses, giving entrepreneurs liquidity instead of them being forced to sell in entirety. Smash will work with search fund buyers using either SBA loans or private credit, but it's important to note that no one in the Smash group will go over the equity threshold requiring a personal guarantee. One bonus of working with Smash is that they fully own an online marketing agency in which they give free access to all of their portfolio companies. A nice add-on to get the new ventures improving from the start. Pros Not a fund (no LPs), so they can move fast. Have a value-added service via the marketing support. They are good for searcher deals that need a little extra support to fill. Cons They do not write the largest checks out here They will not invest over the personal-guarantee threshold They usually only do deals that pay regular cash distributions starting in year-one.   Aspect Investors Aspect Investors is a Dallas-based private equity firm specializing in search funds, collaborating with entrepreneur-CEOs to acquire and manage private small businesses. The firm boasts a seasons team, including founder Andy Love, who previously led Behavioral Health Group. Love has two decades of experience and invested capital in nearly 200 search funds. Partners Brad Buser and Mike Schmitz offer decades of private equity experience. B.A. Cullum has expertise in acquisitions, notably from ClubCorp, and holds degrees from Stanford and MIT. The firm underscores the potential of search funds, highlighting the synergistic relationship between searchers, companies, and investors. Investing Criteria: Targets companies in the $5–$50 million revenue range with stable cash flows. Takes a hands-on approach, helping searchers complete due diligence, deal structuring, and negotiations. Provides guidance and support during the search process and post-acquisition.   ETA Equity ETA Equity is a private equity firm based in Dallas, Texas, founded by a pair of Wharton School of Business graduates. Co-founders Mark Sinatra and Matthew Zucker and their team of advisors partner with exceptional search fund entrepreneurs to help them acquire and grow a proven business. The firm’s principals have invested in more than 70 search funds over 15 years. The firm partners with highly promising searchers who wish to acquire and lead growth companies. ETA Equity works closely with searchers as they meet business owners, conduct due diligence, and navigate the transaction process. Post-acquisition, the firm provides searchers with continued guidance and mentoring, often serving on the acquired company’s board. Investing Criteria: Emphasizes companies with proven business models, customer bases, and revenue streams. Helps traditional search funds differentiate themselves with business owners, brokers, and others. Provides responsive, actionable feedback throughout the search process.   Endurance Search Partners Endurance Search Partners is a family office headquartered in Plantation, Florida. Its experienced team works with exceptional search fund entrepreneurs who desire partnership, not just a one-off investment. Endurance Search Partners collaborate with searchers by offering mentorship, a vast network, and other resources. Their goal is to nurture entrepreneurs into exceptional leaders. With a track record of over 250 search fund partnerships and over 120 investments, the firm emphasizes flexible, innovation-oriented investment strategies to facilitate small business acquisition funding. Their modern approach allows for enduring investments and adaptable decision-making, with the firm’s capital sourced entirely from its partners. Investing Criteria: Typically invests in deals between $10–$30 million in enterprise value. Looks for searchers acquiring businesses for 5–7x EBITDA for non-software companies, or 3–4x ARR for software businesses. Industry agnostic; often targets companies in growth sectors like vertical market software, healthcare, financial products, and business services. Willing to consider businesses in challenging or specialized industries if there’a a clear path to value creation. Most interested in businesses with a strong value proposition, defensible market position, and some basis of recurring revenue.   Miramar Equity Partners Miramar Equity Partners (MEP) is the Dallas-based private equity arm of Miramar Holdings, established in 2018. Miramar Search Partners represents the firm’s traditional search fund investing division. Led by Kurt Leedy and Kyle Coots, MEP specializes in investing in midsized businesses with sustainable market positions. They are often a business’ first-time source of institutional capital. Their approach offers patient and flexible capital, free from the constraints typical of traditional equity funds. This strategy emphasizes long-term growth and fostering deep partnerships with founders and management teams. Their commitment is to collaborate with passionate executives, aiming for sustained growth and meaningful partnerships in the business landscape. Investing Criteria: Looks for opportunities to invest $5–$30+ million per transaction. For traditional search funds, they target an average equity commitment size of $2.5 million. Can plug equity gaps up to $25 million. Prefers companies with $10+ million in revenue or bookings with a history (or clear path) to profitability. Interested in vertical market software, communications infrastructure, healthcare, and tech-enabled services.   Additional Information on the Search Fund Asset Class Below are more details on the search fund investing space. Read on to learn more about the search fund model and the role of investors.   Aggregate returns from search funds How to invest in search funds If you are an accredited investor, then here are your options for investing in search funds: Contact university-led search fund programs Invest in searcher deals on a deal-by-deal basis on CapitalPad Look for deals on SearchFunder Cold outreach to searchers on Linkedin Network at search fund conferences Allocate with a dedicated fund 5 Phases of a Search Fund Investment Model 1. Fundraising For traditional search funds, the search process begins with fundraising, where entrepreneurs solicit funds from investors to cover the costs associated with finding a suitable business to purchase. This initial fund, usually in the range of $300,000–$600,000, comes from a diverse group of investors who contribute $25,000–$75,000 each. (Note: self-funded searchers do not raise an initial fund and thus skip this phase.) 2. Search Phase Next, entrepreneurs enter the search phase, which can last anywhere from one to three years. During this time, they seek a suitable small to medium-sized business to acquire. The entrepreneurs often focus on businesses in industries with which they are familiar and where they can leverage their skills and experience. Upon finding an attractive business, they negotiate acquisition terms with the seller and submit a letter of intent (LOI) to begin the process of purchasing the company. 3. Acquisition Phase After a suitable target business is identified, the acquisition entrepreneurs present the opportunity to the investors, who then decide whether to invest additional funds to finance the acquisition. If the investors agree to move forward, they will usually provide 70-100% of the equity needed for the purchase. You’ll also need to secure debt via lenders. Sometimes these are private lenders, but most self-funded searchers use SBA loans. 4. Post-Acquisition Management After the acquisition, the entrepreneurs typically take on significant management roles in the acquired company, often serving as CEO or President. They work to grow and improve the business, usually over a period of 5-10 years. This can vary based on the model. For traditional search funds, the acquisition entrepreneur generally takes the CEO role. For self-funded searchers, the acquirer will almost always run the company. For independent sponsors, the deal sponsor will frequently inject management (or maintain existing management). The sponsor will generally take over as chairman of the board in the organization. 5. Exit Finally, the entrepreneurs aim to sell the business and distribute the proceeds among the investors and themselves. Throughout this process, investors play crucial roles, providing not only capital but also mentorship, strategic advice, and a robust network of contacts. In return for their capital and support, the investors receive a portion of the equity in the acquired company, offering them the potential for significant returns upon a successful exit. Attracting Investors:   Tip: Be Able to Explain Why You Are Worth Backing I messed this up the first time I did it, so hopefully you can learn from my mistakes and do better. If you’re approaching an investor pre-LOI, be sure to have a very good answer to explain why they should back you. Everyone is looking for a company to buy with a 3x multiple, recurring revenue, recession resistance, and low customer concentration. Those criteria are not enough. You’ll need to be able to explain why you are worth paying attention to. You might highlight your expertise in the industry, your familiarity with the business model, or your track record operating similar companies. Your unique experience and qualifications help you stand out in crowded field of entrepreneurs looking to raise capital. If you’re post-LOI, know these details and be able to expressed them clearly: Investor models (that they can check) Your target hold time Expected IRR (internal rate of return) You should have numbers prepared for a base-case scenario, as well as a best-case and negative-case scenario IRR, with reasons to support your models. The total expected MOIC (multiple on invested capital). Deal terms (the preferred return, step-up basis, and liquidity preference) Plans for return of capital (investors love an accelerated return of capital) The equity split after the preferred return is paid off. Value-Add Investors How can the right investors help your company post-close? If you’re lucky enough to have your pick of capital providers (rare), then turning your attention to who can add the most value post-acquisition can be a big win. Here are some key roles they play: Mentorship: Given that many search fund entrepreneurs are at an early stage in their careers, investors often serve as mentors, offering guidance based on their own business experience. They can provide valuable guidance on sourcing talent, dealing with finances, and managing a company. Growth Teams: Some search investors, such as CapitalPad, provide extensive hands-on marketing post-close. They personally handle website redesigns, search marketing campaigns in-house, and bring searchers into their network of talented service providers. Strategic Advice: Many investors have extensive business experience. They can provide strategic advice on a range of issues, from identifying promising industries to positioning the company for growth post-acquisition. Network Access: Investors usually bring with them a rich network of contacts that can be instrumental in sourcing deals, vetting acquisition targets, recruiting talent, and finding potential buyers at the time of exit. Due Diligence and Decision Making: During the acquisition phase, investors assist in performing due diligence on the target company. Their expertise can be vital in assessing the company’s financial health, operational efficiency, and growth potential. Governance: Post-acquisition, investors often continue their involvement by serving on the company’s board of advisors or board of directors. In this role, they contribute to the company’s strategic direction and oversight. Frequently Asked Questions How much do search fund investors typically invest? Investors typically write checks ranging from $25,000 to $2.5 million depending on the firm and deal size. Individual investors often contribute $25,000-$200,000, while dedicated funds and family offices can invest $500,000-$2.5 million per deal (upper end for traditional only deals). The total equity needed usually ranges from $500k-5 million for most SMB acquisitions. What do investors look for in an opportunity? This varies a lot based on the individual investor. Most investors typically look for businesses with $1-10 million in revenue, $500k - $1.5m in EBITDA, stable cash flows, recurring revenue models, defensible market positions, and experienced management teams. They prefer businesses trading at 3-5x EBITDA with clear growth opportunities and limited customer concentration risk. Search investors tend to follow the mantra from Rick and Royce of Harvard Business School–"the magic is in the multiples", not hinged on huge future growth. How long does it take to raise money? The fundraising timeline varies significantly. Traditional search funds can take 3-6 months to raise initial search capital. For acquisition funding, self-funded searchers typically need 2-8 weeks post-LOI, while platforms like CapitalPad can accelerate this to 2-4 weeks. Having warm introductions and a compelling deal significantly reduces timeline. Have your deal buttoned up as much as possible when sharing to speed things up (and have a working model). Do I need to be post-LOI? Most search fund investors prefer to see deals that are post-LOI (Letter of Intent) because it demonstrates serious seller engagement and deal momentum. However, some investors like Endurance Search Partners and ETA Equity will engage earlier in the process to help with deal sourcing and evaluation. Building relationships before you have a deal is always beneficial. What's the difference between traditional search fund investors and self-funded search investors? Traditional search investors provide upfront capital for the search process ($300,000-$600,000) plus acquisition funding later. Self-funded search investors only provide acquisition capital after a deal is identified. Self-funded approaches are faster to market but require searchers to front their own search costs. Many investors like CapitalPad and Smash Ventures focus specifically on self-funded deals. Which investors invest in self-funded search fund deals? Not all investors in the list invest in self-funded deals, some only invest in traditional deals. The following investors invest in self-funded searchers: CapitalPad ETA Equity Smash Ventures Slack Water Capital What returns do investors expect? Search investors typically target 20-30% IRR (Internal Rate of Return) and 3-5x MOIC (Multiple on Invested Capital) over a 5-7 year hold period. According to Stanford's research, successful search funds have generated median returns of 7.1x for investors, though results vary significantly based on deal quality and execution. Some investors will only invest in deals that provide cash-flow, others only invest in deals that target equity appreciation and utilize QSBS eligible deals. Your Turn In the past I spent so much time chasing down investors. Thankfully, this type of investing isn’t as unconventional now as it once was. The investors that I worked with provided a unique blend of capital, mentorship, hands-on help, and operational insight. This was instrumental in my newly acquired small businesses success. I hope you have the same great results that I did! Updated: September 10, 2025 ### Top Equity Gap Investors to Pair with SBA Loans for SMB Acquisitions Congrats. Your entrepreneurship-through-acquisition journey paid off. You found your target acquisition company. LOI accepted. SBA loan pre-approval secured. You're ready. Congrats. Being a self-funded searcher is hard, and now you're almost at the finish line. Now, the last hurdle to get your deal closed is here. You have to find equity gap funding from investors to fill out the required equity injection for your deal. The SBA requires at least a 10% equity injection (and frequently more). Where will you find these SBA co-investors? How do you find someone who understands how good of an opportunity acquiring an SMB can be. Don't worry. I get it, and you're not alone. Luckily, there is a list of investors who understand your asset class and are happy to invest in good deals. Top 9 Equity Gap Investors to Bridge Your SBA Loan Funding Gap Here is a list of nine investors to complement your small business SBA loan. When you're looking for equity check investments in the $100k-$2m range, check them out. CapitalPad - The one-stop shop platform Travis Jamison - Smash.vc David Page - Post Trellis Ventures Ben Tiggelaar - Bardo Capital Sam Rosati - Pursuant Capital Chris Hartman - 12 South Capital Partners Adam Keesling Kaustubh Deo - Blooma Tree Max Spiegel - Percolate Holdings Rich Jordan - Strongpoint Services CapitalPad CapitalPad is a solid solution for many deals. Instead of needing to cold email dozens of potential investors, send dozens of NDA's and memos, and take dozens of zoom calls, CapitalPad it a platform that shrinks all of this down to one simple place. CapitalPad is a platform connecting searchers (acquiring an SMB) with investors looking to allocate to this asset class. Advantages: 100% free for any deal sponsor to list. Fund your deal in only one place. CapitalPad automatically handles connecting you with investors, NDA management, deal memo management, signatures, and funding. No back and forth. One single entity for signing documents, for wire transfers, and for reporting. CapitalPad pools all investors into one SPV (a dedicated LLC) in order simplify the process. As a searcher, you only need to deal with the CapitalPad manager instead of a handful of scattered investors. Disadvantages: Currently about the maximum that a sponsor can raise in any deal is about $1million from CapitalPad. It's free for sponsors to use. Learn more at CapitalPad.com   Travis Jamison - Smash.vc Travis Jamison, owner of Smash.vc, isn’t your typical investor. He’s a blend of entrepreneur and investor, seamlessly transitioning between the two roles based on the opportunities that arise. Starting out as a “serial entrepreneur,” Travis founded roughly a dozen small businesses, all bootstrapped, with exits of $10M+ in his portfolio. He's then moved into providing equity capital for small businesses using an SBA 7(a) loan, and formed the investment company Smash.vc. His investing philosophy has been shaped by his hands-on experience in building businesses from the ground up. Searchers looking for funds from a hands off investor with plenty of entrepreneurial experience should pay attention. Contact: Smash.vc or Twitter.   David Page - Post Trellis Ventures David Page is an investor, entrepreneur and VP of Sales at two high growth technology startups. He searched for and acquired a Bay Area private vines and wines company several years ago and has scaled it multiple times over. He now runs the search investment firm Post Trellis Ventures. He's now focused on investing in and supporting acquisitions, offering minority equity stakes in leveraged buyouts. His investments span a variety of sectors, and he offers both financial support and the benefit of his extensive experience and network to SMB entrepreneurs and fellow investors. Searchers with signed LOI deals looking to supplement their SBA loans should get in touch. Contact: Methods listed at posttrellisventures.com. Ben Tiggelaar - Bardo Capital Bardo Capital is an investment firm led by Ben Tiggelaar. They focus on independent sponsors and self-funded search entrepreneurs, aiming for long-term ownership and sustainable growth. They invest in businesses that have recurring or predictable revenue over $5M, are profitable with over $1M EBITDA, show consistent growth, have a diverse customer base, and offer niche or differentiated products or services. Sam Rosati - Pursuant Capital Pursuant Capital is a company founded by ETA entrepreneur Sam Rosati. It buys and grows small businesses with the intent of never selling. Sam is also the guy behind SMBash (the small business investment conference), as well as SMB Law Group. Pursuant Capital is headquartered in Tampa, Florida and invest in searchers and small businesses located throughout the United States. Investment criteria typically is in companies with annual revenues of $3-30 million that are in “Old Economy” industries that aren't sensitive to economic cycles. Contact: https://www.pursuantcapital.com/#contact Chris Hartman - 12 South Capital Partners 12 South Capital Partners, co-founded by Chris Hartman, is a private investment partnership that focuses on supporting acquisition entrepreneurs and business owners. Chris has a background at JP Morgan Chase and a long career as a US Army Officer. He's currently an SMB operator in industrial services after completing a self-funded partner search. 12 South Capital Partners specializes in providing equity funding for business acquisitions, facilitating company transitions through buy-outs, management partnerships, and growth capital. Contact: Contact — 12 South Capital Partners Adam Keesling Adam Keesling left his job as a newsletter writer to explore the searcher path, focusing on acquiring digital businesses. He ran a search fund in 2021, but ultimately didn't close a deal. Despite not buying a business initially, he learned valuable lessons about the challenges of finding good deals and the importance of leveraging expertise in business acquisition. He now invests in apps building on software ecosystems and B2B media, guided by his experiences and the insights gained from this endeavor. Searchers in those industries with SBA backed loans should get in touch. Contact: Methods listed at About (adamkeesling.com) Kaustubh Deo - Blooma Tree Kaustubh Deo, originally from New York's private equity sector, made a significant career shift by purchasing a $2 million tree business in Seattle over a year ago. His story, featured on Acquiring Minds, explores the contrasts between private equity and owning a business, particularly in the trades sector like HVAC, plumbing, and landscaping. Deo brings an intellectual curiosity to his role, offering insights into the life and challenges of a business owner in a specialized industry. He’s interested in supporting searchers working on tree service deals (away from Seattle metro), either as an investor or an industry guide. Contact: Through bloomatree.com or kd [at] bloomatree [dot] com Max Spiegel - Percolate Holdings Max Spiegel is a former M&A banker and tech entrepreneur, and co-founder of Percolate Holdings, which he runs with Amir Learner. Prior to founding Percolate Holdings, Max and his partners sold Student Loan Hero (a platform that helps borrowers manage and repay their student loans) to LendingTree. As an investment banker, he advised on billions of dollars in M&A and capital raising. Max currently lives in Needham and can sometimes be found hacking it on the golf course while listening to searchers pitch him their business plan. Contact: https://www.percolateholdings.com/#contactus Rich Jordan - Strongpoint Services Rich Jordan is a former marine turned business operator through ETA. He primarily invests in HVAC companies and similar small businesses in North-Eastern USA. Before entering the business world, Jordan was an engineering student at Rutgers and then served as an officer in the Marine Corps. Post-service, he ventured into real estate, where he successfully managed and grew the value of an 18-unit apartment building. Jordan then turned to small business ownership, applying his leadership, operational, and strategic skills to invest in Garon T Plumbing. He managed to grow revenue 60% in only 8 weeks of ownership. Here's Rich telling about his journey investing in HVAC on the Think Like An Owner-podcast. He might be a good fit if you need an investor to supplement your HVAC company small business loan. Contact: Strongpoint Services (realstrongpoint.com) SBA and The Funding Gap Problem In the world of entrepreneurship and small businesses, securing the right financing can mean the difference between success and stagnation. Small Business Administration loans have long been a cornerstone for startups and small businesses in need of capital. Backed by the U.S. government, these loans provide vital funding at favorable terms, helping businesses launch, expand, and thrive. Unlike conventional business loans that may have stringent requirements, this type of small business loan is designed to assist those who might find it challenging to qualify for traditional financing. The government guarantees reduce the lender's risk, often translating into lower interest rates and more flexible repayment terms. Even with the support of SBA loans, small businesses often encounter a funding gap. In other words, a discrepancy between the investment capital they have secured through a business loan and the capital they actually need to fully realize their business vision. The funding gap and the need for outside investment can arise for various reasons. Unexpected Costs - Every business venture has surprises. Unforeseen expenses like equipment repairs, regulatory compliance, or market shifts can create financial strains that the initial loan might not cover. Which sometimes means it's better to stay a small and spicy business. Growth Opportunities - Sometimes, growth comes knocking at the door faster than anticipated. Expanding to new markets, launching new products, or scaling operations requires capital that may exceed the SBA loan amount. Working Capital Needs - Maintaining daily operations, managing cash flow, and making sales are integral to business success. An SBA loan may not always cover these ongoing working capital requirements. Strategic Investments - Building a successful business often requires strategic investments in marketing, technology, talent, or partnerships. These initiatives demand resources that might not be encompassed within the SBA loan. By partnering with an investor who understands the unique opportunities and challenges of working with small businesses and government backed loans, entrepreneurs can secure the investment capital to take their business to the next level. Step-by-step Guide to Pitch and Partner With Coinvestors   Approaching and partnering with investors requires thoughtful strategy and preparation. Here are some key tips to succeed in pitching investors: 1. Research the Investor Understand the investor's interests, listen to search-related podcasts, read their blogs, and research their past investments to find the right match. 2. Prepare a Compelling Pitch Develop a concise, compelling pitch that highlights the unique value proposition, growth potential, and how the SBA loan and investor's contribution will drive success. 3. Emphasize the Synergy Clearly articulate the synergy between the SBA loan and equity investment, showing how they complement each other. 4. Build Relationships There are still many savvy investors figuring out how to invest in search funds. Once you find some interested parties, then networking and building relationships with potential investors can open wide doors. Engage in industry events, seek introductions, and utilize platforms that cater to SBA loan collaborations. Conferences can be a great place to do this. Here are the best: Conferences for entrepreneurship through acquisition Conferences for Search Funds Conferences for independent sponsors 5. Negotiate Transparently Be open, honest, and transparent in negotiations, establishing clear terms and expectations that align with both parties' interests. 6. Foster Ongoing Communication After partnering, maintain regular communication, providing updates and involving the investor in strategic decisions as appropriate. 7. Demonstrate Agility Show your ability to adapt to changing circumstances and align with the investor's strategic insights, emphasizing the dynamic potential of the partnership. Collaboration between investors and qualifying small businesses can lead to a thriving business relationship that leverages the best of both the SBA loan and equity investment worlds, driving innovation, growth, and long-term success. 10 Potential Risks of Adding an Additional Investor to Your SBA Loan Here are some potential risks the entrepreneur should be aware of. 1. Dilution of Ownership The most immediate concern for most small businesses is the dilution of ownership. When you bring in equity investors, you're essentially selling a piece of your company. Over time, especially if you seek multiple rounds of funding, your ownership stake could be significantly diluted, which might alter your control over your business. 2. Differences in Vision Equity investors, especially those with a significant stake, may have their own vision for the business's future. Conflicts can arise if there's a mismatch in long-term goals, business strategies, or operational processes. 3. Pressure for Returns Equity investors are in it for the long game, but they also expect a return on their investment. This can lead to increased pressure to achieve profitability quickly, even if you envisioned a slower, more organic growth trajectory. 4. Potential Impact on SBA Loan Terms Most SBA loans have covenants or terms that restrict the borrower's actions in some manner, including taking on additional debt or equity. Bringing in an equity investor might violate those terms, potentially jeopardizing your SBA loan. Be sure to be transparent with your lender about your plans. Most equity investors can be part of the acquisition as long as they stay under 20% ownership (the threshold for the personal guarantee), but anything over that is usually a no-go for investors. BUT! Once a deal is finalized, it can be more tricky to bring in new investors. It's best to do it at the closing of primary acquisition. 5. Decision-making Power Investors, depending on the agreement, might want a seat on your board or at least some control. This could impact major business decisions, from hiring C-level executives to budget allocations. 6. Exit Strategy Complications Equity investors will eventually want an exit, either through a company sale, an IPO, or another method. Their desired exit timeline and strategy might not align with yours, leading to potential conflicts. 7. Financial Transparency With equity investors on board, there will be an expectation for regular, detailed financial reporting and transparency. For some business owners, this added scrutiny can feel invasive or burdensome. 8. Potential for Overvaluation In the eagerness to bridge the funding gap, there's a risk of overvaluing the company to attract investors. This can lead to problems in future funding rounds or during exits if growth expectations aren't met. 9. Legal and Administrative Complexities Equity agreements introduce a layer of legal and administrative complexity to business operations. From shareholder agreements to rights and privileges, navigating these can be tricky and time-consuming. 10. Emotional Stress Lastly, think about the emotional toll. Managing relationships with equity investors, especially when disagreements arise, can be stressful. Balancing the needs of the business with investor expectations can strain even the most resilient entrepreneurs. It's essential for entrepreneurs to weigh these risks against the potential benefits of securing additional funding. While equity investment can provide the necessary capital to bridge the financial gap, it's a decision that must be approached with a full understanding of the implications. Proper vetting of potential investors, clear communication, and carefully crafted agreements can mitigate many of these risks. Your Turn If you find yourself and your business in this niche SBA loan funding gap, you might need an outside investor for SBA loan investing. Now you have some suggestions of who to contact and how. Check out this article for more sources of possible investors. But don't think of it as a burden. Remember that combining SBA loans and equity investment can turn into new opportunities and powerful partnerships. The funding gap problem may just turn out to be a new way to fuel business growth, innovation, and long-term success. The journey from securing an SBA loan to partnering with equity investors is filled with potential. With the right knowledge, preparation, and alignment, it's a journey that can transform promising startups into thriving, impactful enterprises. Updated: January 27, 2025 ### Our 6 Favorite Amazon PPC Management Agencies Looking to improve your ad profitability on Amazon? These six Amazon PPC companies might help. (updated for 2025) The best agencies, based on our own trial and error There are a bazillion different Amazon PPC agencies out there. Some are terrible, many are ok-ish, and just a few are spectacular (we've had all types). Through our Smash.vc portfolio, I've personally tried out several, and I'm happy to report back on my results. My list of the top choices is based on knowledge of their craft, ACoS, response time, ease of us working together, and most importantly... results. Good results (and a good ROI) are what I consider to be my top criteria of them all. So, not to keep you waiting any longer... just who are the best Amazon ad agencies? The Top Amazon PPC Agencies are: AMZ Pathfinder (the agency we now use for all our stores) AdBadger (best if you want a SaaS) SellerPlex (best full-service Amazon agency) Clear Ads (for the UK) Acadia (for BIG companies needing multi-platform strategies) Better AMS (for Target and Walmart) AMZ Pathfinder - Our top choice, and the one we actually use This is the agency that we now use for all our own brands. 2025 Update: This is STILL the agency we use for our own brands. We're happy. A verified partner of the Amazon Ads Partner Network, AMZ Pathfinder is an Amazon PPC agency that helps sellers create and manage effective advertising campaigns in the Amazon marketplace. This agency was founded by Brent Zahradnik, and has a team of seasoned Amazon advertising professionals with team members from various international locations (so they can easily do ads in all Amazon markets). Their team of Amazon Marketplace experts have a deep understanding of Amazon's algorithms and best practices, allowing them to develop effective up-to-date strategies. Whether a client is looking to launch a new product or increase sales for existing products, AMZ Pathfinder has the expertise and resources to help them achieve their advertising and sales goals on Amazon. These three pillars empowers AMZ Pathfinder to scale businesses:   Optimize and Scale Amazon Advertisings PPC Ad Management for Amazon, PPC Coaching for Amazon, and Amazon Ad Auditing Optimize for Conversion CRO-focused Storefront Design and Product Listing Optimization Boost Brand and Products Ranking External traffic from Google Ads for Amazon catalogs  (G4A) and Amazon’s Demand-Side-Platform(DSP). Want to get a taste at just how geeky the founder is on Amazon ads? Take a watch: AMZ Pathfinder specializes in: Advertising Management for Amazon Storefront Design Service Product Listing Optimization for Amazon Demand-Side-Platform (DSP) Google Ads for Amazon product catalogs Amazon educational content (podcasts, video and written content) What are the benefits of working with AMZ Pathfinder? Their Ad Management service has custom options to cater to different budgets. They have performance-based pricing that allows for custom pricing based on branded ad revenue In-house creative professionals with the ability to design attractive Amazon Storefronts Dedicated account managers for your Amazon business Works with a ton of Marketplaces: Amazon US, Canada, UK, Germany, France, Italy, Spain, India, Australia, Mexico, and UAE They have an impressive portfolio of happy, successful clients Services AMZ Pathfinder offers: Google Ads for Amazon (I just love this tactic in general) PPC management Demand Side Platform (DSP) Storefront creation Audits of paid ad accounts AdBadger Known for their Amazon PPC Optimization software and their fantastic weekly Amazon PPC-themed podcast, Ad Badger (founded by the legend Michael Erickson Facchin) is a top Amazon agency for helping Amazon Sellers increase profits and grow their businesses through accessible yet expert knowledge. They share EVERYTHING! Their software and tools provide intelligent automation, are easy to use, help dramatically improve Amazon paid ads campaigns, and their constant output of quality content teaches  Amazon Sellers who are not full-time PPC experts how to maximize their advertising results without spending days solving every little problem. Ad Badger specializes in: Paid Advertising for Amazon A custom-made PPC Software for Amazon (one of the best around) Offering management services using their own software What are the benefits of working with Ad Badger? Access to their innovative Amazon PPC Optimization software Assistance from a specialized team for education and support Availability of managed services from the software owner 1-on-1 strategic calls and active customer support Coaching from experienced Amazon marketers What are the services that Ad Badger offers? PPC Management for Amazon Coaching for Amazon Ads Google Ads for Amazon Account audits SellerPlex SellerPlex helps ecommerce and Amazon FBA businesses reach their full potential by optimizing operations, advertising, product listings, and finances. It was founded by Nate Ginsburg (whose eCom Exits podcast we absolutely love), who had previous success scaling and exiting his FBA businesses. Nate is now committed to supporting fellow entrepreneurs in building more profitable businesses. The main advantage of working with the SellerPlex team is that each new client gets a free audit or consultation, a tailored solution, and assistance with all aspects of their ecommerce business — from logistics to marketing, content creation, and bookkeeping. As an Amazon Ads Verified partner, SellerPlex regularly helps its clients achieve a 200% ROI on PPC campaigns, 20%+ lost revenue recovery, and higher content output without having to spend hundreds of thousands of dollars on an in-house content team. Clients are chosen on an application basis. This ensures that each business gets the best possible service from an Amazon PPC company that’s a good fit for its specific needs. SellerPlex specializes in: Ecommerce operations optimization Amazon account management PPC advertising for Amazon Product listing optimization and storefront design on Amazon Content marketing Amazon FBA bookkeeping and financial intelligence What are the benefits of working with SellerPlex? Working with a centralized team of experienced experts Free initial audits Tailored solutions Continuous optimization Flat rate pricing What are the services that SellerPlex offers? Supply chain management and optimization Amazon store management Amazon PPC (duh) Amazon content and listing creation services Content marketing Bookkeeping services Revenue recovery Clear Ads Agency UK-based agency Clear Ads provides digital marketing services to medium and large-sized Amazon eCommerce  businesses. They are leading experts in and have a heavy services emphasis on Amazon DSP. Their team of experts in Amazon DSP and PPC are prepared to help Amazon sellers improve their ad performance and achieve positive results for their businesses, especially when it comes to using Amazon’s Demand Side Platform. To effectively use Amazon DSP the business doesn't even need to be selling on the Amazon marketplace, and Clear Ads has experience harnessing this platform to the benefit of all kinds of businesses. Clear Ads specializes in Demand Side Platform (DSP) for Businesses selling on Amazon DSP for non-endemic businesses off Amazon PPC Advertising for Amazon Operations in running an eCommerce business What are the benefits of working with Clear Ads? An expanded advertising footprint that enables access to global Amazon marketplace Work with experienced Amazon PPC and DSP managers Tap into advanced ADSP know-how and experience Data-backed ADSP strategies What are the services that Clear Ads offers? Marketing Services for Amazon Demand Side Platform (DSP) for Amazon Direct to Consumer Brand Advertising Walmart Demand Side Platform Acadia Acadia is a well-regarded full-service Amazon marketplace agency that is a member of Amazon's official “Seller Central Partner Network” and is a verified partner of the Amazon Ads Partner Network. They work best as a service provider for larger, established companies that have a mix of different sales channels and are looking for professionals who can take the complexity of Amazon and turn it into something simple and profitable. They have processes in place to troubleshoot a wide variety of problems and help larger companies that sell through multiple channels launch better and find better long-term outcomes on the Amazon marketplace. Acadia also offers a wealth of content related to Amazon, including PPC, FBA, and SEO tips, which has helped them build a positive reputation among their customers. Acadia specializes in: Full-service management for the Amazon channels of large, established companies Inventory, customer service, brand quality, launches and review management PPC and Demand Side Platform (DSP) for Amazon What are the benefits of working with Acadia? A deep bench of Amazon specialists across all aspects of the marketplace ecosystem One-stop-shop for all things Amazon sales-channel related; as a large established brand there is no need to work with other service providers Benefit from trained experts knowledgeable with Amazon PPC, DSP and AMS Provides full-channel management that covers brand protections, SEO, operations, advertising, and customer service What are the services that Acadia offers? Full-Service Channel Management for Amazon and Walmart Walmart Account Management Advertising for Target and Instacart Target.com Advertising Management Marketing Cloud (AMC) for Amazon DSP for Amazon PPC Management for Amazon Listing and Storefront Optimization for Amazon Amazon Consultation and Account Launch Better AMS Better AMS is an Amazon advertising agency that caters to the needs of larger companies that primarily need help with retail advertising, chiefly Amazon. They offer a range of services to enhance and optimize advertising campaigns on Amazon, Walmart and even Target. Their team uses their own internal tools to automate bid optimization, keyword harvesting, campaign structuring, reporting, and budget distribution. They also customize their services to meet the specific needs of their clients and adapt Amazon's terminology to their client's internal terminology as needed. They distribute the advertising budget by product based on the client's advertising objectives, taking into account various factors such as sales velocity, seasonality, and product-specific goals. Better AMS specializes in: Amazon advertising campaign optimization and expansion Customized Reporting Advertising Budget Management What are the benefits of working with Better AMS: Work with experienced Amazon PPC and DSP managers Detailed custom projection reports to avoid wasting budget Provides perfectly-structured campaigns based on high-performing keywords Manages your budget by ASIN wisely to meet product-specific goals What are the services that Better AMS offers: Sponsored Ads Management DSP Management for Amazon Walmart Connect Ad management Target Ad management Characteristics that every winning agency should have Picking the right PPC agency can be a daunting task. With so many options available, it's important to know what to look for in order to find the best fit for your Amazon business. Here are a few key things to consider before you start your search: Case studies and verified reviews A strong history of helping clients succeed with their PPC campaigns is solid proof that a PPC agency can support your business. Look for an agency that has experience managing PPC campaigns for Amazon businesses in your niche, and be sure to ask for case studies and references from past clients. It's also a good idea to look for an agency that is up-to-date on the latest PPC best practices and has a track record of staying on top of industry trends. See how involved they are in the wider community and how much they share about what they know in podcasts, webinars and social media. Providing complete transparency It's important to choose an Amazon PPC agency that is transparent with their accounts and communication. This means that the PPC agency should be willing to share key details about their processes and strategies, as well as provide regular updates and reports on the performance of your campaigns. A transparent agency will also be open to answering any questions you may have and should be willing to provide explanations for any decisions or changes made to your campaigns. By choosing an agency that is transparent, you can feel confident that they have nothing to hide and are committed to helping you succeed. Clear, honest, and timely communication Effective communication is key to the success of any business relationship, and it's no different when it comes to working with an Amazon PPC agency. When looking for an agency, be sure to consider their communication style and make sure it aligns with your own. Look for an agency that is responsive to your inquiries, provides clear and concise explanations, and is available to discuss your campaigns and strategy. Don't be afraid to ask potential agencies about their communication style and how they handle client communication during the onboarding process. Understand what their expected turn around time is when communicating. Stops wasteful ad spend Look for an agency that has a track record of maximizing ROI and minimizing wasteful ad spend. An experienced agency should be able to help you identify areas of your campaigns that may be underperforming and make swift improvements. They should also be able to provide insights on how to target the right keywords and demographics to drive the most qualified traffic to your listings. By choosing an agency that can save you time and money, you can focus on other areas of your business while still seeing strong results from your PPC campaigns. Conducts thorough keyword analysis and implementation Keyword analysis is quite obviously an essential part of any successful Amazon PPC campaign. Be sure to choose an Amazon PPC agency that understands the importance of keyword research and has a process in place for conducting a thorough analysis. A good agency will take the time to understand your business and product offerings, and will use this information to identify the most relevant and effective keywords to target. They should also be able to analyze the performance of your keywords and make adjustments as needed to ensure that your campaigns are driving the best possible results. By choosing a PPC agency that conducts keyword analysis as part of their process, you can be confident that your campaigns are targeting the right audience and driving the most qualified traffic to your listings. Fair and legible pricing The Amazon PPC agency you choose should be able to clearly explain their pricing structure and provide a breakdown of the services included in their fees. Be wary of agencies that have hidden fees or that seem to be charging excessively high rates for their services. Instead, look for an agency that is transparent about their pricing and can provide a clear and reasonable justification for the cost of their services. Asking them to break out the different services they offer and are charging you for by line item on their invoices may be a smart move. It's also a good idea to shop around and get quotes from multiple agencies to get a sense of what is fair and reasonable in the market. Supply and demand impacts agency services like anything else, and agencies respond to these changes in their pricing like any other service business. Benefits Getting professional help from advertising professionals can bring a range of benefits to your business. Increases revenue without sacrificing profits By optimizing your PPC campaigns to target the right audience and creating targeted ads that reach potential customers who are more likely to make a purchase, your Amazon PPC agency can effectively convert clicks into sales. These experts can also help you set up and test different ad campaigns to determine which ones are the most effective at driving sales. Using data and analytics, an Amazon PPC agency can continually monitor and adjust your PPC campaigns to ensure they perform at their best and deliver the maximum return on investment. Keeps ACoS low and profits high An experienced Amazon PPC agency will have a deep understanding of how the Amazon advertising platform works and will be able to set up and optimize your campaigns to ensure they are as cost-effective as possible. Among the metrics that these experts need to keep a close eye on is the overall ACoS of your account. Part of that process involves finding the right keywords to target, setting appropriate bid amounts, and using other tactics to drive sales while minimizing costs. They can also experiment with different bid amounts to find the sweet spot where your ads are getting shown frequently enough to drive sales, but not so frequently that they become too expensive. Regular monitoring and analysis of the campaign’s performance can help them identify any issues or opportunities for improvement on your ads, allowing them to make adjustments to keep your ACoS low and your profits high. Educates you about Amazon advertising’s new complex features The Amazon advertising experts you hire will be closely monitoring Amazon's advertising platform and will be aware of any new features or updates as they are released. This can be especially helpful for sellers who are not able to spend as much time monitoring the platform themselves. An agency can then provide guidance on how to take advantage of these new features and strategies to drive more sales and improve the performance of your campaigns. Expert keyword research Having access to a range of keyword tools and resources that can help identify the most relevant and high-performing keywords for your product listings is one of the expertise of most PPC advertising experts. This important task can involve using keyword research tools to identify popular search terms, analyzing the performance of your competitors' campaigns, and using data from past campaigns to identify opportunities for improvement. The right agency can also help sellers identify long-tail keywords, which are more specific and less competitive than more broad terms, and can be a great way to drive targeted traffic to your product listings. Sellers will also be given the opportunity to understand how to use negative keywords to exclude certain terms from their campaigns, which can help reduce the number of irrelevant impressions and clicks and ultimately lower their ACoS (advertising cost of sale). It's also insanely useful to have a management service that utilizes the right tools can significantly boost your success on Amazon. Be sure to checkout a comprehensive guide on the Best Amazon Seller Tools to complement your PPC strategies. Consistently monitors and optimizes your Amazon ad campaigns PPC advertising experts will have the resources and expertise to continually monitor your campaigns and identify any issues or opportunities for improvement. This can involve analyzing data from your campaigns to identify trends, adjusting bid amounts and targeting settings to optimize your campaigns, and testing different ad copy and visuals to find the best-performing combinations. They can also provide regular reports and updates on the performance of your campaigns, allowing you to see the results of their efforts and make informed decisions about your advertising strategy. To finalize... I know it's tough... REALLY tough to find to perfect fit, but sorting through all the Amazon PPC services to find the perfect agency really helped us grow our online business portfolio. Since there isn't one singular "best" option, I recommend having a call with several agencies to see which one you best align with. The results can most certainly vary a good bit. Based on my experience, I was able to significantly grow our portfolio's profits (and our business) when we found the agency most aligned with our goals of profit instead of just growth. I hope that it does the same for you. Updated on February 11, 2025 ### The Top 5 Best SaaS Link Building Services Struggling to grow your Software as a Service (SaaS) company? You're not alone. According to Bloomberg, the total value of all SaaS companies will reach a stunning $273 billion by 2025. While this is great, it has a downside: it's competitive AF. This means that you MUST outcompete SaaS competitors in the link-building space. Having a robust network of high-quality, relevant backlinks not only boosts your visibility in search engine results, it also positions your brand as an authority in your field. As expert link builders, we've put together a list of the our favorite services available to save yourself time and future heartache. The 5 Best SaaS Link Building Services Smash Digital HARO Bright Local PRWeb iProspect Smash Digital: Best Overall SaaS Link Building Agency Smash Digital is a B2B digital marketing agency that takes great pride on their fresh and original strategies to grow businesses and improve their SEO performance. Besides offering a fully-managed SEO service, they are real experts in white hat link building strategies. And the case studies speak for themselves. As we all know, setting up a powerful link building strategy is time consuming and can get expensive. However, Smash Digital team has optimized each step of the process so you can get relevant links at a reasonable price. They will also manage all the relationships on their side, from prospecting to closing. That way you won’t have to deviate your efforts from your true focus: running your business like a boss. They have designed their whole link building process around guest-posting great content and outreaching to exchange value. They always focus on the niche relevancy, domain authority and organic traffic so you can get high-quality links that actually add up value to your site. They’re not wizards (probably), but over the years they have built up a substantial expertise and reputation by placing tens of thousands of links with relevant, web pages, bloggers, marketers and social media influencers on a first-name basis. Key Services SEO Audit - keyword research, content optimization, competitor analysis, and website structure improvement. Here we form a strategic action plan tailored to your startup's unique needs. Link Building - The most important SEO factor that most agencies struggle with is arguably Smash Digital’s greatest strength. They are the best SaaS backlinks agency that really move the needle. (I see it every day.) Fully Managed SEO - The whole shebang, including: In-depth analysis of your website and niche, and in-depth analysis of your competitors Technical analysis & Audit – Targeting important and meaningful keywords, page-level diagnostics, and boosting website speed Prospecting – Backlinking via white hat outreach Learning & Adapting – Closely monitoring competitors to learn from their mistakes and adopt a strategy based on gathered knowledge Scaling Up – Upon finalizing the analytical phase, we begin the link-building process. "HARO" The new Haro replacements (Featured, Qwoted and SourceBottle) HARO stood for Help A Reporter Out. This is truly one of the most useful tools when it comes to get high-quality links. The problem is, it's not very scalable, and now that it shut down you have to use multiple competitors to get the same results. It was created in 2008 to connect reporters with reliable sources across a variety of industries, hence giving you the perfect opportunity to get a high-authority link that pours nice link juice into your site. The HARO Process Starting with HARO is quite easy, although seeing your efforts published might take longer. You just need to create an account on the website, clearly outlining your expertise niche or categories. The bright side? Registering is free, as it's not a backlinks agency. The not-so-bright side? Like I said, landing high-quality links does not happen overnight. Once you have created your account, you may choose to receive separate emails specifics to your niche or a master email containing all the requests from different journalists that are looking for quality quotes to put on their articles. Our advice is that you write clear replies, showing your own personality and style and letting the reporter know why you will be a good source to quote in their article. There’s no guarantee your response will be chosen and if they do, sometimes it takes a while to get a reply. Even if it may be time-consuming and chances may be low, it’s a great opportunity to land white hat backlinks from very reputable media. Bright Local: Best Local Citations If your business is on page 2 of Google, it may as well not exist. According to a Google consumer study, over 80% of users use search engines to find local businesses' addresses, price range, product availability, and business hours. Bright Local specializes in local citations - online mentions of your local business. These mentions can be structured--that is, within directory listings such as Yelp. Or they can be unstructured, a simple mention of your business in a newspaper or high-authority blog. Unstructured local citations may be linkable or not, but either way, these are a powerful complement to your link building campaign. Bright Local knows this very well. That's why they are positioned as local SEO experts and trusted by reputable clients such as Ikea and The Home Depot. Also, on top of building local citations, they develop tools to help you improve your business ranking. Building local citations for someone who does not have the necessary expertise might be a pain-in-the-ass task. However, for Bright Local it's a breeze with their dedicated team that delivers over 2000 citation campaigns every month. Their pricing is very reasonable, and guess what? They'll even give you a 14-day free trial, no credit card required, so you can try out all their tools, from Local Rank Tracker Reports to Local SEO Audits Reports. Why we recommend them: Google Analytics, Facebook, and Twitter Integrations Local Search Grid Local Data Aggregators Online reviews management and generation PRWeb: Best Placements for SaaS Outreach   PRWeb is a leading online press release distribution service that offers clients a platform to create, distribute, and track press releases. PRWeb is a part of the Cision Ltd group, a leading global provider of earned media software and services. It has a significant reach, with its distribution network extending to over 1,200 websites. The company receives over 12 million visitors annually, illustrating its broad appeal and robust digital presence. The platform uses SEO principles to ensure the visibility of the press releases it hosts and offers targeted distribution to industry-specific journalists and bloggers. What does this mean for SaaS companies? Creating press releases might take an initial time investment, but if even one catches wind and circulates within the news network, it can result in a huge number of quality backlinks. PRWeb offers a range of services including: Press release distribution: National and hyper-targeted distribution is available. Same-day distribution: This is available at an additional price. SEO for press releases: The platform automatically applies SEO principles to releases to ensure they are picked up by popular search engines like Google. Targeting specific journalists and bloggers: Users can target their news releases to industry-specific journalists and bloggers. Multimedia enrichment: Users can enrich content using multimedia such as embedded videos or images. Reporting: PRWeb provides comprehensive reporting tools for users to track the performance of their press releases PRWeb's pricing starts from $105.00 per release. The platform also offers additional services and features at an extra cost, such as same-day distribution and specific add-ons to increase visibility like social media targeting, priority release, and targeted media emails. The Publicity Works, a PR expert used PRWeb to efficiently increase its clients' coverage on platforms such as Yahoo! and Google News. iProspect: Best Large Scale SEO agency iProspect is a global digital marketing agency that connects brands with their consumers by transforming clients' businesses. It was founded by Jerome Spiral and Rahul Nambiar, all the way back in 1996. The company is now part of Dentsu Inc, offering services globally with more than 4,000 employees in 88 offices across 54 countries. They work with a diverse range of established, challenger, and emerging brands and have a strong presence in 93 countries.  Their portfolio boasts successful campaigns for big names like Budweiser and General Motors, illustrating their inventive and high-achieving approach. iProspect Canada improved campaign effectiveness for over 30 clients, saving 100 hours a month by using Adverity's data integration and proactive analytics features. iProspect's strong global presence enables them to understand diverse local markets, providing invaluable insights for targeting international clients or expanding into new markets So, what's in it for your SaaS company? iProspect's experience with performance-driven brand building can support a robust link-building strategy. This includes identifying opportunities for high-quality backlinks, creating link-worthy content, and using influencer collaborations and guest posting. Best of all, with their vast resources, they're able to take on even the largest clients. As a highly-rated SEO firm, iProspect excels at crafting and fine-tuning search strategies across all platforms. They commit fully to ensure that your paid search strategies go beyond just meeting KPIs and focusing on common keywords. They effectively integrate your search efforts with online and offline media and use all available data sources, be it CRM data or third-party audience data. The Importance of Link Building for SaaS Businesses Link building is the process of acquiring hyperlinks, or backlinks, from other websites to your own, a key component of off-page SEO strategy. In the SaaS world, where long-term customer relationships are essential for recurring revenue, building a robust link profile can make all the difference. If you're looking for a list of companies that provide a more general selection of SEO services, check out the best SaaS seo agencies. Improve Your Search Rankings Backlinks are a signal to search engines that your site is a quality resource worth citation, thus influencing your ranking in search results. In other words, the more high-quality, relevant links pointing to your site, the more likely you are to rank higher in search engine results pages (SERPs). This is particularly important for SaaS businesses, as a high ranking can lead to greater visibility, more organic traffic, and ultimately, more conversions. Brand Authority and Credibility Link building does more than just improve your search rankings. It helps establish your brand's authority and credibility in your industry. When reputable sites link to your SaaS product, they're essentially vouching for your credibility, giving potential customers more confidence in your product. Drive Referral Traffic When a user is reading a blog post or an article that links to your site, they might click through to learn more about your product or service. This referral traffic is highly valuable as it's usually from people who are already interested in your industry or what you have to offer, and therefore more likely to convert. Some of you may be asking - you're already using paid advertising to get similar benefits. Why bother with link building? Which is Better, Paid Advertising or Link Building? As a SaaS company, one of the key decisions you need to make is where to invest your marketing dollars. Two common strategies often rise to the top of the list: paid advertising and link building. How do you decide between the two? Let's break it down. Paid Advertising - Instant But Temporary Paid advertising, such as Google Ads or social media promotions, offers the potential of snappy results. You put money in, your ads get seen, and if all goes well, you start seeing a return on investment swiftly. It's a controlled environment—you determine your budget, you select your target audience, and you craft your message. However, the results are typically short-lived. Once the ad campaign ends, so does the traffic. Plus, in the SaaS industry, where competition is fierce, the cost per click can be quite high. Link Building - Slow But Sustainable On the other hand, link building is a more organic approach to driving traffic and improving your search engine rankings. When other reputable sites link to yours, it signals to search engines that your content is valuable, which can boost your visibility in search results. SaaS backlink building services may not provide immediate results like paid advertising, but it tends to drive more sustainable, long-term growth. The caveat? It can be time-consuming and requires a more strategic approach. Which Is Better? The answer is a balance of both. They're different tools for different purposes. For launch campaigns, testing, and other immediate needs for temporary traffic, lean towards paid advertising. For long term goals and growing your SaaS business, link building is always the answer. So how do you choose the best SaaS link building service? How to Choose a High-Quality SaaS Link Building Service Choosing a link building service for your SaaS business is a significant decision. The right service can enhance your online presence, improve your ranking on search engines, and ultimately drive more traffic to your site. However, not all link building services are created equal. When evaluating potential services, keep an eye out for the following: High-Quality Link Building Strategies Quality of links is perhaps the most crucial aspect to consider. Not all links have the same value in the eyes of search engines. Links from high-authority, relevant sites are much more valuable than links from low-quality or unrelated sites. Link building strategies to acquire high-quality links that we recommend are: Guest Posting - writing articles for reputable, relevant websites and including a link back to your site Influencer Outreach - getting reputable, relevant influencers to write about your product or service Resource Link Building - create a comprehensive guide or report that other websites want to link to Broken Link Building - find broken links on other websites that are relevant to your content and ask to replace them with your link PR and Content Promotion - promoting your content or your product to media outlets Building Partnerships With Other Businesses - co-hosting a webinar, co-writing a blog post, or otherwise co-creating with a business in your niche So when choosing a company, keep an eye out for these strategies. Experience Working With SaaS Ensure the link building service has experience in SaaS or can demonstrate an understanding of it. Ask for case studies, testimonials, or any indication of success with similar companies to yours. Only link building services that understand the unique needs of a SaaS business can help you create the suitable link building strategies to achieve your business goals. Reporting and Transparency A good link building service should provide regular, detailed reports on their activities and results. These reports should show the links they've acquired, where they're from, and the impact they're having on your SEO. Transparency is key. You should know exactly what the service is doing and how it's benefiting your business. Process for Link Building Learn about the service's process for acquiring links. Do they use white-hat SEO techniques? These are SEO tactics that abide by the terms and conditions of search engines, ensuring long-term success. Some services might use black-hat techniques, such as buying links or using automated programs, which can lead to penalties from search engines. Customizable Packages Every SaaS business is unique, and so are its SEO needs. The right link building service should offer customizable packages tailored to your specific goals, budget, and industry. Client Reviews and Case Studies Look for reviews and case studies from previous or current clients. These can provide valuable insights into the service's effectiveness, customer service, and reliability. Choosing a link building service is an investment in your SaaS business's future. By keeping these key features in mind, you can ensure you're making a choice that will drive results, improve your online presence, and help your business grow. But be aware, there are also some pitfalls you should avoid in a link building service, which we'll discuss in the next section. What to Avoid in a Link Building Service Just as there are key features to look for in a link building service, there are also several red flags that could indicate a service might not be the best fit for your SaaS business. Here's what to watch out for: Black-hat Techniques Black-hat techniques for link building refers to methods that are directly against search engine rules or guidelines, such as buying links or using automated programs. These techniques usually stop working after a search engine update or after they're noticed and can lead to penalties from search engines. That's why we only recommend white-hat techniques: long-term methods that serve you, the search engine and the website hosting your link. Promises of Quick Results SEO is a long-term strategy, and link building is no different. Any service that promises you quick results or a certain number of links in a short period is likely not using sustainable, white-hat techniques. Rapid increases in your backlink profile can alert search engines and lead to penalties. Low-Quality Links Not all links are created equal. Some cheap link building agencies resort to using private blog networks (PBNs) or black-hat methods to acquire backlinks. These practices go directly against search engine guidelines and will get your site penalized or completely de-ranked. Lack of Transparency If a link building service is not willing to explain their strategies, processes, or the links they're building for you, it's a red flag. A reputable service should be transparent about their methods and willing to provide regular, detailed reports on their activities. One-Size-Fits-All Approach Every SaaS business is unique, with different audiences, goals, and competitive landscapes. A service that offers the same link building strategy to all clients, regardless of their individual needs, is unlikely to deliver the best results. Look for a service that offers customizable strategies based on your specific needs and goals. Unrealistically Low Prices While budget is always a consideration, be wary of services offering incredibly low prices. Quality link building is a time-consuming and labor-intensive process. If a service is offering prices that seem too good to be true, they may be cutting corners or using black-hat techniques. Remember, the goal of link building is not just to acquire as many links as possible, but to build a strong, diverse link profile that enhances your site's authority, improves your search rankings, and drives quality traffic to your site. By avoiding these pitfalls, you can ensure you're choosing a link building service that will help you achieve these goals. Your Turn Now you know the best SaaS link building services out there today. The next steps are in your hands. Check out the services we discussed, see what fits best for your business needs. Remember, a strong online presence can make a real difference. Start today, improve your site's ranking and visibility. Your online growth is worth the effort. Updated: March 3, 2025 ### The 4 Best SaaS SEO Agencies to Work With In 2024 Having trouble getting visitors and traffic to your SaaS (Software as a service) company? You're not alone. Finance Online estimates that SaaS will reach a staggering $623 billion by 2023 at growth rates of 18% annually. If you intend to stand out in this increasingly competitive space, you need to find a SaaS seo expert to guide you along. The best SaaS SEO agencies that can help you win when it comes to organic traffic. As a holdco owner of many companies, we've worked with and employed dozens of different SEO companies over the years. So, without further delay, who are the best SaaS SEO companies? Overview Of the Best SaaS SEO Agencies in 2024 Smash Digital Credo Neil Patel Digital SEO.com Smash Digital – (Biased) Editor’s Pick Smash Digital is a SaaS SEO agency that's all about offering solid, straight-up SEO services, minus the fluff. Imagine a team of SEO wizards working tirelessly behind the scenes, conjuring up authoritative and relevant links for your site. This kind of work often makes competitors go green with envy, wondering how they can get in on this action. What sets Smash Digital apart is their hands-on approach. They've applied SEO strategies for over 17 of their own businesses, demonstrating their ability to walk the talk. These guys don’t just do a quick run-through of your site and leave you with an overly lengthy report you probably won’t read. Nope, they do things differently. They carefully examine your site and let you know straight up what needs tweaking or changing. It's a personalized SEO audit, but without all the usual hassle. You get to keep your focus on growing your business, while they roll up their sleeves and dive into the nitty-gritty of SEO. So, if you're looking for a team of real in-the-trenches experts to handle the dirty work while you focus on your business, Smash Digital's got your back. They're all about results, and they've got the skills and experience to make it happen. Credo – SEO Agency Matchmaker Credo is well known and respected in the digital marketing space. They have helped over 1300 businesses with their digital marketing needs. The cool thing about them is they act as a matchmaker, pairing you with one of their thoroughly vetted agencies. This means you can skip the headache of sorting through dozens of potential agencies and get straight to the good stuff. These vetted agencies are not just one-trick ponies. They've got a broad set of skills in their toolkit. We're talking about detailed digital marketing strategy and execution, Pay-Per-Click advertising (PPC), whipping up fresh content, revamping or building a new website from scratch, managing ads across all your social media channels, and of course, SEO. But how does Credo make it all happen? It's actually a pretty neat process: They sit down with you to define your expectations, needs, and project brief. They introduce you to a bunch of top-tier digital marketing agencies. These are the guys and gals that Credo's team hand-picks based on your specific needs. You choose who to hire based on these discussions. Once you've found your match, you sign a contract directly with them. If you're looking for a trusted partner who can help you navigate the sometimes confusing world of SEO and digital marketing, Credo might just be what you need. Neil Patel – Famous But Expensive NP Digital, founded by renowned digital marketing expert Neil Patel, could be a great fit for SaaS businesses looking for top-notch SEO services. But let's be clear: this isn't a budget option. They're no strangers to high-profile engagements and substantial budgets. But the upside is, when you're investing that much in an agency, you can expect a certain caliber of results. What's great about going with a big-name agency like NP Digital is the sheer range of services they bring to the table. From SEO to content creation, video marketing to social media, you're not just getting a one-trick pony. You're getting a comprehensive, holistic approach to digital marketing. It's an all-in-one package that could prove extremely valuable to a SaaS trying to elevate their online presence and reach a wider audience. If you're in a situation where you need to prove to your boss or investors that you're making a sensible, high-impact decision, NP Digital might be your ace in the hole. You'll have the confidence of knowing you've brought on one of the best in the business, which should make those tense boardroom meetings a little easier to handle. SEO.com – The Corporate Choice SEO.com is an established and experienced SEO agency that has been serving the industry for over 12 years as of 2023. They have a proven track record of success working with a variety of businesses, from Fortune 500 companies to brick&mortar local businesses. Clients like Hazzouri Dental and Dell experienced significant improvements in their website traffic and form submissions after partnering with SEO.com. SEO.com begins its process by analyzing various aspects of your website, including performance, keywords, meta descriptions, user-friendliness, and linking profiles. Using this analysis, they create and execute an SEO strategy tailored to your business that adheres to industry best practices and competitor data. This strategy includes an SEO audit, developing on-site and off-site SEO strategies, keyword research, and regular adjustments based on ongoing reviews. Here's what they can do for your SaaS business: Social Media Marketing Viral Content Marketing Integrating Traditional Marketing With SEO Leverage Existing Customers PPC Advertising If you're a SaaS business, SEO.com has the tools, the team, and the track record to potentially boost your SEO strategy. Why is SEO important for SaaS companies? Search Engine Optimization is the behind-the-scenes magic that can catapult your website to the top of search results and pull in a steady stream of organic traffic. But why is SEO such a big deal, especially when talking about SaaS SEO? Let's break it down. Driving Targeted Traffic SEO can be your ticket to driving targeted, high-quality traffic to your website. These are the users who are more likely to convert into paying customers. Building Brand Awareness Ranking high on search engine results also builds brand awareness, which can make all the difference between being a top choice or just another option. Reducing Customer Acquisition Cost SaaS SEO, when executed well, can help you rank high on search results and attract customers organically, significantly reducing your customer acquisition costs. Enhancing User Experience When your site is easy to navigate, has valuable content, and loads quickly, it will not only rank higher on search engines. It'll also offer a better user experience. Boosting Trust and Credibility Top SaaS SEO agencies will help you climb the search ranks, and users are more likely to trust a website that appears on the first page of search engine results. What Are the Most Common SaaS SEO Services? If you're considering partnering with a SaaS SEO company, these are some services you can expect them to provide: Keyword Research - Keyword research is a staple of any SEO service, and it's no different for SaaS companies. This involves identifying the keywords that your target audience is likely to use when searching for a product like yours. On-Page Optimization - Refers to tweaks made to your website to make it more search engine friendly. Content Creation - Typically involves creating blog posts, guides, videos, and other forms of content that are optimized for search and provide value to your audience. Link Building - The process of earning backlinks from other websites to boost your own site's credibility in the eyes of search engines. In the SaaS industry, this could involve strategies like guest posting on industry blogs, getting your product reviewed by software review sites, or leveraging partnerships with other companies. Technical SEO - Optimizing the backend of your website for search engines. Reporting and Analytics - Tracking key metrics like organic traffic, keyword rankings, and conversions to understand how well your SEO strategy is working and where improvements can be made. Remember, these are just the most common services. Different SaaS SEO agencies might have a different approaches, so it's crucial to find the SaaS SEO company that offers what your business needs the most. How to Recognize a Top-Notch SaaS SEO Agency Hiring an SEO agency for your SaaS business is no small task. It's not just about who can get you to rank #1 on Google, but who can help you build a sustainable SEO strategy that delivers consistent results. Here's a handy checklist of what the best SaaS SEO agencies will offer: Relevant Experience An agency may have a ton of SEO experience, but if they haven't worked with SaaS companies, they may not understand the nuances of your industry. Look for an agency that's familiar with the SaaS landscape and has a track record of success with SaaS clients. Solid Credentials Credentials and certifications can be an indicator of an agency's expertise. Look for Google Partners badges, awards, and other signs that the agency is reputable and knowledgeable. Strategic Approach Any agency can promise to improve your rankings. But a great agency will focus on your overall business goals and how SEO can help achieve them. They should offer a comprehensive strategy, not just a list of services. Ethical SEO Practices It's crucial that the agency uses ethical, white-hat SEO techniques. Black-hat techniques may bring quick results, but they can also lead to penalties from search engines. Look for an agency that prioritizes long-term success over quick wins. Transparency and Reporting Transparency is key when it comes to SEO. Your agency should provide regular reports and updates and be upfront about their strategies and tactics. Client Reviews and Case Studies Client reviews can give you a glimpse into what it's like to work with the agency. Look for reviews that mention the agency's strengths (and weaknesses) and take note of how they respond to feedback. Case studies, on the other hand, can show you how the agency tackles specific challenges and delivers results. Remember, the right SEO agency isn't just a service provider, it's a partner. They should understand your business, align with your goals, and have the expertise to help you grow. So take your time, do your due diligence, and make sure you find the right fit. 5 Steps to Hire the Best SaaS SEO Agency Choosing the right SaaS SEO agency is like picking the right co-founder for your startup. It's not just about finding someone skilled, it's about finding someone who gets you and your product, someone who's in it for the long haul. So how do you make this big decision? Here are some pointers: 1. Figure Out Your Business Goals Before you even Google "best SaaS SEO agency", you need to sit down and figure out what you're hoping to achieve with SEO. It's not enough to say, "I want more traffic." Dig deeper. Are you looking to build brand awareness? Do you want to improve your rankings for specific keywords? Maybe you're hoping SEO can help you reduce your customer acquisition costs? The more specific you are about your goals, the better equipped you'll be to find an agency that can meet them. 2. Build Your Shortlist With your goals in hand, it's time to do some research. Look for agencies that have experience with SaaS companies. They'll understand your industry's unique challenges and opportunities. Check out their websites, read their case studies, see who they've worked with. Don't be shy about reaching out to their past clients to get their unfiltered opinions. 3. Vet Potential Agencies Now it's time to start vetting your options. Start with a free consultation, which most agencies offer. Use this time to ask about their experience, their approach to SEO, how they measure success. 4. Review Proposals Next, review their proposals. These should detail their strategy, services, and pricing. Look for an agency that offers a comprehensive, tailored strategy, not just a menu of services. Remember, choosing an SEO agency isn't something you rush. It's a marathon, not a sprint. Take your time to find an agency that understands your business, shares your goals, and has the expertise to help you meet them. 5. Pull the Trigger You've made your choice, now do it. At this point, remember to trust your gut. Do you have any lingering doubts? Any unanswered questions? You'll be working together for a substantial amount of time. If it's all clear, don't hesitate. Why You Should Outsource SaaS SEO Services? At this point you may be thinking - why not just hire an in-house SEO expert? Why go through all this trouble to outsource to an SEO agency? Here's some of the benefits an SEO agency specialized in SaaS businesses can provide you, as opposed to an in-house SEO expert: A team of experienced and skilled SEO professionals who can handle all aspects of SEO for your business, from strategy to execution to reporting. Expertise and knowledge of the latest SEO trends, best practices, tools and techniques to help you achieve your SEO goals faster and more efficiently. A flexible and scalable SEO solution that can adapt to your changing needs and budget, without the hassle of hiring, training and managing in-house staff or freelancers. An SEO agency can help you save time and money by taking care of the SEO tasks that you may not have the resources or skills to do yourself, allowing you to focus on your core business activities and product development. Your Turn Remember, SEO isn't just about getting to the top of search engine results pages, it's about reaching the right people, at the right time, with the right message. A skilled SaaS SEO agency can help you do just that. But like any partnership, the choice of an SEO agency should be made with careful consideration. It's about finding a team that understands your business, aligns with your goals, and has the know-how to drive results. Remember, in the end, SEO isn't a cost, it's an investment. So, invest wisely. ### Launching On Betalist - 50 Entrepreneurs Share All We asked 50 entrepreneurs to share their experiences learned after launching their startups on BetaList, the platform that helps startups acquire beta users. Here's what they had to say: - Stats from Beta List: Total unique visits: 426 Total signups: 118 Total Confirmation: 77 A 18% conversion rate between visitors and waiting list confirmation. We still have to see how many of them convert to users.but we are not in that phase still. The timing was perfect, we were featured just a week before launch the demo and were in the trending startup section for a entire week. I guess because people share our Beta List page, I'm sure any other B2C startup had more visitors than us. Bartolome, Tractionboard - Betalist is a startups dream. In less than 24 hours we went from having a handful of subscribers to an amazing community of photographers. I firmly believe that BetaList is one of the key reasons why Adaptalux ran a successful Kickstarter campaign! Samuel Granger, Adaptalux - Betalist has been a great tool for helping Sherbit find traction within the startup community. Our application generated over 400 signups during the week that is was featured and trending on their site. There are few things that can help you get traction with BetaList. First, I would make sure your messaging is well articulated and concise. Both on the beta list site and your own company site, in order to quickly grab peoples attention. Second, I would make sure you have a compelling home page. The front page of your site is the image beta list previews, so if it doesn't stand out it will not garner attention. Lastly, make sure you pass around the BetaList link to all your friends and family. This will help your company get more followers and move you up on the trending startup list. Alex Senemar, Sherbit - One lesson from past launches is get on BetaList early, don't wait till just before launch. I had a tech journalist almost pull out of covering us when he saw our app on BetaList the day before launch date. The other lesson from this launch is try to send out app invites to users who signup via BetaList asap. We left it a bit too long and some of the leads went cold. In future I will automate things so as soon as someone signs up they get an iTunes invite to download and test the app. Luke Hubbard, ScreenBox - 1. If you are applying for free – send your product earlier because review process is too long 2. Do not just gather emails, try to understand your potential customers. Can they really be your early adopters? 3. Have a personal approach to each email you will get, see who this person is with rapportive and ask questions about their pains and why did they sign up 4. Do not build the product before testing your assumptions Nikita, DaVinci Apps - Be ready. Sounds basic but make sure that you've tested everything. You’re in Beta phase, but everything still depends on a first impression. Major bugs are a big no. If you can't make it, fake it. Keep the processing time in mind. BetaList does a great job on screening and tagging all start-ups. This takes time. For us it took around 8 weeks. Being featured on BetaList has a direct impact in terms of database subscriptions, response on social media and visitors on your site. Just do it! Johan Van Hove, Pith.li - You will get a diverse group of responses. Some will be interested in the product itself, others the technology and some are just curious. Have a strategy to get feedback and value from all groups. Jordan Perrey, tassuru - Our BetaList launch was a success. I recommend you use an email followup sequence. I've signed up for beta waiting lists and never heard back from the developer until after the launch. No bueno! Craft a bunch of informational emails. Send one out every 4-5 days until you are ready to open the doors. Build a relationship with your potential users and they will more likely to sign up for your launch. Also charge beta users! You'll get serious testers instead of freebie seekers. Good luck! Stephen Alberts, ReviewRail - 1. Be very clear and concise in your description - highlight your top 1-2 value propositions, no more. 2. Use beautiful imagery. Pictures sell. 3. ABB - Always be branding. Keep your voice consistent across your channels. Rosh, Issara - We got exactly what we wanted in terms of requests from real human beings from our of our network to join our private beta. The betalist guys have an aversion to some of the platforms that help build a great landing page, so next time I'd save the extra time and hassle of going round the review loop and save the landing page for post betalist launch. Jeremy Parsons, Promisely - There are two obvious tips that most companies struggle with: - Pick a very simple and clear screenshot for your landing page, this is crucial to get relevant beta testers. - Pick a clear UNIQUE value proposition that distinguishes you from other apps/services This is something that we've tried to nail and it worked pretty well for us, we've got almost 300 quality beta testers :) Another great tip I definitely recommend is optimizing your value proposition/landing page during betalist launch. Usually you get almost 1k visits, which is enough to test 2-3 copy variations and landing page images etc. Use optimizely or any other A/B tool to measure and pick winning variations ;) Artur Kiulian, Capitan - BetaList was the link between our Facebook campaign and our App and increased further our media visibility. However, because our Beta is available only in selected markets, we were not able to offer an access to our app to all the BetaList subscribers. For this reason I strongly recommend to make sure you can offer an access to your Beta to all the subscribers, around the world, if you want to fully leverage your BetaList publication. Iurie Cordunean, Cronomio - Metrics from the first three full days of being featured: 486 users/unique visitors 100 invite requests (20.6%) 5 crew memberships (1%) From the last 3 months: Additional 140 users/unique visitors 13 invite requests (9.29%) 0 crew memberships (0%) – we did take this option down a couple weeks back Total: 850 users/unique visitors Masha Krol, Travelabulous - So the main thing we learned I feel from Beta List is that timing is really important, we launched a bit too early (our beta was no where near ready when we put it up), the reason I think timing is so important is that people will loose engagement in your product, they will probably only remember about you for a week or so, the more engagement you have with them the better. Make sure you use a referral program! David Diamond, Divvy - Betalist users are people who love to try new stuff. They are really valuable as we can test out our ideas and gather feedback (be sure to set an autoresponder, ask for suggestion and encourage them to reply you). We also learned that Betalist allows you to send a picture to use as your page preview instead of using a screenshot of your site. If we can do it differently, we would create a customized picture for Betalist users, instead of using our general ads picture. Akaradet, Watchrr - Betalist was (and still is) the most successful referrer to our prelaunch signup site. We paid for the upgraded service, which definitely made listing faster, but probably wasn't a requirement. We actively engaged with BetaList via twitter and social media to support the listing - like any publicity, it helped to get things organized. In summary, it was a good experience for Get - we're building a new way of shopping on your mobile phone, and this was the start of getting out the word for us! Alex Kelleher, Get - Make sure your site is ready and has more to offer than just a simple landing page with an optin form. Try to deliver value for your audience from the moment they land on your site. In our case we started doing content marketing from the day we started building. As soon as you get the big load of visitors from BetaList coming in they will find your landing page, the info about your company, but they will stay longer because of the interesting articles we already had on our blog. Hans van Gent, Inbound Rocket - I would recommend only submitting when your beta is already live. We lost some subscribers that signed up because a month has passed between the time they joined our beta list and until the beta was actually out. You should hit the iron while it's hot ;) Ben Novak, OfficeHealth - Due to the Betalist model, have a few things in place before (maximizing the engagement opportunity matters): - Capture email - An understanding of when you plan to launch, particularly if your beta is private/closed - Workflow to provide updates if you’re going to be longer than ‘X’, in terms of launching - Work flow to announce ‘Go-Live’ to those who provided email to ensure good signup and adoption rates - Acknowledge early adopters You’re fundamentally planning a campaign launch of sorts. DS Benbow, MetaChi - BetaList proved to be the site from where we got the higher number of beta testers so our recommendation is to prepare for this. Make sure to deliver the right messages about what you app does in order to attract more beta testers and the best suited and motivated to test your app. Use BetaList only when your app is really ready to be used by hundreds of people at the same time and have your app's on boarding ready! Use BL as a pre-launch platform to ensure you're ready to go on the market. Mirella Nicola, CloudCal - We didn't pay the fee for the featured spot thus the 'free' feature hit us by surprise (you can control that by paying). The feature also spawned a few secondary links which also got us more targeted traffic from travel related sites. The performance on our site was great though expected with a conversion rate of a bit over 30% overall. One thing you should keep in mind is that the betalist demographic is not necessarily the same as your target demographic - consider that during your analysis. Knowhere - BetaList has been the best place for collecting our Picker beta testers so far. The day we've got featured on Beta List over 150 people immediately joined our list. A few well known INFLUENCERS included. Expect awesome open rates to emailing (about 70%) and rich feedback even if you don't ask for it so take advantage. TALK TO THEM AS MUCH AS YOU CAN. Submitting your startup is so easy and free only if you have a few weeks to wait for being published. SCHEDULE your beta in advance to save money. Albert Raich, Picker - Coinciding the BetaList feature with an ad campaign (PPC, etc) will allow you to get the maximum exposure possible from being featured. We received and still continue to receive a decent amount of traffic to our landing page from BetaList so the best advice I can give is to be ready for that traffic and to take advantage of it be incorporating other marketing initiatives to work alongside that feature. Zachary Walker, illumie - We had one major takeaway: make it easy for anyone interested in your product to talk to you. BetaList has an audience comprised entirely of early adopters, and they're just as passionate about new products as you are to be making one. So we prominently displayed our Twitter handle and email on our landing page, and responded to everyone who contacted us. They wanted to know more, and were eager to help make this new product amazing — our biggest success was being ready to listen. Matt Baer, Write.as - Create a great landing page to tell what problem you're solving and what are the main benefits of your solution. Don't forget to segment your audience. BetaList will send you a lot of users with different profiles. Make clear who's your target audience. Your goal is to get the best quality leads, not thousands of unuseful emails. Carlos Hernandez, Quaderno - BetaList is great for getting your name out there and for finding beta customers. We definitely saw a traffic spike, and had a few people sign up to try our service. The biggest value for us was that BetaList has a self-selecting group of people; we were able to launch a pilot weeks faster than if we scratched and clawed for interested parties. If we could do anything differently, we would have liked to receive a BetaList best practices packet before we launched, not after. Jack Wheeler, Rally Reel - We found Betalist to be exactly what we wanted it to be. A large group of unknown (to us) tech-savvy readers where we could test the response of our company's basic messaging and value statements. We were not expecting to actually convert betalist members into users, we wanted to see if the words we used to present Salesbridge, resonated and created a click to the website. For the cost, it was a no brainer and we would use it again. Joe Lowry, Sales Bridge - The clearest takeaway for me is to spend serious time cultivating relationships with them. The type of people who sign up for new services on BetaList are the type of people who see and use new products all the time. They can speak more cogently (and frankly) about product--your product--than the friends and family you've relied on to this point. Dustin Coates, Pico - We had launched on Betalist for free. We waited longer than a month. It was a small surprise for it to launch when it did. Make sure you are very close (within a week) to having your product ready - lest they lose interest. It's like a sales funnel - these are leads and you can't let them get cold. Beta testing is a leaky bucket - so it's best to try and ensure that you capture as many users as possible. It's easy to believe that emails collected = signups, but that's just not true. There will be a drop-off. We have a way for users to provide feedback within the app and that has been very helpful for collecting insights. Make it as easy as possible for people to contact you with their thoughts. Finally, I wish we had a better referral system set up before we launched. Set all these ducks up in a row (a nearly finished product, great feedback mechanisms, & referral system) before you launch your beta. Jane Lee, Uplifter - BL is a great place to get early adopters to learn and try your product before you officially go on a private/public beta. You may also receive journalists requests to talk with you about it, which is highly helpful in the process of starting your product's engines and introduce it to the world, step by step. I'd definitely recommend publishing your soon-to-launch product on BL, specifically before you officially announce it but do have something running to show, in order to maximize BL's power. Lior Degani, Swayy - I think best used for launching products aimed at startups and founders. You will not get your first large enterprise lead here. Be clear about the landing page and offer. Think about what you want to achieve, just a list of subscribers or a someone to check out your product. Think about adding a survey to your landing page to gather immediate feed-back. Tom, y mastery - We didn't treat BetaList as a launch pad but rather used it as an efficient way of quickly generating a material number of people that were disconnected from our network and had no prior exposure to our product. As a cohort of early adopters, the users that came to us via BetaList were tech-savvy and more willing than typical users to provide feedback. From our experience, the biggest value of using BetaList was not the sign ups but the "follow ups. Rob Kawalsky, Zeetings - We had a great response from listing Wires on BetaList, and honestly, we hadn't expected it to go as well as it did. The most unexpected part was the international attention we picked up from the listing. We had not even thought about how we were going to handle international testers because we hadn't expected to get any. BetaList is a great resource for startups to get both newsletter sign ups and beta tester sign ups. The best advice that I have for other startups using BetaList is to decide whether you're seeking quantity or quality beta testers. Quantity is no problem; we had more testers than we knew what to do with in about a week. Quality testers require a little more effort. A lot of testers sign up with an email address they don't mind giving out and don't sign up with their Apple ID. You have to follow up with them to verify Apple ID. Asking a qualifying question helps find the best testers, too. Prepare for more sign ups than you expect and have a plan to manage them. Emily Hart, Wires - Our aboutPLACE app was featured on BetaList pre-launch to drive Beta registrations. We were immediately able to see a boost in site traffic, registrations and brand awareness via social media. My overall experience with BetaList was positive. In fact, the one thing I might do differently would be to reserve our presence on BetaList for the actual launch day - when users could test drive and use aboutPLACE rather than sign-up for the anticipated launch. Hillit Meidar-Alfi, aboutPLACE - When launching on BetaList, it is important to be prepared. When we did it, we made sure every single action on our website had analytics. This way, we could understand where people where coming from, what they were doing and why. It is a great way to improve your flow and find any bottleneck that could exist. One other important thing we did is creating a viral exit to our sign up form. When a user sign up to your website, you have their attention. It's the right time to ask them to help you. When someone signs in for Drafter, he gets the offer to tweet us in exchange for free months of our biggest plan. It's a win-win. They're helping you get the word out and you give them something in exchange. It is very important if you want your launch to expand beyond BetaList users. To sum it up, there is really no reason not to launch on BetaList. It gives you coverage, traffic, confidence and gives you that kick to keep pushing yourself over the limits. Frank Marceau, Drafter - We waited seven weeks in the free line to get featured on Beta List. Unfortunately, we got featured on a Sunday. We would have had greater visibility if we had got featured during the week. A paid option is available for $99 if you want to skip the waiting queue. In one month we got 322 direct visits, which generated 57 signups. An important part of the success is to have a great screenshot to share and a straightforward pitch. Cédric Vergé, Clever Studio - 1. Get your landing page done right. 2. Focus on a few key messages and value proposition. 3. Show some product previews. 4. MIx in some concept diagrams/videos. 5. Make something people really want. Trigger, Mobiusbobs - I learned that while getting beta sign ups are great, the lasting connections you get from the Betalist exposure is more valuable. I advise others to have a super simple landing page and only ask for an email. Finally, reach out to people immediately who show interest in your beta. Abe Storey, KeyFeed - Entrepreneurship is a global market. Many BetaList users come from outside the US - which may be a problem for US startups based on financial transactions, user experience, etc. Otherwise BetaList is a good litmus test for your startup's value proposition. Ashok Kamal, LaunchLeader - We are happy with our feature on BetaList. it quickly generated the registrations we were locking for. I believe it was around 200 sign ups. We went for the $99 accelerated option, so that’s 50 cent per registered user. I can recommend it to any founder looking for quick beta traction. Support was quick. All good. Florian, Skoove - We increased our signup by 400% - with some early paying customers - and got useful feedback from subscribers. Our advice for founders considering doing the same: - Describe clearly what your product does with a good tagline. - Make your landing page simple, attractive and original. That will help increase conversions and your chance of getting featured. - Be prepared to answer users’ questions and to fix the eventual bugs caused by the number of people using your product. - Automate your onboarding process (account creation, emails, etc.) One thing we missed was not defining our next step in advance. We we're a little surprised and if we could get featured again, we would plan our retention strategy earlier. Aurelle Noutahi, Pikiz - BetaList has a large audience of people who want to kick the tires on new products. We got a lot of signups but no one turned into a legitimate beta customer. This probably has to do with the fact that we're an enterprise software company that requires users to run our software on their own host. David Cook, Jut - This is an opportunity to get 500 - 2k visitors, so don't treat it like it's the end of the world if it doesn't work out, but do take the visitors you get seriously. This may be one of your first influxes of visitors, so make sure you get their email address via a simple sign-up form (likely your only actionable on the site) and make sure to follow up with visitors as soon as possible. Give them a short survey to ask what they're interested in, what industry they work in, what type of blog content they read. You probably don't have a model user profile yet, so this is an opportunity to see what types of people are most interested in the problem you're trying to solve with your service/product. If I had the opportunity to do it again I would have found a way to integrate unique referral links for sign-ups. That way, you can keep track of who shares, give them a discount in the future or push them up the list. Some products find these services to boost sign-ups by an order of magnitude. Galen Vinter, ProjectPulse - Being in "semi-stealth" beta with our services and our app, we reached many potential users through BetaList. Aleksandar Stojanovic, BLOCKpeek - BetaList really helped WAVE Personal Calendar. With our publication on BetaList we gained a lot of publicity. We are looking for beta testers and personal assistants who want to help us. After our publication we gained numerous applications on both fronts. Once our startup was featured on BetaList we also got contacted by other companies who wanted to help us or had useful tips. This was a real benefit for us. We highly recommend using BetaList. Sjoerd van Oosten, WAVE Personal Calendar - We are satisfied about publishing WebVisto on BetaList. It gave our startup a lot of interest - from kind wishes of luck to serious proposals of cooperation from VC investors. However, as BetaList is constantly pushing new startups onto their homepage, the traffic that you got from them quickly drops. In other words, if your startup lands on 3rd or 4th page, it actually disappears. We submitted our startup using the free submission option. If you don't pay, you have to wait. And the queue of startups is really long... for us it took about 4 months until WebVisto profile was released. Pros: + if your startup is interesting, you get a lot of subscriptions (hundreds to thousands) from people really interested in your product + you may get a lot of cooperation and/or funding proposals Cons: - it takes months to review your submission if you choose the free option - when your startup is being pushed out of homepage by newer submissions (few per day), the interest is quickly gone Mateusz Metelski, WebVisto - We had a great experience with Beta List with getting new beta registrations. The key to all this is timing. You do not want to advertise with BetaList too soon, as most of the users will be hard to reach by the time you're ready to go. The closer you can get to launch the better the return will be. Dara Smith, Worksfire - We submitted our application well in advance the desired publishing timeframe. After ~4 weeks we decided to pay for the $129 service anyway. It was worth it. Stats: - got 488 visits (80% being new visitors) - 94 signups (~20% conversion & ~$1.4 / signup) Couple takeaways: - They confirmed our order on 5/27 and featured us on 5/29. That was faster than we expected, so timing wasn't the best (happened while on a weekend vacation). - We included a betalist ""private"" link to let folks bypass the waiting line. While this likely resulted in more signups, be careful: the URL was then submitted to PH that same day (we weren't ready for that and got stuck in ""upcoming"" section). - We got some useful feedback which helped us improve our messaging, and uncover and fix a couple small bugs. - Most of the users referred by the service were curious about our product and didn't necessarily need it at the time, or weren't necessarily a great match for the personas we are targeting. Sebastian Brocher, ChimiChurri Did you find this info and feedback useful? Let us know via Twitter 🙂 ### 10 Venture Capital Blogs You Should Read Do you love all things VC? Me too. Whether you're looking to raise money for your startup, or you're an investor in the venture community looking to keep up with the best venture capital content around, following the top VC blogs can really give you an information advantage. Even if you're a bootstrapper, generally the top VC's can have incredible insights into the funding markets or technological advances at the top startups. They are probably worth a follow. I made it easy for you to keep up. In this article, I've gathered my favorite top 10 list of venture capital blogs with the best insider perspectives, industry insights, and practical advice that helped me on my journey. Top 10 List of Venture Capital Blogs Here are 10 venture capital blogs, where VCs share their investment strategies, startup trends, industry developments, and personal reflections.   Both Sides of the Table (Mark Suster) "Both Sides of the Table" is a blog by Mark Suster, a two-time entrepreneur and VC at UpfrontVC. The blog offers a deep dive into entrepreneurship, startups, and venture capital. Recent posts cover topics like valuation trends, the future of the venture capital market, and significant achievements of Upfront Ventures. His insights provide valuable perspectives for anyone involved in the startup ecosystem. Must-read article: A Deep Dive into What Has Really Changed in Venture Capital Feld Thoughts The "Feld Thoughts" blog is authored by Brad Feld, a seasoned entrepreneur, author, and venture capitalist. He's basically the god-king of startup lawyers turned startup investors. His posts provide a deep dive into the venture capital world, helping founders understand the investor's perspective and navigate investment deals. His book reviews often cover topics relevant to entrepreneurship, offering resources for continuous learning and growth. Feld's personal experiences and lessons learned from the tech industry can serve as a practical guide for founders, helping them understand industry trends and avoid common pitfalls. Must-read article: The MIT Banana Lounge Side note, you MUST read Brad's book Venture Deals. It's THE guidebook on understanding venture financing lingo. Travis Jamison Travis Jamison is the owner of the search investing platform CapitalPad, the investment community investing.io, and is both a serial founder, business investor, and a recovering venture capitalist. After years in venture, he now generally prefers to focus on company sustainability and a cashflow-first-mentality vs what he views as “just aiming for the next round”. He writes checks of his own account, as well as through his fund, so he’s able to keep a more longterm focus in mind, aiming to help build quality companies over the longterm for those who the traditional VC model may not fit. Must-read article: A real-world example of buying $1 for $.50 (and how I acquired 6% of a public company) - Follow him on Twitter   Paul Graham’s Essays   Paul Graham's blog, known for its thought-provoking essays, provides invaluable insights for startup founders. Drawing from his experiences as a computer scientist, entrepreneur, and cofounder of Y Combinator, Graham shares practical advice on topics relevant to building a successful startup. For instance, "On Scalability" emphasizes the need for founders to actively drive their startup's growth, while "On Startup Ideas" offers guidance on identifying worthwhile ideas. "On Doing What You Love" explores the journey towards turning passion into profitable work. "On Ramen Profitability" introduces a unique perspective on startup profitability, emphasizing the value of buying time. It's good stuff. Must-read article: Is It Worth Being Wise? Chris Dixon’s Blog   Chris Dixon's blog is a valuable resource for startup founders due to his expert insights on entrepreneurship, investing, and technology. Dixon, an investor and entrepreneur with experience in early stage technology companies, leverages his extensive knowledge to provide strategies for startups and venture investing. His posts cover a wide range of topics, including effective use of social media, online advertising, and understanding the VC industry. He offers practical advice like timing startups appropriately and developing new startup ideas, using real-world examples, like YouTube, to illustrate his points. Must-read article: NFTs and A Thousand True Fans Above the Crowd "Above the Crowd" is a blog written by venture capital veteran Bill Gurley, offering invaluable insights into the world of startups and high technology businesses. By reading this venture capital blog, you can gain a deeper understanding of the venture capital landscape, potential business pitfalls, and the process of going public. You'll also gain insight into economic theories and their implications for the contemporary economy. The blog provides a rare glimpse into the internal workings of a venture capital firm, with posts detailing changes within Benchmark Capital, Gurley's firm. Therefore, the blog serves as a comprehensive guide for early stage startups, helping them navigate their entrepreneurial journey, understand market trends, and make informed decisions about their business strategy. Must-read article: All Markets Are Not Created Equal: 10 Factors To Consider When Evaluating Digital Marketplaces SaaStr SaaStr is run by Jason Lemkin, a serial tech entrepreneur and VC who was previously the CEO of successful companies like EchoSign and the vice president of Adobe Systems. This venture capital blog is the world's largest community for B2B/SaaS founders and because of Lemkin's substantial experience in the tech and SaaS industries. It's ideal for entrepreneurs, startup founders, and anyone interested in SaaS companies and scaling businesses. The topics are focused on insights and advice for SaaS companies. The content ranges from posts on company growth, career advice, leadership, insights from CEOs and founders, and more. Must-read article: How Would a Person Start a Venture Capital Fund? Benedict Evans Benedict Evans is an experienced analyst and VC at Andreessen Horowitz, with expertise in mobile, media, and technology. His blog serves as a platform where he shares in-depth insights into tech trends and developments. Content includes essays on various topics, a weekly newsletter highlighting significant tech occurrences, annual presentations on industry trends, and a podcast. Evans' analytical approach to the ever-evolving tech landscape makes his blog a valuable resource for entrepreneurs seeking venture capital. Must-read article: Why Amazon Has No Profits David G. Cohen David G. Cohen, a self-proclaimed geeky ex-hacker turned investor and co founder of Techstars, writes this insightful blog. Cohen shares his personal stories and experiences on a variety of topics related to startups, entrepreneurship, and venture capital. The blog has several categories including "Ask-The-Angel", "Startups", and "Venture Capital" to name a few. Readers will find posts discussing important concepts like mentorship in early stage startups, startup boards, and balancing vision with focus. The blog also hosts the "Give First" podcast which brings insights for startups through interviews with different guests Must-read article: A review of the first eleven Techstars Unicorns Hunter Walk Hunter Walk's blog is a blend of personal reflection and industry analysis. From detailed analyses of long reads across different sectors to personal narratives of his experiences, Walk covers a wide array of topics. In one post, he reflects on his career journey post the 2000 DotCom Crash, while another post shares a roundup of long reads from different sources. The blog would be a valuable read for those interested in understanding industry trends, getting personal insights, and exploring in-depth analysis of various topics. Must-read article: ‘Inside Rounds’ Used to Be Bad. Sequoia & WhatsApp Changed Venture Forever The AngelList Blog Yes, AngelList is a platform, but they put out fantastic industry reports on the state of venture capital fundraising, startup metrics, and more. The studies are infrequent, but when they do them they are great. Your Turn In the dynamic world of startups, staying informed about venture capital trends can be a game-changer. Go find fresh ideas to boost your startup growth. For more startup growth, check out the the best SEO agencies for startups. Updated: August 20, 2024 ## Pages ### Private Lending Private Real Estate Lending The private credit hard money lending marketThere are limited ways for real estate developers to tap into the private debt market in order to fund fix and flip and/or development projects.Private hard money lending is generally seen as the best answer currently available. Let us use our personal experience to help you find the best sources of private capital to fund your project. Acquisition Investors for Small Businesses We're capital partners for entrepreneurs acquiring cool things.Search funds, minority stake exits, and SBA deals. Let's chat. Learn How We Invest or Explore Our Growth Agency ### The Best Investing Newsletters We Reviewed The Best Investing Newsletters Below is a list of some of our favorite newsletters, but we also partnered with the investing.io newsletter.You can opt-in here to get the weekly newsletter that focuses on entrepreneurial-investing. It covers everything from interesting macro stories, to startups, to small business investing and businesses for sale. The newsletter is read by innovators at: Our Favorites   Look, I get it. You don't want ANOTHER useless email cluttering up your inbox. But what if I told you that we have some solid newsletters here that actually deliver quality info on intelligent investing (without the snake oil).  Ok, I'll stop teasing. Just what are the top investing newsletters? Here is our list of favorites, and our reviews and ratings of each one. The 7 Best Investing Newsletters in 2024 are:   Investing.io: Best for entrepreneurial investing. MarketBeat: The winner for stock market tips. Five Minute Finance: Simplified crypto updates. Zacks Premium: A comprehensive investment newsletter. Morningstar StockInvestor: See morningstar deep company reviews. Seeking Alpha: Newsletter from the long-loved forum. Kiplinger: The best newsletter for real estate investing Investing.io: The best for entrepreneurial investingHere's what's great about Investing.io: it's like having a personal translator for Wall Street jargon.Unlike many other investment newsletters, it's all about making smart investing accessible for everyone. They deliver daily updates and weekly deep dives into the financial markets that have the potential to radically shift your investment game.All while keeping things spam-free and without the hype.Investing.io is a home for entrepreneurs turned investors, a niche that hasn't been fully explored until now. If you're an entrepreneur who's got some skin in the game and is looking to explore new investment opportunities, investing.io might just be your jam.The Team Behind Investing.ioTravis Jamison, the man behind investing.io, has founded a dozen bootstrapped companies with a several exits under his belt. He's now investing in a wide variety of diversified asset classes and is keen on not blowing up.Alongside him is Geoff Matthews, a repeat-founder with extensive experience in the Mergers and Acquisitions space, having been a lead broker for over 9-figures worth of deals.Not About Chasing "Hot Stock Tips"First off, it's not about chasing after the next "hot stock tip" or anything of that sort.Instead, investing.io's newsletter brings you investing news, deal-flow, and resources all in one place, totally free of charge. Think of it as getting an inside track on the types of investments that only entrepreneurs can fully appreciate.We're talking private businesses for sale, DeFi opportunities, angel deals, fund allocations, risk mitigation strategies, alternative assets, and more.It's like getting an invitation to a secret club where entrepreneurs share their best-kept investment secrets. Hey, I'm not the smartest when it comes to economics or finances, and Travis's advice is easy to follow for me.Handcrafted For EntrepreneursThe biggest pro at investing.io is their unique focus on entrepreneurial investment opportunities.With the newsletter, you get access to a diverse range of deals and insights, tailored for an entrepreneurial mindset. And did I mention it's free? That's right, you can get all this info without paying a dime.MarketBeat: The Best Newsletter for Stock TipsWhether you're just starting out or have been investing for years, MarketBeat's Daily Premium Newsletter is a handy tool.It's one of the best stock market newsletters around, and a good resource for anyone looking to get a better grasp on the stock market.The guiding philosophy of the Marketbeat team is about making informed decisions. They dig into the real substance of companies, going beyond just the daily ups and downs of stock prices.For the Long-Term Planner If you're someone who wants a solid, diversified portfolio but doesn't have the time for daily market research, the MarketBeat Daily Premium is a solid choice.At $19.97 per month or $199 per year, it's an affordable way to get regular insights into stock picks and market trends, it's one of the best stock newsletters out there. This service is a good fit for those testing the waters of investment newsletters, offering a daily dose of market insights, portfolio monitoring tools, and timely email/SMS alerts about market happenings.Plus, there's a 30-day free trial to see if it's the right fit for you.For the Active Trader On the other hand, if you prefer a more hands-on approach and enjoy diving into market trends, the MarketBeat All Access plan at $39.97 per month might be up your alley.This plan offers a deeper dive into market trends with real-time news feeds and stock screeners. It's about spotting growth opportunities in the market early on, whether in tech, green energy, or other emerging sectors.There are also specialized subscriptions for those with specific interests in certain industries or trends, providing a treasure of insights and analysis.A Team with Proven Insights With MarketBeat, you're not just getting a newsletter; you’re signing up for a reliable source of market insights that can help guide your investment decisions.Their record of successful stock recommendations and growing subscriber base is a testament to the quality and reliability of the information they provide.Five Minute Finance (The Tokenist): The Best Newsletter for Crypto-InvestorsNext we have The Tokenist and their newsletter, aptly named "Five Minute Finance". The Tokenist is all about demystifying financial decisions and helping people better understand personal finance and investing.The newsletter, "Five Minute Finance," is designed to be a quick, concise, and informative rundown of what matters in the new era of finance.They drop one email every Friday straight into your inbox, and it's currently read by over 11,000 people.Decrypting Difficult Topics They do the heavy lifting of researching and understanding the fine print, so you don't have to. Their team boasts backgrounds in digital media consulting, crypto asset marketing, and private market investing, providing unique insights into the world of finance, particularly the disruptive potential of blockchain technology.Five Minute Financial Market Snapshot It covers a wide range of topics from traditional stocks to crypto, but always maintains a big picture lens, looking at the broader impacts and implications of what's going on in the financial world.This isn't just for crypto enthusiasts or stock market buffs; it's for anyone who wants to stay informed about finance in general.For example, some recent topics discussed include the potential for a recession, a deep dive into Tesla's Q1 financials, and the impact of tech job cuts. They also cover crypto-specific topics like Bitcoin futures and new developments in the world of stablecoins.The best part? It's absolutely free.Zacks Premium: A Comprehensive Investment NewsletterZacks is a financial advisory company that offers stock advisor tips through their newsletter, Zacks Premium. They provide three tiers of investment memberships, with insights into stock market news, stock picks and curated expert research.Let's see what each membership offers to help you decide which one suits you best.The FREE First Tier For BeginnersZacks Free Daily Newsletter is a great place to start for anyone looking to dip their toes into investing.You'll join an exclusive community of investors who receive free briefings from Zacks' EVP Kevin Matras each morning. The newsletter will cover factors that can impact the economic outlook and offer insights on how to capitalize on market developments.Plus, you'll also get updates like the 5 New Zacks Strong Buy Stocks, Bull Stock of the Day, and more.And the cherry on top? It's free. Join to watch these guys play if nothing else, it's immensely educational.Zacks Premium Membership For Portfolio BuildersIf you're a serious investor looking to cut through the noise and improve your portfolio performance, Zacks Premium Membership might be the one for you. With this subscription, you'll get:Access to the Zacks #1 Rank List, a list of strong buy stocks with high potential that has more than doubled the S&P 500 with an average gain of +24.2% per year from 1988 to 2023.Style Scores that help you find stocks fitting your investing style.The Focus List - a portfolio of 50 top long-term stocks selected based on their earnings momentum. Since its inception in 1996, this list has had an average annualized gain of +12.87%, outperforming the S&P 500's +8.95%.Tools like the Zacks Industry Rank to identify top-performing industries and the Zacks Earnings ESP Filter to find earnings surprise stocks.Detailed Equity Research Reports covering over 1,000 widely followed stocks.The Zacks Premium Screener to help you find winning stocks.Zacks Premium is free for the first 30 days, after which it costs $249 per year. You can cancel within 90 days for a full refund if it doesn't meet your expectations.Zacks Ultimate For the Dedicated InvestorsZacks Ultimate is designed for the dedicated investors who are in for the long haul and are willing to invest in a wide range of stock recommendations.As an Ultimate member, you'll unlock all of Zacks' paid services, gaining access to exclusive real-time buys and sells from their seasoned experts. It's like having a team of financial advisors, right at your fingertips.Zacks Ultimate offers a 30-day trial for just $1, then it's $299 per month. While it's certainly a pricier option, the comprehensive services it offers could be a game-changer for those deeply involved in investing. As always, do ensure to check out the fine print and make sure it aligns with your financial goals and investing style.Morningstar StockInvestor: Your Guide To Stock InvestingYou've probably heard of Morningstar, the investment advisory company. Did you know they offer several newsletters, each aimed at a certain type of investor?When you subscribe to these newsletters, you can expect commentary on current events, in-depth articles, a watchlist of stocks, funds, or ETF, and alerts when trades occur. You'll also get access to Morningstar's companion websites for each newsletter.Stock Picks and Mutual Funds Newsletters The StockInvestor newsletter focuses on companies with competitive advantages that are trading at discounts to their intrinsic values. If you're into high-quality businesses with strong balance sheets and fast-growing companies with improving competitive advantages, this could be right up your alley.Then, for those of you who are keen on picking mutual funds and building portfolios to meet your financial goals, there's the FundInvestor newsletter. It dives into funds with sustainable competitive advantages, analyzing everything from management and strategy to expenses, trading costs, and long-term performance.For the StockInvestor and FundInvestor newsletters, the annual subscription is $145 for digital and $165 for print (which includes digital access).Dividends and ETF Newsletters For those of you who are looking for income from your investments, The DividendInvestor might be just what you need. It aims to produce income while taking on lower risk, targeting stocks with above-average dividend yields typically between 3% and 5%.The ETFInvestor newsletter is for those who are into the cost-efficiency of exchange-traded funds (ETFs). It provides analysis of individual ETFs and market segments, and updates on their ETF coverage universe.The DividendInvestor and ETFInvestor newsletters are a bit more expensive at $199 for digital and $219 for print (again, including digital access).Complete Toolkit For Hands-on, Active investors Morningstar Investor, which is available at $249 per year ($199 for NerdWallet readers), provides access to a wealth of research, analysis, and tools.But it's not designed for hands-off, set-it-and-forget-it investors. It's better suited for active traders and intermediate investors ready to manage their own portfolios and identify diversification opportunities.Morningstar Investor provides access to over 4,000 funds analyzed and research on stocks, ETFs, bonds, and mutual funds. It offers investment tracking to help you diversify your holdings, evaluate asset allocation, and track your financial goals. Plus, it features a screener to find investments that fit your specific criteria.Seeking Alpha: A Diverse Investment NewsletterSeeking Alpha stands out from other investment newsletters as an investment platform. It caters to a wide range of investors, from casual observers of the stock market to high net worth individuals and professional investors.You get access to in-depth research and analysis, integrated portfolio monitoring, extensive ratings for thousands of stocks, strong functionality even for free users, and a world-class investing community, which is great.And on the other hand, there's a vast amount of research and analysis features, and limited coverage of mutual funds.It could be an overwhelming learning curve for beginners.Which isn't always so great.When you join, expect a ton of information and tools to aid your investment journey. This includes breaking stock news, original and unbiased analysis, earnings and transcripts, articles from your favorite authors, and investment strategies.The premium and pro tiers provide even more valuable features. Think unlimited access to investing ideas and earnings call transcripts, stock ratings, author and article performance metrics, quant ratings, and much more.Seeking Alpha Newsletter Selection Let's take a look at Seeking Alpha's wide variety of newsletters:"Value Investor’s Edge" is perfect for those who are interested in shipping and supply chain dynamics and prefer an aggressive investing style. Obviously this is a value investing newsletter."iREIT on Alpha" is great for those who focus on REITs and income, and prefer a conservative to moderate investing style."Energy Investing Authority" might be your cup of tea if you're into energy and MLPs and prefer a moderate to aggressive investing style."Growth Investor Pro" is a good fit for those looking for growth at a reasonable price and prefer a moderate to aggressive investing style."Sifting the World" is for those who appreciate a deep value investing style and like to focus on value, arbitrage, and special situations.FREE Or Premium? Seeking Alpha offers a free tier as well as premium tiers.The Free plan gives you access to a basic set of features. The Seeking Alpha Premium subscription plan costs $39.99 per month or $239.88 per year, while the Pro plan is priced at $299.99 per month or $2,399.88 per year.Kiplinger: The Best Newsletter for Real Estate InvestmentThe Kiplinger Newsletter is a publication offered by Kiplinger, a financial and business media company. As with other major investment newsletters, Kiplinger offers a variety of newsletters that cover everything related to personal finance: investing, retirement planning, taxes, and current market insights.Kiplinger’s Personal Finance Magazine focuses on conservative investments like real estate. It also includes practical advice about investing, wealth building, taxes, and saving real money. For example, the goal of the Investing for Income newsletter from Kiplinger’s is to help users deploy lucrative investment alternatives and other proven techniques to generate up to 6% cash yield per year.For Personal FinanceKiplinger's Personal Finance focuses on conservative investments like real estate. It also includes practical advice about investing, wealth building, taxes, and saving real money.You can score a 2-year subscription for $49.95, or a 1-year subscription for $29.95. If you're a new subscriber, you get up to 74% off, plus up to 4 Special Issues, including Investing Outlook, Retirement Planning, Mutual Fund Roundup, and Guide to ETFs. This is definitely a solid choice if you're looking for a comprehensive, all-around financial advice.For Business and Investments The Kiplinger Letter focuses on business and investments.It's a weekly investment newsletter. For 104 issues, you'll be shelling out $174.95, or for a shorter 52 issue subscription, it's $99.As a bonus, you also get free monthly issues of Kiplinger's Personal Finance Adviser and special reports on business costs and forecasts for the next year. It's an excellent resource if you're running a business or heavily into investing.For Tax PlanningFor those of you wanting to stay ahead of Uncle Sam, The Kiplinger Tax Letter could be your go-to.It's a biweekly newsletter that costs $129.95 for 52 issues, or $74 for 26 issues. Special bonus reports and additional tax guidance not included in the print edition come with it.Perfect if you're looking to maximize your tax benefits.For Portfolio BuildingThe Kiplinger Investing for Income newsletter is ideal for those of you seeking to build an income-focused portfolio with growth stocks and investments ideas.With a subscription, you get access to 4 Model Portfolios, including Dividend-a-Month, Juiced-Up Cash, Tax-Exempt Income, and Going for the Max. It's priced at $139 for 2 years and $79 for 1 year. This newsletter is definitely for the income-seeking investor.For RetirementWhen you're planning for retirement (aren't we all), there's Kiplinger's Retirement Report. It's a biannual newsletter with a 2-year subscription priced at $49.95 and a 1-year subscription at $29.95. It's a great choice if retirement planning is on your mind.Why You Should Subscribe to Investment Newsletters One of the primary purposes of these newsletters is to keep you updated on the latest market trends, stocks, and investment strategies. They deliver valuable and timely information right to your inbox, making it easier for you to stay on top of your investment game. As a busy business owner and investor, a well put together investment newsletter can save you time and make you money. It's easy to find suggestions about WHAT to invest in. The challenge is understanding WHY and WHEN to invest. A great newsletter will help you here, giving a good fundamental basis for your decisions. Stay Current With Market Trends A major reason to subscribe is that you stay informed about dynamic market trends.  You're a busy person: you don't have TIME to scour through endless stock charts or company documents. A newsletter can offer expert analysis and insights, helping you understand the present market state at a glance, and anticipate future changes. This makes staying up to date with market trends simple. It's a curated snapshot of the most relevant market insights. Uncover New Opportunities As an investor, it's easy to become fixated on one particular investment instrument, like the stock market. Investment newsletters can be incredibly helpful for exploring new investment opportunities and ideas that you may not have thought about before.   By signing up for investment newsletters, you can enjoy several advantages. It keeps you updated on market trends and helps you identify new opportunities to grow your wealth. This way, you become a smart investor who is ready to navigate the dynamic world of finance.Your TurnInvestment newsletters are a phenomenal resource for both novice and experienced investors looking to improve their strategies and achieve better returns. If you're more into receiving investments yourself, check out our article on the ten best VC blogs here.Yet, the best newsletter for you ultimately depends on your specific needs, risk tolerance, investment goals, and style. It is crucial to find one that resonates with your investing philosophy.I've subscribed to most of these letters, and I gladly vouch for their quality. So if one of them seemed like your thing, go check it out now. All the best info, none of the fluff ### Contact 2 Say hello... We don't bite. Let's chat. If you'd like to find out more about how partnering works, we'd love to chat. X/TwitterThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.What are you interested in?* I want a guest post Something else Sure thingJust go here: Smash.vc/guestpost/Sure thingJust go here: Smash.vc/hello ### About The investment partners we always wanted Who we are The investment partners we always wanted We're a small group of successful entrepreneurs turned investors. We come from diverse backgrounds and various businesses, but we all share common core operating principles.We invest in enduring companies that we believe will stand the test of time.We invest with talented operators with a long-term vision.We are skilled operators and are not afraid to get our hands dirty to help you grow your business (specifically with growth marketing).We are actively looking to deploy capital into attractive SMB M&A deals. Travis Jamison Founder Travis is a repeat founder turned capital allocator, using his gained skills to help other companies succeed. He's writing this himself in the third person and reverted to this avatar due to never having a professional headshot. Contact Us ### Home - Smash.vc Hi, we're Smash Hi, we're Smash We invest in self-funded search and independent sponsor deals We back acquisition entrepreneurs before and after close, helping fill the capital stack If you’re acquiring an SMB, let’s connect We invest in self-funded search and independent sponsor deals We back acquisition entrepreneurs before and after close, helping fill the capital stack If you’re acquiring an SMB, let’s connect Our Beliefs Business is the most enjoyable game in the world Invest in hard-to-kill companies Profit first, growth comes second Who we are: Smash Ventures is a group investors providing equity capital to entrepreneurs acquiring solid companies. Whether you're a self-funded search fund pursuing the ETA model, an independent sponsor rolling up an industry, or want to sell a minority stake in your company to diversify your net worth... No matter, we'd love to chat.We aren’t venture capitalists hunting unicorns, we are not a fund with LPs, and we are not aiming for growth at all costs. Instead, it is best to consider Smash an experienced potential long-term partner for you and your business, focused on a healthy work-life balance and a profit-first mentality.We are happy to partner with any business that meets our criteria, from a local towing company to a fast-growing SaaS.Note* we do not invest in unprofitable startups. We are not a VC firm. Types of deals we invest in Self-funded searchers using SBA financingMinority equity sales from ownersTraditional search fundsIndependent sponsorsPartner buyouts How we work: After finding the ideal target, we write the check, offer (but not force) to bring in our experienced marketers to help the business grow post-close, and then stay out of your way and let you do what you do best: run the business how you see fit.We can work with original founders, those looking to acquire a business, or someone looking for a co-investor alongside SBA funding. We're flexible as long as the company is solid and generates cash.Apply to partner with Smash Get Investment Learn who we are and how we work Learn more Not looking for investment? Just looking for growth instead of investment? Explore Our Growth Agency Get the Newsletter Explore Our Agency Get the Newsletter ### Meet Travis Jamison Hi, I'm Travis Jamison, founder of Smash.vc I’d love to tell you a bit about my backstory, and why I started investing through Smash. (Big Disclaimer: This page is long and probably boring. Read at your own risk).Like many investors, I started out as an entrepreneur. “Serial entrepreneur” to use the trendy term. I founded roughly a dozen small businesses, all bootstrapped. I was in the trenches day-in and day-out, frequently working on multiple projects at once, probably just like many of you reading this.Everything from SaaS, ecommerce shops, my community, health products, and my long-standing search marketing agency. I’m not going to lie, entrepreneurship can be really damn hard, and can go from extreme bliss to complete exhaustion and back all in a matter of hours.And I loved *almost* every minute of it.Over the many years of grinding hard, learning from my mistakes, and from the guidance of others, my entrepreneurial skills slowly improved. I got fairly good at getting traction on projects and executing quickly. As some of the projects grew far bigger than I ever expected, I was lucky enough to have some take-off, leading to a few sizable exits.Post-exits, I did what most do: I became “an investor” (insert eye-roll). I allocated capital to just about every type of investment out there. Dozens of angel investments in traditional high-risk, high-reward startups, an LP in half a dozen funds, dabbled in public equities, private debt deals, real estate, and last but not least… started buying small businesses in their entirety to add to my growing portfolio. I was in search of “my thing.” A type of investing that I could latch on to and pour my professional soul into, something that provided great returns but also something that felt right.So, guess which one I decided to double down on?None of them. There is nothing wrong with any of the above types of investing, but they just aren’t right for me. Angel investing is a lot of fun and makes you feel cool (it gets status for some reason), but seeing 8 out of 10 companies go bust from throwing profitability out the window in the search for maybe-billions just doesn’t fit with what I want to do all the time. Add to that a decade+ of illiquidity and stressed-out founders, and I’m just not the man for it. It’s not wrong (plenty get very rich), and some of my angel investments have been quite successful; it’s just not really what I want to spend all my time doing.VC doesn't align with how my brain works, and also I'm still not convinced that it's a good investment overall, especially once you consider the downsides and required luck-factor.Almost seems like half of VC is just timing the waves of easy money.Real estate has a nice ring to it. It's tangible and useful, but I also personally feel that it's an over-saturated market that only works best in declining interest rate environments (which are gone, IMHO). I also believe it only works at scale, as owning a few rental properties is not worth the hassle.The RE people that I know who crush it are complete experts in a very narrow market.Stocks - Public equities certainly have their appeal, but shoving my head in financials all day and being so far removed from the business doesn’t tick the “winning at life” box for me. Also, what are the chances I could even beat the returns of an index fund? (slim to none) So, what’s the point of spilling to you my entire life story?I want to let you know that I DID find what I wanted to be doing and who I wanted to do it with. It's back to my roots. It's working directly with small businesses.I built Smash to be the type of partner, investor, and possible mentor for small businesses I wish had existed earlier in my career. My life would be much different if it had.All of my largest financial successes have been in small businesses (SMBs).I also realized that most other financially successful people I know are usually in the same boat. Go and visit your local country club. Ask around and see what careers members have.Unless you're in NYC, the answer is probably not "picking stocks". The answer is probably something more simple. "I own a dumpster company". "I own a small agency". "I own a painting company".Real businesses, with real profits, owned and compounded over the long term.No financial trickery. Little care about the latest hot niche.Simply real, tried-and-true companies that play long-term games with long-term people.These are the people I want to do business with. These are the companies I want to own over the long term.I want to invest in the types of companies that I love the most, and that I love to build myself. At Smash, we partner with existing profit-focused businesses in order to: 1. Help acquisition-entrepreneurs get access to capital I love the ETA (entrepreneurship through acquisition) SMB model. It's doing good for our world (allowing founders to retire or move on), it helps talented entrepreneurs skip the startup game, and it provides great returns for everyone involved.  Self-funded searchers and independent sponsors are perfect partners for Smash. We will help fund your equity checks for your acquisition and offer to help you grow the business post-close with our unique skillset.We're open to working with acquisition-entrepreneurs who want to own over the long term or for those who wish to grow and exit in the future. Or 2. Give founders the option for a partial exit. For entrepreneurs who already own a business, this option might be for them.Instead of wondering if they should grow it or sell it, founders should have the option to only sell a portion of the company. To take some chips off the table, and keep the upside of continued growth. I'm open to buying anything from 5% to 50% of a business.And 3. Literally do the work to help your company grow. When I invest, I come with a world-class SEO agency at my side to help your business reach the next level. Those who co-invest with me on each deal all have unique mastery-level skills of their own, from techies, to ad specialists, to systems and outsourcing pros. We come ready to get our hands dirty. Interested to connect? Reach out on Linkedin or TwitterVisit the Travis.vc blogJoin likeminded folks in our ❄️ Snowball Community ### Sitemap Sitemap Popular Pages:Complete guide to search fundsComplete search fund glossaryIndependent sponsor versus search fund modelSearch fund statisticsThe top search fund investorsIndependent sponsor investors and capital providersThe top SaaS SEO agenciesAmazon PPC agenciesAbout Travis JamisonBest due diligence servicesStartup SEO agenciesBest startup NewslettersBest investing newslettersIndependent sponsor guideTop independent sponsor conferencesSitemapLLMs.txtLLMs-full.txt ### The Best Damn Startup Newsletters for both Founders & Investors The Travis.vc Newsletter A weekly investing & startup newsletter Via our fantastic startup & investing community, we're able to filter through the noise to send you a curated email with the best startup, investing, bootstrapping, and entrepreneur stories of the week. The Travis.vc Newsletter A weekly investing & startup newsletter Via our fantastic startup & investing community, we’re able to filter through the noise to send you a curated email with the best startup, investing, bootstrapping, and entrepreneur stories of the week. The newsletter is read by innovators at: "Best startup newsletter that I've ever read in my life. Lifted my IQ by at least 48 points. Also the owner is really good looking" - TRAVIS JAMISON. VERY HUMBLE FOUNDER OF SMASH.VC "Best newsletter that I've ever read in my life. Lifted my IQ by at least 48 points. Also the owner is really good looking" - TRAVIS JAMISON. VERY HUMBLE FOUNDER OF SMASH.VC "If I leave a testimonial do I get a backlink?” — NICK K, DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONS AT SMASH DIGITAL "If I leave a testimonial do I get a backlink?” — NICK K, DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONS @ SMASH DIGITAL "Best top of the funnel gimmick ever. Startup people love these things.” — KARL K, DIRECTOR OF MARKETING @ SMASH DIGITAL "Best top of the funnel gimmick ever. Startup people love these things.” — KARL K, DIRECTOR OF MARKETING @ SMASH DIGITAL “I read the investing newsletter every week. It is a great source of information for business and tech-related news and helps me keep track of the tech market trends. Are you currently accepting guest posts?” — TASHA, OUTREACH MANAGER AT SMASH DIGITAL “I read this startup newsletter every week. It is a great source of information for business and tech-related news and helps me keep track of the tech market trends. Are you currently accepting guest posts?” — TASHA, OUTREACH MANAGER @ SMASH DIGITAL “This newsletter is the bees-knees! Also, how come Nick gets a link and I don't?” — TIM, DIRECTOR OF CLIENT SERVICES, SMASH DIGITAL “This newsletter is the bees-knees! Also, how come Nick gets a link and I don't?” — TIM, DIRECTOR OF CLIENT SERVICES @ SMASH DIGITAL All the best info, none of the fluff Is the newsletter paid or free? 100% free.   10 Best Startup Newsletters for Founders and Entrepreneurs in 2023The thought of subscribing to yet ANOTHER newsletter made you audibly scoff.Yet, as startup founders, it's crucial for us to stay informed about the latest trends, insights, and opportunities.So I did the work for you.I subscribed to dozens (literally) of blogs and scoured through a ton of spam to find the best startup newsletters.10 Best Startup Newsletters - OverviewInvesting.ioBenedict Evans NewsletterY Combinator NewsletterIndie HackersDaily DropoutSaaS WeeklyLolita's NewsletterHacker News DigestThe Growth LetterFirst 1000Investing.ioThe investing.io startup newsletter is brought to you by Travis Jamison, founder of investing.io and a dozen other bootstrapped companies. He also has a few meaningful exits under his belt.When it comes to influential entrepreneurs, Travis punches with the heavyweights.Secret Club For EntrepreneursHis weekly newsletter stands out by bringing you tech news, startup news, private businesses for sale, DeFi opportunities, experimental tools, marketing strategy, and more all in one place.It's like getting an invitation to a secret club where entrepreneurs share their best-kept investment secrets and craziest prototype tech ideas.This is perfect for early stage startup owners, but has also become a popular resource for entrepreneurs interested in investment opportunities. Whichever the case, a possibility to tap into this wealth of experience and entrepreneurial mindset can be priceless.And now you can, through a weekly newsletter.Benedict Evans NewsletterBenedict Evans, a well-regarded analyst and venture capitalist, sends out his startup newsletter once a week to an audience of over 175,000 people.Cutting Through the NoiseThis startup newsletter isn't about bombarding you with every bit of news that crops up in the tech industry. Rather expect to hear about the changes and ideas that truly matter, this is about cutting through the noise to provide context and analysis.Free or Premium?It's available in two formats - a free edition and a premium edition. The free edition provides the core news and analysis. It's a great way to stay in touch with the pulse of the tech world without investing a penny.The premium edition, however, offers significantly more value.For a monthly fee of $10, you get a roundup of the key stories, ideas, and data in tech every Sunday evening. This includes an exclusive column that isn't available to free subscribers. In addition, premium subscribers have access to a complete archive of over 450 past issues, serving as an invaluable repository of insights and analysis.There are also discounts for teams of more than ten people, making it an attractive option for startup teams looking to stay ahead of the curve.High Praise From Tech GiantsThe Benedict Evans startup newsletter is highly esteemed in the tech industry.It's been praised by influential figures such as Om Malik, who is a journalist, entrepreneur, and venture capitalist.Benedict Evans is a good way to catch up on all the relevant technology news with context, without unnecessary filler.-Om MalikY Combinator NewsletterY Combinator was founded in 2005 by Paul Graham, Jessica Livingston, Robert Morris, and Trevor Blackwell. Their mission was to create an accelerator that could help startup founders succeed by offering startup funding, mentorship, and resources.Y Combinator is behind success stories such as Airbnb, Stripe and Dropbox - just to name a few.If you're an entrepreneur or aspiring startup founder, you might do well to listen when Y Combinator has something to say.Learn How to Scale a BusinessYou'll gain access to a wealth of resources that will help you navigate the challenging terrain of starting and scaling a business.The newsletter covers topics like fundraising, product development, marketing, and more, empowering you with the knowledge to make informed decisions and avoid common pitfalls.Access a Network of MentorsYou'll also be able to engage with like-minded individuals to share ideas, learn from others, and stay inspired.Imagine a vast network of mentors and advisors who are eager to help guide you in your startup journey.Just by subscribing, you immediately gain access to an ample sphere of experienced professionals with invaluable insights and advice to help you make the right decisions for your business.In the core YC community, mentorship is just a conversation away.The YC startup newsletter is an excellent way to stay connected to the latest and most exciting news in the world of startups, AI, and tech.IndieHackersThe Indiehackers newsletter is a rich resource for business owners, especially those running startups.It's written by a mix of contributors, including influencers such as Dru Riley, the creator of Trends.vc and Priyanka Vazirani, founder of Volv.This diversity of voices ensures that you'll get a wide array of perspectives and insights, not just a single viewpoint. This can help you understand different approaches to common startup challenges.Practical Advice For Early-Stage FoundersChanning Allen, one of the co-founders of Indie Hackers, says they are striving to make the newsletter the best free resource for early-stage founders. It's not just about theory or news; it's about providing advice that you can directly apply to your business.Indiehackers also has a large community of entrepreneurs and founders. By subscribing to the newsletter, you can stay connected to this community, learn from their experiences, and perhaps even establish valuable networking opportunities.As a free resource, the newsletter is a cost-effective way for early-stage founders to gain valuable insights and advice. When you're just starting out and resources are limited, this can be a major advantage.Daily DropoutWhat if you could tap into the brightest university minds and their startup ideas before they go mainstream? Imagine hearing about the next Facebook before anyone else. This is what the Daily Dropout startup newsletter aims to do.The Daily Dropout is a startup newsletter that provides insights into university startups from around the USA, like MIT, Stanford, UC Berkeley, UCLA, and UIUC.Discover The Next Big Thing?By subscribing to the Daily Dropout, startup owners, venture capitalists, and founders can gain early access to the next big companies. This can give them a competitive edge in understanding market trends, new technologies, and innovative business models.Free or Premium?The Daily Dropout offers a premium membership that not only gives subscribers access to twice as many startups, but also helps them get in touch with the founders of these startups.This can be a valuable opportunity for startup owners and founders to network, collaborate, strike venture capital deals, or even find job opportunities.By reading about various startups, founders can learn from others' successes and failures, potentially avoiding some common pitfalls and applying successful strategies to their own ventures.SaaS WeeklySaaS Weekly is a weekly newsletter compiled by Hiten Shah, a well-known figure in the software as a service (SaaS) industry.Shah is the co-founder of high-profile SaaS companies like Crazy Egg, KISSmetrics, and FYI, and he's been very active in the SaaS industry, co-founding more than seven companies in the last 12 years.Insights on Product DevelopmentSaaS Weekly covers a range of categories including business, marketing, and sales. The content is focused on product development and it provides insights on creating better products efficiently and effectively.This startup newsletter is centered around product development, a crucial aspect of any startup. It's a weekly digest of Shah's tips and personal guidance on how to create high-growth products that people love more efficiently and effectively.It also provides valuable insights into SaaS companies and industry.Shah's newsletter offers a curated list of useful links and resources every week, saving subscribers time that they might otherwise spend searching for these resources themselves.Lolita's Newsletter"Lolita's Newsletter" is written by Lolita Taub, a General Partner at Ganas Ventures. The newsletter is a bi-weekly publication that offers actionable content for "underestimated founders, funders, and friends," she says.As a venture capitalist, Lolita Taub has a robust track record with 15 years of experience in the Silicon Valley ecosystem. She has sold over $70 million in tech products and services and made over 90 investments as an angel investor and venture capitalist with several organizations, including Backstage Capital, Lightspeed, and The Community Fund.She has also seen 3 successful exits from her portfolio companies.When an industry giant like her writes a bi-weekly newsletter, you really have no choice but subscribe.Connect With Mentors and InvestorsIn addition to highly curated actionable resources and advice, the newsletter provides a platform for startup founders to showcase their businesses and potentially gain more exposure.For example, Lolita's Newsletter has partnered with Target Accelerators, offering free retail accelerator programs to CPG (Consumer Packaged Goods) startup entrepreneurs, including those who are underestimated and underrepresented.These programs are designed to provide full-spectrum support to help startups scale for success, including curated education, personalized resources, and connections to industry leaders, all with no strings attached.Hacker News DigestThe Hacker News Digest startup newsletter delivers the top stories from Hacker News to your inbox daily.HN was originally intended to be a more carefully curated, tech-focused version of Reddit. Since its inception in 2007, it has become a source for all news that intersects with technology. The amount of content has skyrocketed and keeping up with relevant news has become a futile challenge.Enter Hacker News Digest, a way to keep stay up to date with the latest HN stories without being swamped by a deluge of data.Learn From Tech ProfessionalsAs with most tech focused newsletters, the target audience includes tech professionals in addition to startup founders and entrepreneurs. This allows you to gain perspectives from multiple levels of the business hierarchy, an effective method to recognize market hype in an industry world prone to exaggeration.By subscribing, you also benefit from HN's customizable features that allow you to control the volume and frequency of content.The Growth Letter It's not just a newsletter - it's a roadmap for growth. "The Growth Letter" is written as a catalyst for business expansion and an entrepreneurial companion in the challenging journey of building and growing a business.This weekly newsletter curated by Tim Cakir, CEO of TaskDrive and a passionate advocate for business growth.He's also an amateur DJ, weekend-sailor, with a variety of business-related certifications. So expect to find stories of business growth colored with a wealth of life experience.Grow and Scale Your BusinessDrawing on his expertise in business operations, management, marketing, and business technology trends, Tim provides his subscribers with actionable growth tips, insightful recommendations and knowledge gained from helping businesses scale at TaskDrive.The newsletter offers a diverse range of content, from reading suggestions to weekly tool highlights, making it a useful resource for entrepreneurs, founders, and business owners.First 1000The First 1000 is a newsletter written by Ali Abouelatta, sharing the journeys of tech firms going from zero to their first 1000 customers.Delving into the history of successful companies like Notion, Twitter, and Lyft, this newsletter is an inspirational guide for aspiring entrepreneurs. By using early stage companies and revealing their strategies and seized opportunities, First 1000 can act as a wayfinder for those facing the same hurdles.Ali has successfully expanded the newsletter to over 20,000 subscribers in just over a year.He envisions First 1000 as a leading platform for early-stage founders. Based in depth on his extensive research into successful founders, he has this to say: set achievable goals for customer acquisition and work relentlessly towards them.Your First 1000 CustomersOverall, the First 1000 newsletter is an inspiring and insightful resource for startups navigating their early journey of customer acquisition.The 'First 1000' shares the stories of how successful tech companies got their first 1000 customers.The newsletter features stories from successful companies like Notion, Twitter, and Lyft.In just over a year, Ali Abouelatta expanded the subscriber base of 'First 1000' to over 20,000, mainly through platforms like Hackernews and Product Hunt, as well as organic search and word of mouth.Why Subscribe to a Startup Newsletter?In the constantly evolving startup landscape, the need for quick adaptation and informed decision-making cannot be overstated. From emerging technologies to investment strategies, success often hinges on having the right information at the right time.But with the sheer volume of news and analysis published daily, it can be challenging to sift through the noise and focus on what truly matters.It's all just noise.Unless you have someone to curate and present the content for you.That's what a startup newsletter is for.It's like having a personal advisor who brings you the latest industry news, innovations, and market trends exactly when you need it - saving you from wading through countless articles, blogs, and reports to find the relevant insights.What to Expect From the Best Startup Newsletters?While the content may vary based on the specific focus of the newsletter, there are several key elements you can generally expect from high quality newsletters.Industry News and TrendsThese newsletters often provide a pulse check on the latest happenings in the startup ecosystem. Whether it's emerging trends, new legislation impacting startups, or latest technological advancements, you can stay updated on the critical developments within your sector.Actionable Insights and AdviceMany newsletters are full of fluff and marketing bs. The best ones focus on practical advice and actionable insights that can directly contribute to the growth of your startup. This can range from marketing strategies and fundraising tips to product development guidance and team management advice.Founder Stories and InterviewsPersonal experiences and success stories of other founders can provide a real-world perspective and unique insights. These stories can inspire and teach valuable lessons to those navigating their own startup journey.Curated ContentStartup newsletters often include a mix of original content and curated articles, blog posts, and resources from around the web. This saves you the time and effort of sifting through countless sources to find relevant, high-quality content.Networking OpportunitiesMany newsletters also provide information about events, webinars, and meetups that can be beneficial for networking and learning from peers in the startup community.Proven Track RecordsYou want to follow newsletters that have a history of predicting trends, highlighting promising new companies, and offering advice that leads to real success. These publications will often share testimonials or case studies from readers who have benefited from their insights.Transparent SubscriptionsWhat sets the top startup newsletters apart is their transparent subscription process. No hidden fees, no surprise costs - just straightforward, valuable content. They'll lay out exactly what you're signing up for from the get-go, so you know what kind of content you'll be receiving and how often. Your TurnThere you have it - our roundup of the top 10 best startup newsletters to stay up to date with the startup world in 2023.Remember, staying informed isn't just about staying competitive - it's about fueling your passion, sparking new ideas, and shaping the future of your startup journey.So why wait? Go ahead, hit that subscribe button, and let these newsletters be your guide in the exciting world of entrepreneurship. Your inbox (and your startup) will thank you! Is the newsletter paid or free? 100% free.  Options Best Startup Newsletters for EntrepreneursFor entrepreneurs hoping to shape their next moves in growing markets, startup newsletters are among the most convenient tools. The best newsletters are also ideal for established startup founders and venture capital firms hoping to keep current.In this post, we will cover the best startup newsletters to gain access to the kinds of influencer insights, case studies, growth hacks, curated lists, investing advice, and other must-read content that helps you leverage financial markets to your benefit. Whether you’re established in Silicon Valley or just looking to break into the startup community, there’s something here for you.The Best Startup Newsletters You Should Subscribe TO:This is our list of the best startup newsletters, and includes:Investing.ioBenedict EvansYCombinatorMattermarkBest Overall: Investing.ioUntil Investing.io, there was no dedicated space for entrepreneurial investment online. Here you’ll find an investing community talking about everything from starter stocks to the best brokerage firms and hedge funds for entrepreneurs. The investingio newsletter—and Discord chat, which is as close to free, real-time advice as exists in this kind of app ecosystem—offer way more than “hot tips” or gossip.This is about real opportunity, access, and know-how that develops over time. But where many startup newsletters make you pay for deal-flow, news on tech startups SaaS tools for entrepreneurs and other resources you can use, investingio lets you in for free if you meet their criteria. Why? They know more high-quality members makes for a better community for all—and it shows.What beats a money-back guarantee? Free pricing.>> Check out Investing.ioCB InsightsThe CB Insights newsletter covers the best content: high-quality research and business intelligence that highlights what drives innovation, technology, entrepreneurship, and business generally. This newsletter is packed with insights, yet it’s not bogged down with overly complex, analyst-style jargon, unlike most tech-focused newsletters and stays entertaining, with curated articles, infographics, report summaries, videos, and more.Benedict EvansBenedict Evans distinguishes itself as a newsletter by parsing meaningful developments in tech from the noise by providing analysis and context. This approach to “What matters in tech?” does in fact deliver distilled looks at technology trends and helps investors at top VCs to strategically approach even the most consequential tech problems in smarter ways.YCombinatorYCombinator, has been a backer of influential startups like Airbnb, Dropbox, Reddit, and Stripe–an impressive list of investments! Its newsletter offers an interesting mix of multimedia content from video to podcasts from influential entrepreneurs. You’ll find including critical insights into business technology, fundraising for projects, upcoming events, and staying solvent.MattermarkMattermark is an evidence-driven, data-based machine learning platform that also curates an email newsletter for entrepreneurs and venture capitalists. It’s an ideal source of guidance on finance options, HR, hiring tips, marketing, operational strategies, and more. It can also help investors understand change metrics, become better board members, improve their fund management skills, and select better upcoming projects.How Do Startup Newsletters Work?To some extent, preference plays a role here. Some people want a daily newsletter, while others prefer to keep their tech news to weekdays. Others will settle for a weekly email as long as it’s truly in-depth, with the right insights. That part really does depend on what you’re looking for.But the rest of it is more constant. The best startup newsletters offer advice and strategies from mentors, tech news, startup news, and things like roundups from influencers—but no fluff. Startup newsletters also sometimes offer market news and advice, and specifics on industries like cryptocurrency, technology, or healthcare.What Makes the Best Startup Newsletters?Here are some features to consider when choosing a startup newsletter.First-round reviewsProven, reliable track recordsTransparent subscriptions without hidden feesReal, actionable adviceReady to see the list? Let’s get started.Final Thoughts on Best Startup NewslettersWe hope this list of the best weekly newsletters for startups has been useful to you. With the right advice and a great idea, you might just be the next unicorn. These startup newsletters can help.Disclaimer: This is not investment advice. ### Blog Acquisition Investors for Small Businesses We're capital partners for entrepreneurs acquiring cool things.Search funds, minority stake exits, and SBA deals. Let's chat. Learn How We Invest or Explore Our Growth Agency ### FAQ Frequently Asked Questions Q: What types of deals does Smash invest in? Smash.vc partners with acquisition-focused entrepreneurs, typically self-funded searchers or independent sponsors, pursuing opportunities in the lower middle market. Rather than chasing early-stage or speculative ventures, they focus on acquiring established small and mid-sized companies with proven operating histories and consistent profitability. Examples of the types of companies targeted include: Home Services Consumer Services Healthcare Services Manufacturing Agencies B2B Services Smash is flexible in how we structure investments. We work with sponsors pursuing a defined liquidity timeline as well as searchers focused on building long-term, hold-oriented businesses. Q: When do you invest? We only invest in post-LOI transactions. Smash does not provide seed capital for the search phase. We are always open to connecting with sponsors before a deal is identified and can offer guidance along the way, but our capital commitments are made once an opportunity is secured and diligenced. Q: Will Smash acquire an entire company directly? No. Operating businesses day-to-day is not our focus. We partner as minority investors alongside acquisition entrepreneurs who lead and manage the company.If you are a business owner looking to sell, we are happy to connect you with our network of qualified and vetted buyers. Q: Does Smash offer support beyond capital? Yes. Smash provides sponsors with optional post-close growth support. Our portfolio companies receive access to our in-house marketing agency at no cost, along with strategic resources to help scale operations.